Powered Slides

Transcription

Powered Slides

SLIDES
INDEX:
SERIES SIP, SHP, SJP, STP, SAL & SAH, SA & SB, SD
& SE, SK & SL, SCV, SM, C, & SG
Series STP
Pages 5A-26 to 5A-48
NEW!
NEW!
Series SHP
Series SJP
Widest Variety in the Industry
NEW!
Series SIP
Pages 5A-1 to 5A-10
Series SAL & SAH
Pages 5B-1 to 5B-14
Series SA & SB
Pages 5B-16 to 5B-25
NEW!
SERIES SIP
SERIES SJP
Series SD & SE
Series SK & SL
NEW!
Series SCV
Series SM
Pages 5C-1 to 5C-19
SERIES SM
Series C
Magnetically Coupled
Pages 5C-20 to 5C-25
SERIES SG
Selection Guide
Series SG
Pages 5D-1 to 5D-27
SERIES SCV
Series SG with
Rodless Cylinder
Pages 5D-28 to 5D-46
SERIES
SK & SL
SERIES SHP
SERIES SD & SE
SERIES SG SLIDE WITH
RODLESS CYLINDER
SERIES STP
5-i
SOLUTIONS FOR
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/products/slides
5-INDEX
SERIES SAL & SAH
5-INDEX
SLIDE SELECTION: CANTILEVER TYPE
MODEL
SERIES
SIP
pages 5A-1 to 5A-9
NEW!
MAXIMUM
STANDARD
TRAVEL
in [mm]
SIP512
SIP516
SIP520
1.69
2.953
2.953
[50]
[75]
[75]
SHPx08
SHPx12
SHPx16
1.57
1.57
2.17
[40]
[40]
[55]
TYPICAL
LOAD
lb [N]
0 - 2.03
[0 - 9]
.68 - 3.38
[3 - 15]
.90 - 4.50
[4 - 20]
0 - .84
[0 -3.75]
.23 - 1.69
[1 - 7.5]
SHP
pages 5A-12 to 5A-19
NEW!
.34 - 2.53 [1.5 - 11.25]
SJP
[25]
[25]
[30]
SJP508
SJP512
SJP516
STP
0 - .68
[0 - 2.5]
.23 - 1.8
[1 -8]
.51 - 3.15
[2.25 - 14]
STPDx08
3
[75]
1-2
[4-8.9]
STPDx12
4
[100]
2-4
[8-17.8]
STPDx16
5
[125]
4-8
[17.8-35.6]
STPDx20
6
[150]
8-16
[35.6-71.2]
STPDx25
6
[150]
16-32
[71.2-142.4]
SAL08/SAH08
1-1/2
[40]
.5 - 1
[2.2 - 4.5]
SAL10/SAH10
1-1/2
[40]
1-2
[4.5 - 8.9]
SAL14/SAH14
1-1/2
[40]
2-6
[8.9 - 26.7]
SAL20/SAH20
3
[75]
6 - 12 [26.7 - 53.4]
SAL32/SAH32
3
[75]
12 - 25 [53.4 - 111]
MAJOR
BENEFIT
APPLICATION
TYPE
• Compact
• Smooth, precise
movement
• Rail bearing
technology
• Travel adjustment
& shock pads
• Low profile
• Compact
• Smooth, precise
movement
• Rail bearing
technology
& shock pads
• Compact
• Smooth, precise
movement
• Rail bearing
technology
• Shock pads
• Compact
• Smooth, precise
rail bearing
technology
• Shock absorbers
SAL & SAH
pages 5B-1 to 5B-14
NEW!
SA & SB
pages 5B-16 to 5B-25
• Compact
• Lightweight
High side loads
• Low cost
Travel adjustment
& shock pads
SA01/SB01
SA02/SB02
SA03/SB03
SA04/SB04
SA06/SB06
1.5
1.5
1.5
3.0
3.0
1.0
1.75
4.5
8.0
12.0
• Compact
• Lightweight
• High sideloads
SDx22/SEx22
SDx23/SEx23
SDx24/SEx24
SDx25/SEx25
SDx26/SEx26
12.0 / 16.0
14.0 / 18.0
18.0 / 24.0
18.0 / 24.0
22.0 / 28.0
8
15
25
35
50
• Wide variety of
travels and sizes
• Oversize shafts
with PHD’s rugged
TC bushings
provide
excellent value
SKx71/SLx71
SKx72/SLx72
SKx73/SLx73
SKx74/SLx74
SKx75/SLx75
SKx76/SLx76
[300 / 300]
[300 / 300]
[300 / 450]
[450 / 600]
[450 / 600]
[550 / 700]
[30]
[35]
[60]
[90]
[150]
[250]
• Wide variety
of metric travels
and sizes
• Oversize shafts
with PHD’s rugged
TC bushings
• ISO cylinder
compatible
8 / 15
25 / 35
50 / 75
100 / 150
• Ideal for
non-rotating
vertical
applications
• Powered by
rugged Series
CV Cylinders
• Available with
Hushcontrol®
SD & SE
SD
SE
SK & SL
SK
SL
SCV
SCVx2/SCVx3
SCVx4/SCVx5
SCVx6/SCVx7
SCVx8/SCVx9
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
[150]
[200]
[250]
[300]
5-ii
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SLIDE SELECTION: SADDLE TYPE
SERIES
MODEL
MAXIMUM
STANDARD
TRAVEL
in [mm]
TYPICAL
LOAD
lb
[N]
MAJOR
BENEFIT
APPLICATION
TYPE
SM
pages 5C-1 to 5C-19
NEW!
SMxx08
SMxx12
SMxx16
SMxx25
SMxx32
3
4
5
6
6
[75]
[100]
[125]
[150]
[150]
• Long life
.5 - 2
[2 -9]
• Increased
2-8
[9 - 35]
stopping capability
8 - 15 [35 - 67]
• Full range of
15 - 35 [67 - 155] travel adjustment
• Low cost
35 - 70 [155 - 311]
C
pages 5C-20 to 5C-25
SG
pages 5D-1 to 5D-27
NEW!
SGxx1
SGxx2
SGxx3
SGxx4
SGxx5
SGxx6
16.0
24.0
36.0
12.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
24.0
36.0
[305]
[305]
[405]
[510]
[610]
[915]
• Compact using
a magnetically
coupled rodless
cylinder
5
10
20
[178]
[222]
[289]
[712]
[1334]
[2224]
40
50
65
160
300
500
• Long travel
• Highest load
capacity saddle
type slide
• Lowest cost per
travel length
and load
5-INDEX
CxU03
CxU04
CxU06
SGxM
pages 5D-28 to 5D-46
SGxMx3
SGxMx4
SGxMx5
SGxMx6
16
20
24
36
65
160
300
500
• High load
capacity
• Space saving
design
• Built-in cushions
on cylinders
are standard
SEE THE PHD CLASSICS CATALOG FOR THE
FOLLOWING PHD SLIDES:
Series B, M, N, R, & T Slides
5-iii
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
INDEX:
Series SIP
Ordering Data
Page 5A-2
SLIDES
SERIES SIP, SHP, SJP & STP RAIL BEARING
Benefits
Page 5A-3
Dimensions
Page 5A-4
Engineering Data
Pages 5A-5 to 5A-9
Compact Precision
Options
Page 5A-10
Series SHP
Ordering Data
Page 5A-12
NEW!
NEW!
Benefits
Page 5A-13
Dimensions
Pages 5A-14 and 5A-15
Engineering Data
Option
Page 5A-19
Series SIP
5A
Series SJP
Ordering Data
Page 5A-26
Benefits
Page 5A-27
Series SHP
Dimensions
Page 5A-28
Engineering Data
Pages 5A-29 and 5A-30
Options
Page 5A-31
Series STP
Series STP
Ordering Data
Page 5A-32
Benefits
Page 5A-33
Dimensions
Engineering Data
Slide Sizing Example
Page 5A-38
Options
Series SJP
Accessories
Page 5A-41
Stopping Capacity
Page 5A-42
Shock Absorber
Selection Guide
5A-1
SOLUTIONS FOR
CAT-03
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SIP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Type, Design No.,
Size, Travel, and Options.
TYPE
P - Precision Rail
PRODUCT
S - Slide
TRAVEL*
BORE SIZE*
12 12 mm [.472 in] 10 mm [.394 in], 25 mm [.984 in], 50 mm [1.969 in]
16 16 mm [.630 in] 25 mm [.984 in], 50 mm [1.969 in], 75 mm [2.953 in]
20 20 mm [.787 in] 25 mm [.984 in], 50 mm [1.969 in], 75 mm [2.953 in]
S I P 5 12 x 25 – AE – M
SERIES
I - Low profile
miniature
DESIGN NO.
5 - Metric - Ports and
mounting holes are metric
5A
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
OPTIONS
AE - Extend travel adjustment
AR - Retract travel adjustment
OPTION
M - Magnetic piston for PHD
Series 6790 switches
DESCRIPTION
NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) DC Reed, 2 m cable
NPN (Sink) DC Solid State, 2 m cable
PNP (Source) DC Solid State, 2 m cable
NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) DC Reed, Quick Connect
NPN (Sink) DC Solid State, Quick Connect
PNP (Source) DC Solid State, Quick Connect
2 m Cordset with Quick Connect
M
O
F
IT
PRO
D
S
CT
U
CUS
T
NOTE:
*Consult PHD for additional bore sizes and travel increments.
TO
NE
E
CUSTOM SLIDES ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD.
D
5A-2
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sip
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES SIP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
BENEFITS
■
Series SIP Slides use rail bearing technology to provide smooth,
precise movement with high accuracy within confined spaces.
■
Available in three bore sizes with a choice of three travel
lengths each.
■
Standard internal shock pads eliminate metal to metal contact;
reducing noise and end-of-travel impact forces.
■
Standard Series SIP Slide feature mounting holes on the end
and bottom of the body.
■
The slide body incorporates switch slots for convenient
mounting of PHD’s Series 6790 4 mm reed and solid state
switches. Magnet option (-M) is required when using Series
6790 Switches.
■
Series SIP Slides offer optional 5 mm of travel adjustment on
extend (-AE) or retract (-AR). Specify -AE option for extend
travel adjustment, -AR for retract travel adjustment, or -AE -AR
for both.
BORE SIZE
16
20
SPECIFICATIONS
mm
in
in
mm
mm
in
Integral pneumatic cylinder
POWER SOURCE
100 psi [7 bar]
MAX. OPERATING PRESSURE
-20° to 180°F [-29° to 82°C]
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
TRAVELS
25
.394
.984
25
10
.984
50
.984
1.969
50
25
1.969
75
1.969
2.953
75
50
2.953
Multiple port positions, dual mounting positions
STANDARD FEATURES
Stainless steel ground rail bearing system with recirculating ball bearings
BEARINGS
Anodized aluminum alloy
BODY
TOOL PLATE
5A
12
FORCE TABLE
DIRECTION
EXTEND
RETRACT
SIZE 12
N/bar
lb/psi
11.4
.176
8.6
.133
SIZE 16
N/bar
lb/psi
20.3
.314
17.4
.270
SIZE 20
N/bar
lb/psi
31.4
.486
26.4
.409
5A-3
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sip
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SIP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
FF x GG THD
C
1
E
F
R
2X KK PORT
CL
J
AA
QQ
T
5
P Q
CL
4X HH THD
CL
A
4X KK PORT
2X THIS SIDE
2X OPPOSITE SIDE
2
K
G
D
H
4
CL
CL
B
L
N
JJ 6
S
Z
W
Y
CL
M
V
U
4X NN THD
3
4X PP THD
BB
CL
CL
CC
DD
EE
5A
LETTER
DIM
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
Y
Z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
NN
PP
QQ
SIPx12
TRAVEL, in [mm]
.984 [25.0]
.394 [10.0]
3.543 [90.0]
2.953 [75.0]
.827 [21.0]
.197 [5.0]
—
1.417 [36.0]
.827 [21.0]
1.417 [36.0]
.906 [23.0]
.551 [14.0]
.591 [15.0]
.551 [14.0]
.276 [7.0]
3.622 [92.0]
3.031 [77.0]
1.366 [34.7]
.776 [19.7]
.256 [6.5]
.673 [17.1]
.669 [17.0]
.591 [15.0]
1.299 [33.0]
.138 [3.5]
.276 [7.0]
.098 [2.5]
.839 [21.3]
.674 [17.1]
0.00
1.378 [35.0]
.787 [20.0]
.669 [17.0]
2.480 [63.0]
1.890 [48.0]
3.051 [77.5]
2.461 [62.5]
3
3
[M3 x 0.5 x 4.6]
[M3 x 0.5 x 7]
.827 [21.0]
[M3 x 0.5 x 3.5]
[M3 x 0.5 x 5.5]
[M3 x 0.5 x 5.5]
1.260 [32.0]
1.969 [50.0]
4.528 [115.0]
.787 [20.0]
2.402 [61.0]
4.606 [117.0]
2.350 [59.7]
2.362 [60.0]
3.465 [88.0]
4.035 [102.5]
4
SIPx16
TRAVEL, in [mm]
.984 [25.0]
1.969 [50.0]
2.953 [75.0]
4.016 [102.0]
5.000 [127.0]
5.984 [152.0]
1.063 [27.0]
[6.0]
.236
—
1.654 [42.0]
2.598 [66.0]
1.614 [41.0]
3.583 [91.0]
1.654 [42.0]
1.142 [29.0]
.709 [18.0]
.748 [19.0]
.709 [18.0]
[7.5]
.295
5.079 [129.0]
4.094 [104.0]
6.063 [154.0]
2.748 [69.8]
1.764 [44.8]
3.732 [94.8]
[5.0]
.197
.866 [22.0]
.827 [21.0]
.827 [21.0]
1.693 [43.0]
.157
[4.0]
.413 [10.5]
.256
[6.5]
.913 [23.2]
.846 [21.5]
.070
[1.8]
2.323 [59.0]
1.339 [34.0]
3.307 [84.0]
.866 [22.0]
3.661 [93.0]
2.677 [68.0]
4.646 [118.0]
4.488 [114.0]
3.504 [89.0]
5.472 [139.0]
3
4
4
[M4 x 0.7 x 6]
[M4 x 0.7 x 7.5]
1.102 [28.0]
[M5 x 0.8 x 4]
[M4 x 0.7 x 8]
[M4 x 0.7 x 6]
1.614 [41.0]
.984
4.055
1.457
4.134
1.661
1.378
2.598
3.465
SIPx20
TRAVEL, in [mm]
[25.0]
1.969 [50.0]
[103.0]
5.039 [128.0]
1.260 [32.0]
.236
[6.0]
—
2.441 [62.0]
[37.0]
1.969 [50.0]
1.339 [34.0]
.787 [20.0]
.925 [23.5]
.787 [20.0]
.374
[9.5]
5.118 [130.0]
[105.0]
2.646 [67.2]
[42.2]
.827 [21.0]
1.004 [25.5]
1.063 [27.0]
.984 [25.0]
1.969 [50.0]
[4.0]
.157
.610 [15.5]
.433 [11.0]
.917 [23.3]
.906 [23.0]
[3.5]
.138
2.362 [60.0]
[35.0]
.984 [25.0]
3.583 [91.0]
[66.0]
4.449 [113.0]
[88.0]
3
3
[M4 x 0.7 x 6]
[M4 x 0.7 x 9.5]
1.280 [32.5]
[M5 x 0.8 x 4.0]
[M4 x 0.7 x 8]
[M4 x 0.7 x 6]
1.890 [48.0]
2.953 [75.0]
6.024 [153.0]
1.969 [50.0]
3.425 [87.0]
6.102 [155.0]
3.630 [92.2]
3.346 [85.0]
4.567 [116.0]
5.433 [138.0]
4
NOTES:
1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT
2) METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ]
3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITION CALLOUT
All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced.
5A-4
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sip
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SIP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
PRESSURE RATINGS
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH AND WEIGHT
All Series SIP Slides have an operating pressure range of
20 psi minimum to 100 psi maximum [1.4 to 6.9 bar]. Maximum life
will be achieved when pressure and velocity are no greater than
necessary for proper operation. External flow controls are
recommended. Series SIP Slides feature standard pneumatic ports
on the end and both sides of the slide body, and are provided with
the end ports ready for use and the side ports plugged with set
screws and thread sealant.
For standard units the tolerance of nominal travel lengths is
+.039/-.000 [+1 mm/-0 mm]. See Options section of catalog for
details regarding units with travel adjustment option (-AE or -AR).
SIZE
12
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
Series SIP Slides are designed for use in temperatures between
-20° to 180° F [-29° to 82° C]. For temperatures outside this range,
consult PHD.
16
SEALS
20
LUBRICATION
All units are pre-lubricated at the factory for service under
normal operating conditions. Slides are designed and tested with
non-lubricated air. However, the use of lubricated air will extend life.
UNIT
BASE WEIGHT
lb
kg
.30
.14
.35
.16
.46
.21
.71
.32
.88
.40
1.04
.47
1.04
.47
1.26
.57
1.48
.67
MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS
PHD recommends mounting load or tooling with tool plate
retracted. Support tool plate while tightening fasteners. Maximum
mounting torques (for screw thread engagement of one diameter or
greater):
SIZE
M2
M3
M4
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
The slide housing and tool plate are anodized aluminum alloy.
Linear rail and bearings are hardened and ground stainless steel.
in-lb
2.6
9
18
Nm
0.3
1.0
2.0
5A
Series SIP Slides utilize urethane and Nitrile seals which are
compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for
pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD.
NOMINAL
TRAVEL
in
mm
10
(.394)
25
(.984)
(1.969) 50
25
(.984)
(1.969) 50
(2.953) 75
25
(.984)
(1.969) 50
(2.953) 75
MAINTENANCE
Common with most PHD products, these slides are fully field
repairable. Repair kits and main structural components are available
as needed for extended service life.
5A-5
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sip
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SIP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
SLIDE SELECTION
ALLOWABLE LOAD VS. VELOCITY
5.0
[22.22]
There are three major factors to consider when selecting a slide:
thrust capacity, dynamic moment capacity, and the allowable
velocity.
1
THRUST CAPACITY
4.0
[17.78]
Use the theoretical force output table to determine if thrust
is sufficient for the applied load.
Size 12
Size 16
2
DYNAMIC MOMENT CAPACITY
3
Load, lb [N]
The Dynamic Moment Load graphs (pages 5A-7 to 5A-9)
show the allowable load for the three most common
mounting positions of the Series SIP Slide. Determine the
distance “x” from the edge of the tool plate to the load
center of gravity. Use the appropriate graph for the
loading condition to determine the allowable load. It is
generally best to keep the center of gravity of the load as
close to the slide as possible. If the application requires
combined loading such as a horizontal pitch load
combined with a roll load, if static loads exceed dynamic
loads, or if there are other questions concerning the
selection of an appropriate slide, please contact PHD’s
Customer Service Department.
2.0
[8.89]
1.0
[4.44]
ALLOWABLE VELOCITY
0
0
Use the allowable velocity graph to verify that the slide
selected can carry the payload at the desired velocity.
5A
Size 20
3.0
[13.33]
10
[254]
20
[508]
30
[762]
Velocity, in/sec [mm/sec]
THEORETICAL FORCE OUTPUT TABLE lb [N]
SIZE DIRECTION
RETRACT
12
EXTEND
RETRACT
16
EXTEND
RETRACT
20
EXTEND
OPERATING PRESSURE
40 psi
50 psi
60 psi
70 psi
30 psi
20 psi
[1.4 bar] [2.1 bar] [2.8 bar] [3.4 bar] [4.1 bar] [4.8 bar]
6.7
8.0
9.3
4.0
5.3
2.7
[41.3]
[12.0]
[17.8]
[23.6]
[29.8]
[35.6]
8.8
10.6
12.4
5.3
7.1
3.5
[23.6]
[31.6]
[39.1]
[47.1]
[55.1]
[15.6]
16.2
18.9
10.8
13.5
5.4
8.1
[36.0]
[48.0]
[60.0]
[72.0]
[84.0]
[24.0]
18.8
22.0
9.4
12.5
15.7
6.3
[41.8]
[55.6]
[69.8]
[83.6]
[97.8]
[28.0]
24.5
28.6
12.3
16.4
20.5
8.2
[55.4]
[73.9]
[89.8]
[108.2] [126.7]
[37.0]
29.2
34.0
14.6
19.4
24.3
9.7
[65.9]
[87.9]
[106.8] [128.7] [150.7]
[44.0]
80 psi
[5.5 bar]
10.7
[47.6]
14.1
[62.7]
21.6
[96.0]
25.1
[111.6]
32.7
[145.2]
38.9
[172.7]
90 psi
[6.2 bar]
12.0
[53.3]
15.9
[70.7]
24.3
[108.0]
28.2
[125.3]
36.8
[163.7]
43.7
[194.7]
100 psi
[6.9 bar]
13.3
[59.1]
17.6
[78.2]
27.0
[120.0]
31.4
[139.6]
40.9
[182.2]
48.6
[216.7]
5A-6
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sip
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SIP SIZE 12, DYNAMIC MOMENT LOADS
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC HORIZONTAL PITCH MOMENT LOADS
2.70
[12]
LOAD
- +
Load, lb [N]
2.25
[10]
“x”
1.80
[8]
1.35
[6]
.90
[4]
SIP12x10
SIP12x25
SIP12x50
.45
[2]
0
-4.72 -3.94
[-120] [-100]
-3.15
[-80]
-2.36
[-60]
-1.58
[-40]
-.79
[-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.58
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
3.94
[100]
4.72
[120]
“x” Distance, in [mm]
LOAD
-
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC VERTICAL PITCH MOMENT LOADS
+
“x”
2.70
[12]
1.80
[8]
5A
Load, lb [N]
2.25
[10]
1.35
[6]
.90
[4]
SIP12x10
SIP12x25
SIP12x50
.45
[2]
0
-4.72
[-120]
-3.94
[-100]
-3.15
[-80]
-2.36
[-60]
-1.58
[-40]
-.79
[-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.58
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
3.93
[100]
4.72
[120]
REAR PATTERN
POSITION
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC ROLL MOMENT LOADS
2.70
[12]
LOAD
2.25
[10]
LOAD
Load, lb [N]
1.80
[8]
TOOL PLATE
“0” POSITION
1.35
[6]
.90
[4]
SIP12x10, tool plate “0”
SIP12x10, rear pattern
.45
[2]
0
-4.72
[-120]
-3.94
[-100]
-3.15
[-80]
-2.36
[-60]
-1.58
[-40]
-.79
[-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.58
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
3.94 4.72
[100] [120]
5A-7
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sip
LOAD
3.60
[16]
- +
“x”
3.15
[14]
Load, lb [N]
2.70
[12]
2.25
[10]
1.80
[8]
1.35
[6]
.90
[4]
SIP16x25
SIP16x50
SIP16x75
.45
[2]
0
-6.30 -5.51 -4.72 -3.94 -3.15 -2.36 -1.58 -.79
[-160] [-140] [-120] [-100] [-80] [-60] [-40] [-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.58
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15 3.94 4.72 5.51 6.30
[80] [100] [120] [140] [160]
LOAD
-
+
“x”
3.60
[16]
3.15
[14]
Load, lb [N]
2.25
[10]
1.80
[8]
1.35
[6]
.90
[4]
SIP16x25
SIP16x50
SIP16x75
.45
[2]
0
-6.30 -5.51 -4.72 -3.94 -3.15 -2.36 -1.58 -.79
[-160][-140][-120][-100] [-80] [-60] [-40] [-20]
0
.79 1.58 2.36 3.15 3.94 4.72 5.51 6.30
[20] [40] [60] [80] [100] [120] [140] [160]
REAR PATTERN
POSITION
3.60
[16]
LOAD
3.15
[14]
2.70
[12]
Load, lb [N]
5A
2.70
[12]
LOAD
2.25
[10]
TOOL PLATE
“0” POSITION
1.80
[8]
1.35
[6]
.90
[4]
.45
[2]
0
-6.30 -5.51 -4.72 -3.94 -3.15 -2.36 -1.58 -.79
[-160] [-140][-120] [-100] [-80] [-60] [-40] [-20]
0
.79 1.58 2.36 3.15 3.94 4.72 5.51 6.30
[20] [40] [60] [80] [100] [120] [140] [160]
5A-8
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sip
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
LOAD
5.63
[25]
- +
“x”
Load, lb [N]
4.50
[20]
3.38
[15]
2.25
[10]
1.13
[5]
SIP20x25
SIP20x50
SIP20x75
0
-7.87
[-200]
-5.91
[-150]
-3.94
[-100]
-1.97
[-50]
0
1.97
[50]
3.94
[100]
5.91
[150]
7.87
[200]
LOAD
-
+
“x”
5.63
[25]
5A
Load, lb [N]
4.50
[20]
3.38
[15]
2.25
[10]
SIP20x25
SIP20x50
SIP20x75
1.13
[5]
0
-7.87
[-200]
-5.91
[-150]
-3.94
[-100]
-1.97
[-50]
0
1.97
[50]
3.94
[100]
5.91
[150]
7.87
[200]
REAR PATTERN
POSITION
5.63
[25]
LOAD
Load, lb [N]
4.50
[20]
LOAD
TOOL PLATE
“0” POSITION
3.38
[15]
2.25
[10]
1.13
[5]
0
-7.87
[-200]
-5.91
[-150]
-3.94
[-100]
-1.97
[-50]
0
1.97
[50]
3.94
[100]
5.91
[150]
7.87
[200]
5A-9
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sip
OPTIONS: SERIES SIP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
MAGNET FOR PHD SERIES 6790
REED AND SOLID STATE SWITCHES
M
This option equips the unit with a magnetic piston for use with
PHD’s Series 6790 Switch. The switch housing is contained by the
slide housing and provides a very compact switch design. The
switches mount easily into two small grooves located on the side of
the slide housing and are locked into place with a set screw.
SIZE 12
LETTER
DIM
in
mm
A
0.689 17.5
B
0.492 12.5
SIZE 16
in
mm
0.933 23.7
0.551
14
SIZE 20
in
mm
1.122 28.5
0.591 15
AE
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
ON EXTEND
This option provides up to 5 mm of travel on extend. Travel
adjustment is made using a spanner wrench or similar tool to
engage the slots in the cartridge and rotating the cartridge to the
desired position. Rotating the cartridge clockwise reduces the travel.
Normal shock pad operation is maintained regardless of cartridge
position. Travel adjustment has internal stops, preventing loss of
components. The -AE option may be used in conjunction with the
-AR option to provide travel adjustment at both ends of travel.
CARTRIDGE SLOT DETAIL
ØC
B
A
A
END VIEW
ØB
SERIES 6790 REED SWITCHES
5A
SIZE
REPEATABILITY
in
mm
HYSTERESIS
MAXIMUM
BANDWIDTH
MIN./MAX.
12
+/-.005
+/-.13
in
0.060
mm
1.5
in
.380/.400
16
+/-.005
+/-.13
0.080
2.0
.220/.350
5.6/8.9
20
+/-.005
+/-.13
0.060
1.5
.335/.750
8.5/19.0
mm
9.7/10.2
SERIES 6790 SOLID STATE SWITCHES
SIZE
REPEATABILITY
in
mm
HYSTERESIS
MAXIMUM
SIZE
12
16
20
BANDWIDTH
MIN./MAX.
12
+/-.005
+/-.13
in
0.060
mm
1.5
in
.335/.630
mm
8.5/16.0
16
+/-.005
+/-.13
0.080
2.0
.170/.490
4.3/12.4
20
+/-.005
+/-.13
0.060
1.5
.280/.670
7.1/17.0
AR
“A”
SLOT WIDTH
in
mm
.062
1.6
.062
1.6
.062
1.6
“B”
MAX TOOL DIA
in
mm
.450
11.4
.600
15.2
.817
20.8
“C” ROD
CLEARANCE DIA
in
mm
.215
5.5
.362
9.2
.478
12.1
SLOT DEPTH
in
mm
.8
.030
1.5
.060
1.5
.060
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
ON RETRACT
This option provides up to 5 mm of travel on retract. Travel
adjustment is made using a flat-bladed screwdriver or similar tool to
engage the slot in the bore plug and rotating the bore plug to the
desired position. Rotating the bore plug clockwise reduces the
travel. Normal shock pad operation is maintained regardless of bore
plug position. Travel adjustment has internal stops, preventing loss
of components. The -AR option may be used in conjunction with the
-AE option to provide travel adjustment at both ends of travel.
BORE PLUG SLOT DETAIL
A
ØB
SIZE
12
16
20
“A” SLOT WIDTH
in
mm
.062
1.6
.062
1.6
.062
1.6
“B” MAX TOOL DIA
in
mm
.450
11.4
.600
15.2
.817
20.8
SLOT DEPTH
in
mm
.8
.030
1.5
.060
1.5
.060
5A-10
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sip
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
5A
5A-11
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sip
www.phdinc.com/shp
BEARING TYPE
P - Rail bearing
BORE SIZE
TRAVEL
08 8 mm (.315 in) 20 mm (.787 in), 40 mm (1.575 in)
12 12 mm (.472 in) 20 mm (.787 in), 40 mm (1.575 in)
16 16 mm (.630 in) 15 mm (.591 in), 35 mm (1.378 in), 55 mm (2.165 in)
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
OPTION
M - Magnetic piston for Series 6790 switches
DESCRIPTION
DESIGN NO.
1- Imperial -Ports and
mounting holes are imperial
5- Metric -Ports and
mounting holes are metric
S H P 5 12 x 20 – M
SERIES
H - Miniature
precision
PRODUCT
S - Slide
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Bearing Type, Design
No., Size, Travel, and Option.
5A
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SHP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
5A-12
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES SHP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
BENEFITS
■
Series SHP Slides use rail bearing technology to provide
smooth, precise movement within confined spaces.
■
Available in three bore sizes and five travel lengths.
■
Standard travel adjustments for both extend and retract
positions are conveniently located on the back of the slide.
Integrated shock pads provide shock reduction throughout the
full range of travel adjustment.
■
Available in both imperial and metric versions for applications in
worldwide markets.
■
Standard Series SHP Slides provide multiple mounting
options for maximum flexibility. Bodies feature
mounting holes on sides, end, and
Rail
bottom. Tool plates feature
Bore Plug
mounting on top and end.
Standard dowel holes are provided on the
body and both end and top tool plate
mounting positions for precise mounting and
attachment of tooling.
■
Slide housing provides dual switch slots on
either side for convenient mounting of PHD’s
Series 6790 4 mm Reed and Solid State
switches. Magnet option (-M) is required when
using switches.
Stop Assembly
Retract Travel Adjustment
5A
■
Extend Travel Adjustment
Carriage
Piston
Rod Seal Cartridge
Rod Seal
Retainer Ring
SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCE
TRAVELS
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENTS
STANDARD FEATURES
BEARINGS
BODY
TOOL PLATE
08
in
mm
.79
1.57
20
40
BORE SIZE
12
mm
in
100 psi [6.9 bar]
-20° to 180°F [-29° to 82°C]
20
.79
40
1.57
Rod
16
in
mm
15
.59
35
1.38
55
2.17
Standard on both extend and retract
Multiple port positions, multiple mounting positions, dowel pin holes
FORCE TABLE
DIRECTION
EXTEND
RETRACT
SIZE 12
N/B
lb/psi
11.4
.176
.133
8.6
SIZE 08
N/B
lb/psi
5.1
.079
3.9
.060
SIZE 16
N/B
lb/psi
20.3
.314
17.4
.270
5A-13
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/shp
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SHP SLIDES - SIZE 08
A
B
C
D
CL
F
CL
2X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR
Ø MM DOWEL
E
2X QQ THD
G
2X JJ THD
3X LL THD THRU
6X CBORE FOR NN SHCS
3X FROM THIS SIDE
3X FROM OPPOSITE SIDE
1
CL
FF
N
CL
4X PP PORT
2X THIS SIDE
2X OPPOSITE SIDE
GG
P
M
2X PP PORT
Q
D
4 E
C 2
5
EE
DD
H
CC
CL
Z
3
Y
K
J
X
AA
2X CLEARANCE
HOLE FOR
Ø MM DOWEL
L
6
BB
3X HH THD
CL
U
5A
W
2X CLEARANCE
HOLE FOR
Ø MM DOWEL
RR
3X KK THD
SS
CL
LETTER
DIM.
A
B
C*
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T*
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
SIZE 08
TRAVEL, in [mm]
0.79
[20]
1.57
[40]
2.362 [60.0] 3.149 [80.0]
0.787 [20.0] 1.574 [40.0]
0.315
[8.0]
0.354
[9.0]
1.024
[26.0]
0.591
[15.0]
0.630
[16.0]
0.925
[23.5]
0.767
[19.5]
0.827
[21.0]
1.534
[39.0]
0.354
[9.0]
0.433
[11.0]
0.217
[5.5]
0.669
[17.0]
2.087 [53.0] 2.874 [73.0]
1.398 [35.5] 1.791 [45.5]
0.512
[13.0]
1.536 [39.0] 2.323 [59.0]
0.256
[6.5]
2.383 [60.5] 3.17 [80.5]
0.393
[10.0]
0.236
[6.0]
0.320
[8.1]
CL
T
V
S
R
LETTER
DIM.
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP
QQ
RR
SS
SIZE 08
TRAVEL, in [mm]
[20]
1.57
0.79
.393
.493
.886
1.161
.748
[19.0]
0.492
#4-40 UNC x .320 DP
#4-40 UNC THRU
#4-40 UNC x .140 DP
#8-32 UNC THRU
1/16 x .125 DP
#5
#10-32 PORT
#4-40 UNC x .157 DP
1.024
.512
0.748
[40]
[10.0]
[12.5]
[22.5]
[29.5]
[19.0]
1.535
[39.0]
[12.5]
[M2.5 x 0.45 x 8.1 mm DP]
[M3 x 0.5 THRU]
[M2.5 x 0.45 x 3.5 mm DP]
[M4 x 0.7 THRU]
[2 mm x 3.1 mm DP]
[M3]
[M5 x 0.8 PORT]
[M3 x 0.5 x 4.0 mm DP]
[26.0]
[13.0]
NOTES:
1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT.
2) METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITION
CALLOUT.
* TOLERANCE IS ± .001 BETWEEN DOWEL
PIN HOLES.
5A-14
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/shp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SHP SLIDES - SIZES 12 & 16
A
B
C
2X CLEARANCE HOLE
FOR Ø MM DOWEL
D
F
CL
CL
E
JJ THD
1
N
KK THD
CL
3X LL THD THRU
6X CBORE FOR NN SHCS
3X FROM THIS SIDE
3X FROM
OPPOSITE SIDE
CL
G
FF
P
GG
4X PP PORT
2X THIS SIDE
2X OPPOSITE SIDE
M
2X PP
PORT
Q
D
L
4
2
5
6
C
E
DD
EE
BB
J
X
AA
CL
2X JJ THD
Y
2X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR
Ø MM DOWEL
K
H
CC
CL
Z
U
W
4X HH THD
3
4X QQ THD
CL
CL
5A
2X CLEARANCE HOLE
FOR Ø MM DOWEL
T
N
S
V
R
LETTER
DIM.
A
B
C*
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N*
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
SIZE 12
SIZE 16
TRAVEL, in [mm]
0.79 [20] 1.57 [40]
0.59
TRAVEL, in [mm]
[15]
1.38 [35] 2.17
2.874
1.201
[73.0]
[30.5]
2.638 [67.0]
1.024 [26.0]
0.472
0.236
0.945
0.748
0.787
1.064
0.631
0.866
1.851
0.433
0.551
0.276
0.945
2.382 [60.5]
1.240 [31.5]
1.024
2.225 [56.5]
0.512
2.678 [68.0]
0.218
0.236
0.323
3.425 [87.0]
1.811 [46.0]
[12.0]
[6.0]
[24.0]
[19.0]
[20.0]
[27.0]
[16.0]
[22.0]
[47.0]
[11.0]
[14.0]
[7.0]
[24.0]
3.169 [80.5]
1.633 [41.5]
[26.0]
3.012 [76.5]
[13.0]
3.465 [88.0]
[5.5]
[6.0]
[8.2]
2.559
1.338
2.362
2.895
3.661
1.988
0.472
0.512
1.496
0.945
0.984
1.141
0.669
0.944
2.106
0.551
0.630
0.315
.768
[65.0] 3.346
[34.0] 1.731
1.181
[60.0] 3.149
0.591
[73.5] 3.682
0.197
0.276
0.372
[93.0] 4.449
[50.5] 2.776
[12.0]
[13.0]
[38.0]
[24.0]
[25.0]
[29.0]
[17.0]
[24.0]
[53.5]
[14.0]
[16.0]
[8.0]
[19.5]
[85.0] 4.134
[44.0] 2.126
[30.0]
[80.0] 3.937
[15.0]
[93.5] 4.47
[5.0]
[7.0]
[9.4]
SIZE 16
SIZE 12
[55]
[113.0]
[70.5]
[105.0]
[54.0]
[100.0]
LETTER
DIM.
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
PP
QQ
0.79
TRAVEL, in [mm]
[20]
1.57
[40]
[4.5]
0.178
[11.5]
0.453
[27.5]
1.084
[35.5]
1.399
[23.0]
0.906
1.102
[28.0]
1.889
[48.0]
[11.0]
0.433
#4-40 UNC x .236 DP [M3 x 0.5 x 6 mm DP]
#4-40 UNC x .236 DP [M3 x 0.5 x 6 mm DP]
#4-40 UNC x .167 DP [M3 x 0.5 x 4.2 mm DP]
[M4 X 0.7 THRU]
#8-32 UNC THRU
[2 mm x 3.1 mm DP]
1/16 x .125 DP
[M3]
#5
[M5 x 0.8 PORT]
#10-32 PORT
#4-40 UNC x .177 DP [M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 mm DP]
0.59
TRAVEL, in [mm]
[15]
1.38 [35] 2.17
0.197
0.472
1.161
1.535
0.984
1.181 [30.0] 1.968
0.591
#8-32 UNC x .276 DP
#8-32 UNC x .295 DP
#8-32 UNC x .207 DP
#10-32 UNF THRU
1/8 x .188 DP
#6
#10-32 PORT
#8-32 UNC x .236 DP
[55]
[5.0]
[12.0]
[29.5]
[39.0]
[25.0]
[50.0] 2.756 [70.0]
[15.0]
[M4 x 0.7 x 7 mm DP]
[M4 x 07 x 7.5 mm DP]
[M4 x 0.7 x 5.2 mm DP]
[M5 x 0.8 THRU]
[2 mm x 3 mm DP]
[M4]
[M5 x 0.8 PORT]
[M4 x 0.7 x 6 mm DP]
NOTES:
3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITION CALLOUT.
[113.5]
* TOLERANCE IS ± .001 BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES.
SOLUTIONS FOR
5A-15
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/shp
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SHP SLIDES
PRESSURE RATINGS
LUBRICATION
All Series SHP Slides have an operating pressure range of
20 psi minimum to 100 psi maximum [1.4 to 6.9 bar]. For longest
slide life it is recommended that pressure and velocity be no greater
than necessary for proper operation. Series SHP Slides incorporate
internal orifices to help limit velocities. However, external flow
controls are recommended at higher pressures or if slide operation
results in strong impact loads at ends of travel. Series SHP Slides
feature standard pneumatic ports on the end and both sides of the
slide body, and are provided with the end ports ready for use and
the side ports plugged with set screws and thread sealant.
MAINTENANCE
In common with most PHD products, these slides are fully field
Series SHP Slides are designed for use in temperatures
between 20° to 180° F [-6° to 82° C]. For temperatures outside this
range, consult PHD.
UNIT WEIGHT
SEALS
SIZE
08
Series SHP Slides utilize urethane and Nitrile seals which are
12
16
TRAVEL
in
mm
.79
20
1.57 40
.79
20
1.57 40
.59
15
1.38 35
2.17 55
WEIGHT
kg
lb
.09
.20
.12
.26
.17
.38
.22
.48
.25
.56
.32
.71
.39
.85
5A
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
Standard Series SHP Slides provide travel adjustment in both
the retract and extend directions. Travel adjustments are made using
a small flat bladed or standard screwdriver via the adjustment holes
located on the back of the slide. Series SHP Slides are designed to
provide nominal travel. Using the travel adjustment screws allows
reducing either the extend or retract travel by .394 in [10 mm] (5 mm
for SHP08).
Travel adjustment requires a small flat bladed screwdriver with
a minimum shank length and diameter as shown in the table below.
Blade thickness should not exceed .030 in [.75 mm]. Travel
adjustments should not be adjusted beyond positions shown in
illustration. Loss of components or damage to the mechanism may
occur if adjusted beyond the recommended limits.
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
LENGTH
MAX SHANK DIA
1.5 mm (.059")
NOMINAL TRAVEL
B
C
RETRACT TRAVEL
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
TURN CLOCKWISE
TO REDUCE TRAVEL
EXTEND TRAVEL
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
TURN COUNTER-CLOCKWISE
TO REDUCE TRAVEL
EXTEND TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
Ø D CLEARANCE
FOR ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
A
RETRACT TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
SIZE
LETTER
DIM
A
B
C
D
08
in
1.082
0.354
0.177
0.125
mm
27.5
9.0
4.5
3.2
SIZE
12
in
mm
1.300
33.0
0.480
12.2
0.240
6.1
0.165
4.2
08
16
in
1.436
0.570
0.285
0.165
mm
36.5
14.5
7.2
4.2
12
16
NOMINAL TRAVEL EXTEND TRAVEL RETRACT TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT MIN.
ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT
SHANK LENGTH
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
0.79 20
.197
5
.197
5
1.5
38
.197
5
1.57 40
.197
5
2.3
58
0.79 20
.394 10
.394 10
1.1
28
.394 10
1.57 40
.394 10
1.2
30
0.59 15
.394 10
.394 10
1.3
33
1.38 35
.394 10
.394 10
1.3
33
.394 10
2.17 55
.394 10
2.2
55
SCREWDRIVER MAX.
SHANK DIAMETER
in
mm
.083 2.1
.083 2.1
.130 3.3
.130 3.3
.130 3.3
.130 3.3
.130 3.3
5A-16
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/shp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SLIDE SELECTION
THEORETICAL OUTPUT TABLE lb [N]
SIZE DIRECTION
RETRACT
08
EXTEND
1
THRUST CAPACITY
RETRACT
12
Use the theoretical output table to
determine if thrust is sufficient for the
applied load.
EXTEND
RETRACT
16
EXTEND
MAXIMUM PAYLOAD CAPACITY
The Dynamic Moment Load graphs show
the allowable load for the three most
common mounting positions of the Series
SHP Slide. Determine the distance “x”
from the edge of the tool plate to the load center of
gravity. Use the graph appropriate for the loading
condition to determine the allowable load. It is generally
best to keep the load center of gravity as close to the
slide as possible. (See next page for graphs.) If the
application requires combined loading such as a
horizontal pitch load combined with a roll load, if static
loads exceed dynamic loads, or if there are other
questions concerning the selection of an appropriate
slide, please contact PHD’s Customer Service
Department.
[15.6] 3.5
[13.3]
3
SHP08
[11.1] 2.5
SHP12
SHP16
[8.9]
2
[6.7] 1.5
[4.4]
1
[2.2] 0.5
0
1
[25]
3
[76]
5
[127]
7
[178]
9
[229]
11
[279]
13
[330]
15
[381]
17
[432]
19
[483]
21
[533]
VELOCITY IPS [mm/sec]
SIZE 12
[10] 2.25
[9] 2.03
[8] 1.80
[7] 1.58
[6] 1.35
Size 12 x 20 Travel
[5] 1.13
Size 12 x 40 Travel
[4] .90
[3] .68
- +
LOAD
100 psi
[6.9 bar]
6.0
[26.7]
7.9
[35.1]
13.3
[59.1]
17.6
[78.2]
27.0
[120.0]
31.4
[139.6]
5A
[2] .45
[1] .23
“x”
0
-3.94
[-100]
-3.15
[-80]
-2.36
[-60]
-1.57
[-40]
-.79
[- 20]
0
.79
[20]
1.57
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
3.94
[100]
4.72
[120]
5.51
[140]
SIZE 16
[16] 3.60
[14] 3.15
Size 16 x 15 Travel
Size 16 x 35 Travel
[12] 2.70
SIZE 08
Size 16 x 55 Travel
[10] 2.25
[6] 1.35
[5] 1.13
LOAD lb [N]
3
TRAVEL TIME
UNIT
0.1
SHP08x20
0.18
SHP08x40
0.18
SHP12x20
0.22
SHP12x40
0.15
SHP 16x15
0.2
SHP16x35
0.25
SHP16x55
NOTES:
1) Travel time is in seconds
from application of pressure.
2) Travel times relatively
independent of pressure
between 60 and 100 psi.
LOAD lb [N]
All Series SHP Slides come standard with
end of travel shock pads. However, these
shock pads are limited in the amount of
energy that they can dissipate. Therefore,
the slides have a maximum payload limit.
Use the allowable velocity graph to verify
that the slide can carry the payload at the
desired velocity.
[4] .90
Size 08 x 20 Travel
[3] .68
Size 08 x 40 Travel
LOAD lb [N]
2
OPERATING PRESSURE
90 psi
80 psi
40 psi
50 psi
60 psi
70 psi
20 psi
30 psi
[1.4 bar] [2.1 bar] [2.8 bar] [3.4 bar] [4.1 bar] [4.8 bar] [5.5 bar] [6.2 bar]
5.4
3.6
4.2
4.8
1.8
2.4
3.0
1.2
[24.0]
[13.3]
[16.0]
[18.7]
[21.3]
[5.3]
[8.0]
[10.7]
7.1
3.1
3.9
4.7
5.5
6.3
1.6
2.4
[31.6]
[28.0]
[10.7]
[13.8]
[17.3]
[20.9]
[24.4]
[7.1]
12.0
9.3
10.7
4.0
5.3
6.7
8.0
2.7
[53.3]
[35.6]
[41.3]
[47.6]
[12.0]
[17.8]
[23.6]
[29.8]
15.9
7.1
8.8
10.6
12.4
14.1
3.5
5.3
[70.7]
[62.7]
[23.6]
[31.6]
[39.1]
[47.1]
[55.1]
[15.6]
24.3
18.9
21.6
8.1
10.8
13.5
16.2
5.4
[96.0]
[108.0]
[60.0]
[72.0]
[84.0]
[24.0]
[36.0]
[48.0]
25.1
28.2
12.5
15.7
18.8
22.0
6.3
9.4
[111.6] [125.3]
[41.8]
[55.6]
[69.8]
[83.6]
[97.8]
[28.0]
LOAD lb [N]
There are three major factors to consider when
selecting a slide: thrust capacity, allowable mass,
and dynamic moment capacity.
[8] 1.80
[6] 1.35
[2] .45
[1] .23
[4] .90
0
-3.15
[-80]
-2.36
[-60]
-1.57
[-40]
-.79
[-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.57
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
[2] .45
0
-5.91 -5.12 -4.33 -3.54
[-150] [-130] [-110] [-90]
-2.76
[- 70]
-1.97
[-50]
-1.18
[-30]
-.39
[-10]
.39
[10]
1.18
[30]
1.97
[50]
2.76
[70]
3.54
[90]
4.33
[110]
5.12
[130]
5.91
[150]
5A-17
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/shp
LOAD
+ -
“x”
3.60
[16]
3.15
[14]
LOAD, lb [N]
2.70
[12]
CL
2.25
[10]
Size 08 with 20 mm travel
1.80
[8]
1.35
[6]
.90
[4]
.45
[2]
0
-3.94 -3.15 -2.36 -1.57
[-100] [-80] [-60] [-40]
-.79
[-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.57
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
3.94
[100]
5A
3.60
[16]
- +
LOAD
“x”
3.15
[14]
LOAD, lb [N]
2.70
[12]
2.25
[10]
1.80
[8]
1.35
[6]
Size 08
Size 12
.90
[4]
Size 16
.45
[2]
0
-3.15
[-80]
-2.36
[-60]
-1.57
[-40]
-.79
[-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.57
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
3.94
[100]
4.72
[120]
5.51
[140]
5A-18
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/shp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
OPTION: SERIES SHP SLIDES
M
B
DESCRIPTION
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
MINIATURE REED AND SOLID
STATE SWITCHES
C
END VIEW
A
SIZE 12
in
mm
0.636 16.2
0.854 21.7
0.446 11.3
SIZE 16
in
mm
0.786 20.0
0.892 22.7
0.447 11.4
REED BENEFITS
SOLID STATE BENEFITS
■
Available as 4.5 - 30 VDC model for simple interfacing to sequencers
and programmable controllers.
■
Solid state switches afford long life. Constant amplitude output
allows use with most digital logic systems.
■
Can be used to directly drive some types of relays or valve solenoids
within the switch specifications stated.
■
Switch circuitry protects against voltage surges and other electrical
anomalies associated with operating systems.
■
Excellent switch hysteresis characteristics and symmetry.
■
Offered in 4.5 - 30 VDC current sinking and current sourcing
versions for simple interfacing to electronic system controllers.
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
CONTACT RESISTANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
LED
67902 & 67922
Magnetic Reed
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
Contact Closure
50 mA Max.
.115 Ohm Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
VOLTAGE DROP
SWITCH BURDEN
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
1.100 [27.9]
.777 [19.7]
.136 [3.5]
67903 & 67923
67904 & 67924
Solid State
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
NPN (Sink)
PNP (Source)
50 mA. Max
.5 VDC
10 mA. Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
MALE QUICK CONNECT DETAIL
.078 [2]
12.0 [305]
1.736 [44]
.095 [2.4]
.108 [2.7] .156 [3.9]
3-48 x 3/16 [4.8]
SET SCREW*
M8 x 1 THREAD
Ø .315 [8]
.260 [6.6]
.236 [6]
.134 [3.4]
.102 [2.6]
.180 [4.6]
*MAX. SCREW TORQUE 1.0 in-lb [.110 Nm]
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ]
63549-xx CORDSET WITH FEMALE QUICK CONNECT
PIN 2/4
WIRE COLOR
BLACK
Ø .402
[10.2]
PIN 1
WIRE COLOR
BROWN
PIN 3
WIRE COLOR
BLUE
1.299
[34.8]
.689
[19.3]
BLACK CONNECTOR
BLACK CABLE
MODEL NO.
63549-02
63549-05
LETTER DIM.
L
78.74 [2 m]
196.85 [5 m]
L
5A-19
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/shp
5A
SIZE 08
LETTER
DIM
in
mm
A
0.433 11.0
B
0.648 16.5
C
0.510 13.0
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SJP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Bearing Type, Design
No., Size, Travel, and Options.
BEARING TYPE
P - Rail Bearing
PRODUCT
S - Slide
BORE SIZE
TRAVELS**
08 8 mm [.315 in] 10 mm [.394 in], 15 mm [.591 in], 25 mm [.984 in]
12 12 mm [.472 in] 15 mm [.591 in], 20 mm [.787 in], 25 mm [.984 in]
16 16 mm [.630 in] 15 mm [.591 in], 25 mm [.984 in], 30 mm [1.181 in]
S J P 5 12 x 20 – M
5A
SERIES
J - Miniature
precision
DESIGN NO.
5- Metric -Ports and mounting
holes are metric
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
OPTIONS
M - Magnetic piston for PHD Series 6790 switches
MA*- Magnetic piston for competitor switches
DESCRIPTION
NOTES:
*See page 5A-7 for use of the -MA option.
**Consult PHD for additional travel increments.
5A-20
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sjp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES SJP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
BENEFITS
■
This slide is designed to be an MRO drop-in. Consult PHD or
your local distributor for unit compatibility.
■
Series SJP Slides use rail bearing technology to provide smooth,
precise movement with high accuracy within confined spaces.
■
Available in three bore sizes with three travel lengths each.
■
Standard internal shock pads eliminate metal to metal contact
reducing noise and end-of-travel impact forces.
■
Standard Series SJP Slides provide multiple mounting options
for maximum flexibility. Bodies feature mounting holes on sides,
end, and bottom.
■
Slide body incorporates twin switch slots on both sides for
convenient mounting of PHD’s Series 6790 4 mm Reed and
solid state switches. Magnet option -M is required when using
Series 6790 Switches.
■
Series SJP Slides can be fitted with certain competitor’s
switches. Magnet option -MA is required when using these
switches.
BORE SIZE
12
16
SPECIFICATIONS
mm
in
in
mm
mm
in
POWER SOURCE
100 psi [6.9 bar]
-20° to 180°F [-29° to 82°C]
TRAVELS
15
.394
.591
15
10
.591
25
.591
.984
20
15
.787
30
.984
1.181
25
25
.984
Multiple port positions, multiple mounting positions
STANDARD FEATURES
BEARINGS
BODY
TOOL PLATE
5A
08
FORCE TABLE
DIRECTION
EXTEND
RETRACT
SIZE 08
N/bar
lb/psi
5.1
.079
3.9
.060
SIZE 12
N/bar
lb/psi
11.3
.175
8.5
.132
SIZE 16
N/bar
lb/psi
20.3
.314
17.4
.270
5A-21
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sjp
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SJP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
2X CC THD
B
CL
GG
CL
D
C
1
3X DD THD THRU
6X CBORE FOR EE SHCS
3X THIS SIDE
3X OPPOSITE SIDE
M
4
K
A
N
CL
2
L
5
4X FF PORT
2X THIS SIDE
2X OPPOSITE SIDE
T
2X FF PORT
U
E
HH
AA 6
4X CC THD
F
Z
V
H
E
F
G
CL
CL
4X BB THD
G
CL
Y
3
W
4X BB THD
S
CL
CL
P
R
5A
Q
LETTER
DIM.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
Y
Z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
.394
1.969
.787
1.673
1.279
.591
.551
2.008
1.516
SIZE 08
TRAVEL, in [mm]
[10]
.591
[15]
[50.0] 2.165 [55.0]
0.512 [13.0]
[20.0] 0.984 [25.0]
.630 [16.0]
.709 [18.0]
.209 [5.3]
.197 [5.0]
.748 [19.0]
.413 [10.5]
.591 [15.0]
.669 [17.0]
.354 [9.0]
.394 [10.0]
[42.5] 1.870 [47.5]
[32.5] 1.476 [37.5]
[15.0]
.787 [20.0]
[14.0]
.945 [24.0]
.748 [19.0]
.197 [5.0]
[51.0] 2.205 [56.0]
[38.5] 1.713 [43.5]
.433 [11.0]
1.132 [28.8]
[M3 x 0.5 x 4.8]
[M3 x 0.5 x 5]
[M4 x 0.7]
[M3]
[M5 x 0.8 PORT]
.591 [15.0]
1.536 [39.0]
.984
[25]
2.559 [65.0]
.591
2.441
1.575 [40.0]
.984
[57.5]
[47.5]
[30.0]
[34.0]
2.028
1.555
.709
.945
2.598 [66.0]
2.107 [53.5]
2.480
1.831
2.264
1.870
1.181
1.339
SIZE 12
TRAVEL, in [mm]
[15]
.787
[20] .984
[62.0] 2.638 [67.0] 2.953
0.591 [15.0]
[25.0] 1.181 [30.0] 1.575
.787 [20.0]
.866 [22.0]
[5.5]
.217
[5.0]
.197
.906 [23.0]
.512 [13.0]
.709 [18.0]
.846 [21.5]
.433 [11.0]
.512 [13.0]
[51.5]
2.224 [56.5] 2.539
[39.5]
1.752 [44.5] 2.067
[18.0]
.945 [24.0] 1.260
[24.0]
.945 [24.0] 1.339
.906 [23.0]
[7.0]
.276
[63.0]
2.677 [68.0] 2.992
[46.5]
2.028 [51.5] 2.343
.492 [12.5]
1.319 [33.5]
[M4 x 0.7 x 6.0]
[M4 x 0.7 x 6 MIN]
[M5 x 0.8]
[M4]
[M5 x 0.8 PORT]
.748 [19.0]
1.850 [47.0]
[25]
[75.0]
.591
2.953
[40.0]
1.378
[64.5]
[52.5]
[32.0]
[34.0]
2.441
1.969
1.181
1.339
[76.0]
[59.5]
2.993
2.244
SIZE 16
TRAVEL, in [mm]
[15]
.984
[25] 1.181
[75.0] 3.346 [85.0] 3.543
0.709 [18.0]
[35.0] 1.772 [45.0] 1.969
.984 [25.0]
.984 [25.0]
[6.5]
.256
[5.5]
.217
1.063 [27.0]
.669 [17.0]
1.024 [26.0]
.846 [21.5]
.630 [16.0]
.669 [17.0]
[62.0] 2.835 [72.0] 3.031
[50.0] 2.362 [60.0] 2.559
[30.0] 1.575 [40.0] 1.772
[34.0] 1.575 [40.0] 1.575
1.063 [27.0]
[9.5]
.374
[76.0] 3.386 [86.0] 3.583
[57.0] 2.638 [67.0] 2.835
.512 [13.0]
1.516 [38.5]
[M4 x 0.7 x 6.0]
[M4 x 0.7 x 6 MIN]
[M5 x 0.8]
[M4]
[M5 x 0.8 PORT]
.945 [24.0]
2.106 [53.5]
[30]
[90.0]
[50.0]
[77.0]
[65.0]
[45.0]
[40.0]
[91.0]
[72.0]
NOTES:
3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITION CALLOUT.
5A-22
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sjp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SJP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
PRESSURE RATINGS
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH AND WEIGHT
All Series SJP Slides have an operating pressure range of
20 psi minimum to 100 psi maximum [1.4 to 6.9 bar]. Maximum life
will be achieved when pressure and velocity are no greater than
necessary for proper operation. External flow controls are
recommended. Series SJP Slides feature standard pneumatic ports
on the end and both sides of the slide body, and are provided with
the end ports ready for use and the side ports plugged with set
screws and thread sealant.
Tolerance of minimum travel length is +.039/-.000
[+1 mm/-0 mm].
SIZE
08
12
16
Series SJP Slides are designed for use in temperatures
between -20° to 180° F [-29° to 82° C]. For temperatures outside
this range, consult PHD.
Series SJP Slides utilize urethane and Nitrile seals which are
MAINTENANCE
LUBRICATION
MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS
PHD recommends to mount load or tooling with tool plate
retracted. Support tool plate while tightening fasteners. Maximum
mounting torques (for screw thread engagement of one diameter or
greater):
There are three major factors to consider when
selecting a slide: thrust capacity, dynamic moment
capacity, and the allowable velocity.
THEORETICAL FORCE OUTPUT TABLE lb [N]
OPERATING PRESSURE
90 psi
70 psi
80 psi
50 psi
60 psi
30 psi
40 psi
20 psi
[1.4 bar] [2.1 bar] [2.8 bar] [3.4 bar] [4.1 bar] [4.8 bar] [5.5 bar] [6.2 bar]
5.4
3.6
4.2
4.8
2.4
3.0
1.8
1.2
[24.0]
[18.7]
[21.3]
[10.7]
[13.3]
[16.0]
[8.0]
[5.3]
7.1
6.3
3.9
4.7
5.5
2.4
3.1
1.6
[31.6]
[13.8]
[17.3]
[20.9]
[24.4]
[28.0]
[7.1]
[10.7]
12.0
4.0
5.3
6.7
8.0
9.3
10.7
2.7
[53.3]
[47.6]
[12.0]
[17.8]
[23.6]
[29.8]
[35.6]
[41.3]
15.9
14.1
10.6
12.4
3.5
5.3
7.1
8.8
[70.7]
[55.1]
[62.7]
[31.6]
[39.1]
[47.1]
[15.6]
[23.6]
24.3
13.5
16.2
18.9
21.6
8.1
10.8
5.4
[96.0]
[108.0]
[36.0]
[48.0]
[60.0]
[72.0]
[84.0]
[24.0]
25.1
28.2
6.3
9.4
12.5
15.7
18.8
22.0
[111.6] [125.3]
[83.6]
[97.8]
[28.0]
[41.8]
[55.6]
[69.8]
SIZE DIRECTION
RETRACT
THRUST CAPACITY
08
Use the theoretical force output table to
determine if thrust is sufficient for the applied
load.
EXTEND
RETRACT
12
EXTEND
RETRACT
16
EXTEND
The Dynamic Moment Load graphs show the
allowable load for the three most common
mounting positions of the Series SJP Slide. Determine the
distance “x” from the edge of the tool plate to the load
3.5
[15.6]
3
[13.3]
Size 08
LOAD lb [N]
2.5
[11.1]
Size 12
2
[8.9]
5A
FASTENER SIZE in-lb Nm
M3
1
9
M4
2
18
M5*
4
35
*Mounting holes only, port fittings require less.
SLIDE SELECTION
2
UNIT
BASE WEIGHT
lb
kg
.16
.07
.18
.08
.21
.10
.32
.15
.35
.16
.39
.18
.57
.26
.65
.29
.68
.31
SEALS
1
MINIMUM
TRAVEL
in
mm
10
(.394)
15
(.591)
25
(.984)
15
(.591)
20
(.787)
25
(.984)
15
(.591)
25
(.984)
(1.181) 30
100 psi
[6.9 bar]
6.0
[26.7]
7.9
[35.1]
13.3
[59.1]
17.6
[78.2]
27.0
[120.0]
31.4
[139.6]
center of gravity. Use the appropriate graph for the loading
condition to determine the allowable load. It is generally best to keep
the center of gravity of the load as close to the slide as possible.
(See next page for graphs.) If the application requires combined
loading such as a horizontal pitch load combined with a roll load, if
static loads exceed dynamic loads, or if there are other questions
concerning the selection of an appropriate slide, please contact
PHD’s Customer Service Department.
Size 16
1.5
[6.7]
3
1
[4.4]
ALLOWABLE VELOCITY
Use the allowable velocity graph at left to verify that the slide
selected can carry the payload at the desired velocity.
0.5
[2.2]
0
0
5
[127]
10
[254]
15
[381]
20
[508]
25
[635]
30
[762]
Velocity, ips [mm/sec]
5A-23
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sjp
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SJP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
SIZE 12
[10] 2.25
[9] 2.03
Size 12 x 15 Travel
[8] 1.80
LOAD lb [N]
- +
LOAD
“x”
[7] 1.58
Size 12 x 20 Travel
[6] 1.35
Size 12 x 25 Travel
[5] 1.13
[4] .90
[3] .68
[2] .45
[1] .23
0
-3.94
[-100]
-3.15
[-80]
-2.36
[-60]
-1.57
[-40]
-.79
[- 20]
0
.79
[20]
1.57
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
3.94
[100]
LOAD lb [N]
SIZE 08
[6] 1.35
Size 08 x 10 Travel
[5] 1.13
Size 08 x 15 Travel
[4] .90
SIZE 16
[16] 3.60
Size 08 x 25 Travel
[3] .68
[14] 3.15
Size 16 x 15 Travel
[2] .45
[1] .23
0
-3.15
[-80]
Size 16 x 25 Travel
[12] 2.70
-2.36
[-60]
-1.57
[-40]
-.79
[-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.57
[40]
2.36
[60]
Size 16 x 30 Travel
3.15
[80]
[10] 2.25
LOAD lb [N]
[8] 1.80
[6] 1.35
5A
[4] .90
[2] .45
0
-5.91 -5.12 -4.33 -3.54
[-150] [-130] [-110] [-90]
-2.76
[- 70]
-1.97
[-50]
-1.18
[-30]
-.39
[-10]
.39
[10]
1.18
[30]
1.97
[50]
2.76
[70]
3.54
[90]
4.33
[110]
5.12
[130]
5.91
[150]
-+
LOAD
- +
“x”
3.15
[14]
3.15
[14]
2.70
[12]
CL
2.25
[10]
CL
Size 08
Size 12
1.80
[8]
Size 16
1.35
[6]
LOAD, lb [N]
2.70
[12]
LOAD, lb [N]
LOAD
3.60
[16]
“x”
3.60
[16]
2.25
[10]
1.80
[8]
1.35
[6]
Size 08
Size 12
.90
[4]
.90
[4]
Size 16
.45
[2]
.45
[2]
0
-3.94 -3.15 -2.36 -1.57
[-100] [-80] [-60] [-40]
-.79
[-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.57
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
3.94
[100]
0
-6.30
[-160]
-5.51
[-140]
-4.72
[-120]
-3.94
[-100]
-3.15
[-80]
-2.36
[-60]
-1.57
[-40]
-.79
[-20]
0
.79
[20]
1.57
[40]
2.36
[60]
3.15
[80]
5A-24
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sjp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
OPTIONS: SERIES SJP RAIL BEARING SLIDES
The Series SJP can be used as an exact drop-in replacement
for a competitor’s commercially available rail slide. If the Series SJP
is being used to replace the competitor’s slide, and you wish to
continue using their switches, the MA option must be specified. For
additional information and switch compatibility, contact your local
PHD distributor or PHD customer service.
SIZE 08
LETTER
DIM
in
mm
A
0.496 12.6
B
0.712 18.1
C
0.297 7.5
SIZE 12
in
mm
0.645 16.4
0.844 21.4
0.388 9.9
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
SIZE 16
in
mm
0.786 20.0
0.972 24.7
0.447 11.4
C
END VIEW
A
REED BENEFITS
■
■
■
■
■
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
CONTACT RESISTANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
LED
DESCRIPTION
B
■
MAGNET FOR COMPETITOR’S
MA
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
VOLTAGE DROP
SWITCH BURDEN
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
67902 & 67922
Magnetic Reed
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
Contact Closure
50 mA Max.
.115 Ohm Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
1.100 [27.9]
.777 [19.7]
.136 [3.5]
67903 & 67923
67904 & 67924
Solid State
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
NPN (Sink)
PNP (Source)
50 mA. Max
.5 VDC
10 mA. Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
.078 [2]
12.0 [305]
1.736 [44]
.095 [2.4]
.108 [2.7] .156 [3.9]
3-48 x 3/16 [4.8]
SET SCREW*
M8 x 1 THREAD
Ø .315 [8]
.260 [6.6]
.236 [6]
.134 [3.4]
.102 [2.6]
.180 [4.6]
PIN 2/4
WIRE COLOR
BLACK
Ø .402
[10.2]
PIN 1
WIRE COLOR
BROWN
PIN 3
WIRE COLOR
BLUE
1.299
[34.8]
.689
[19.3]
BLACK CONNECTOR
BLACK CABLE
MODEL NO.
63549-02
63549-05
LETTER DIM.
L
78.74 [2 m]
196.85 [5 m]
L
5A-25
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sjp
5A
M
www.phdinc.com/stp
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
SERIES
T - Compact
Thruster
PRODUCT
S - Slide
DESIGN NO.
1 - Imperial
5 - Metric
BORE
SIZE
08
12
16
20
25
TRAVEL
IMPERIAL (in)
METRIC (mm)
1, 2, 3
25, 50, 75
1, 2-1/2, 4
25, 60, 100
38, 75, 125
1-1/2, 3, 5
50, 100, 150
2, 4, 6
50, 100, 150
2, 4, 6
SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLED OPTION
NE1x - Shock absorber installed on
extend, position 1
NE2x - Shock absorber installed on
extend, position 2
NRx - Shock absorber installed on
retract
“x” indicates shock absorber dampening
constant (2 or 3) which must be specified
by the customer.
BORE
SIZE
08
12
16
20
25
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT OPTION
AE1 - Travel adjustment and shock pad on extend,
position 1
AE2 - Travel adjustment and shock pad on extend,
position 2
AR - Travel adjustment and shock pad on retract
SERIES 6790 SWITCHES
DESCRIPTION
2 meter Cordset with Quick Connect
CARRIAGE STYLE
D - Dual stop
SHOCK ABSORBER
REPLACEMENTS
BORE SIZE PART NO.
68149-01-x
08
68149-01-x
12
68015-01-x
16
70861-01-x
20
67127-01-x
25
MISCELLANEOUS OPTIONS
J3 - Transitional fit dowel holes
J8 - Precision fit dowel holes
M - Magnetic piston for use with PHD Series
6790 Switches
Q6 - Complete corrosion resistant guide shafts
S T P D 5 25 x 50 – AR – NE1x – M – Q6
BEARING TYPE
P - Profile rail
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Bearing Type, Carriage
Style, Design No., Size, Travel, Travel
Adjustment, Shock Absorber Installed,
and Miscellaneous Options.
5A
ORDERING DATA: SERIES STP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
5A-26
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES STP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
■
Series STP Slides provide smooth precise linear motion with
high accuracy at twice the thrust of a single bore cylinder.
■
Available in five bore sizes with a choice of three travel lengths
to fit a wide range of applications. Optional travel adjustments
allow precise adjustment of travel.
■
worldwide markets.
■
Standard internal and external shock pads eliminate metal to
metal contact reducing noise and end-of-travel impact forces.
■
Fully integrated shock absorbers and travel adjustments with
shock pads allow easy adjustment from back of slide while not
increasing overall package width.
■
Shock absorbers and travel adjustments on retract eliminate
pitch and yaw moments usually associated with externally
mounted shocks and travel adjustments.
■
Series STP units have increased stopping capacity and minimal
deflection when travel adjustment and/or shock absorbers are
used in both positions.
■
Slide housing incorporates twin switch slots for flush installation
of PHD’s new Series 6790 reed and solid state switches.
■
Consult PHD for 4 mm and 8 mm proximity switch ready units.
■
All units have customer mounting and dowel holes in the
housing, carriage, and tool plate.
■
Modular mounting kits allow quick connect of same size Series
STP Slides without the need for transition plates. See page
5A-34 for details.
■
Standard stainless steel fasteners eliminate the need for costly
corrosion resistant options. Combining this with -Q6 shaft
option provides a completely corrosion resistant unit.
5A
BENEFITS
BORE SIZE
SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCE
WORKING PRESSURE
TEMPERATURE RANGE
LUBRICATION
GUIDE SHAFTS
BEARINGS
CARRIAGE
TOOL PLATE
BODY
08
12, 16, 20, & 25
Two cylinders built into the Slide Body
20 psi min - 150 psi max at zero load
-20° to +180°F [-29° to 82°C]
Permanent for Non-Lubricated or Lubricated Air
Stainless Steel
Hard Chrome Plated Steel
Stainless Steel Ground Rail System with Recirculating Ball Bearings
Anodized Aluminum Alloy
5A-27
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
5A-28
www.phdinc.com/stp
AA
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
2X KK
P THD S1 PLCS
CBORE AND THRU
FROM OPPOSITE
SIDE OF HOUSING
FOR Q SHCS S1 PLCS
A
CC
2X HH THD
E ±.005 [± .13]
.005 [.13] A
SEE NOTE 5.
LL
TO FF THD
FF THD
DD
2X EE
D
K
J
Ø R1
DOWEL
S2 PLCS
V
Y THD Z1 PLCS
L
A
MM
L
2X BB PORT
V
R2 DOWEL
Z2 PLCS
V
N
M
H
W
5A
B
C
.039 [1]
N
G
F
.005 [.13] A
SEE NOTE 4.
V
4X U THD
2X Ø R2
DOWEL
N
1/2 N
N
NOTES:
1) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE SYMMETRICAL ABOUT CENTERLINE OF
DOWEL HOLES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
3) RUNNING PARALLELISM TO DATUM A IS .002 in [.05 mm] AT 2 in
[50 mm] OF TRAVEL.
4)
= PERPENDICULARITY TOLERANCE, THIS DETERMINES HOW
FAR FROM 90° THAT THE INDICATED FEATURES CAN BE TO THE
INDICATED DATUM FEATURES. THIS SURFACE IS ORIENTED (90°)
TO THE INDICATED DATUM SURFACES WITHIN A TOLERANCE
BAND OF .005 [.13].
5)
= PARALLELISM TOLERANCE, THIS TOLERANCE DETERMINES
HOW PARALLEL (180°) THAT THE INDICATED FEATURES CAN BE
TO THE INDICATED DATUM FEATURES. THE SURFACE IS PARALLEL
(180°) TO THE INDICATED DATUM SURFACES WITHIN A TOLERANCE
BAND OF .005 [.13].
T
DIMENSIONS: SERIES STP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
SOLUTIONS FOR
SOLUTIONS FOR
CAT-03
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
12
mm
in
mm
in
mm
BORE SIZE
16
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
20
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
25
mm
in
mm
5A
1
25
2
50
3
75
1
25
2.5
60
4
100
1-1/2
38
3
75
5
125
2
50
4
100
6
150
2
50
4
100
6
150
2.953 75.0 4.587 116.5 5.866 149.0 3.544 90.0 5.671 144.0 7.795 198.0 4.528 115.0 6.024 153.0 8.544 217.0 5.433 138.0 8.327 211.5 10.965 278.5 5.531 140.5 8.327 211.5 10.965 278.5
0.315
8.0
0.394
10.0
0.433
11.0
0.630
16.0
0.512
13.0
2.087
53.0
2.559
65.0
3.425
87.0
4.409
112.0
3.7
94.0
2.165
55.0
2.638
67.0
3.504
89.0
4.488
114.0
3.779
96.0
0.983
25.0
1.37
34.8
1.574
40.0
2.440
62.0
1.969
50.0
0.924
23.5
1.271
32.3
1.476
37.5
2.341
59.5
1.87
47.5
0.039
1.0
0.079
2.0
0.079
2.0
0.079
2.0
0.079
2.0
0.924
23.5
0.797
20.2
1.437
36.5
1.634
41.5
1.2
30.5
0.492
12.5
0.797
20.2
0.531
13.5
0.532
13.5
1.2
30.5
0.217
5.5
0.378
9.6
0.453
11.5
0.630
16.0
0.566
14.4
1.102
28.0
1.496
38.0
1.929
49.0
2.677
68.0
2.205
56.0
1.142
29.0
1.024
26.0
1.713
43.5
2.008
51.0
1.613
41.0
0.551
14.0
0.67
17.0
0.905
23.0
1.260
32.0
1.024
26.0
8-32 x .394 [M4 x 0.7 x 10]
10-24 x .632 [M5 x 0.8 x 16]
1/4-20 x .689 [M6 x 1.0 x 17.5]
5/16-18 x 1.142 [M8 x 1.25 x 29]
1/4-20 x .910 [M6 x 1.0 x 23]
#5 [M3]
#6 [M4]
#10 [M5]
1/4 [M6]
#10 [M5]
3 mm x 2.5 mm DP
4 mm x 2.5 mm DP
5 mm x 3 mm DP
6 mm x 5.5 mm DP
5 mm x 3 mm DP
3 mm x 3 mm DP
4 mm x 4 mm DP
5 mm x 5 mm DP
6 mm x 6 mm DP
5 mm x 5 mm DP
4
4
6
4
4
6
4
4
6
4
4
6
4
4
6
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
3
4
0.5315
13.5
0.713
18.1
0.9055
23.0
1.260
32.0
1.078
27.4
5-40 x .315 DP [M3 x 8 DP]
6-32 x .394 DP [M4 x 10 DP]
10-24 x .433 DP [M5 x 11 DP]
1/4-20 x .630 DP [M6 x 16 DP]
10-24 x .512 DP [M5 x 13 DP]
0.868
22.0
1.102
28.0
1.496
38.0
2.205
56.0
1.654
42.0
1.102
28.0
1.300
33.0
1.378
35.0
1.890
48.0
1.85
47.0
5-40 x .275 DP [M3 x 7 DP]
8-32 x .375 DP [M4 x 9.5 DP]
10-24 x .375 DP [M5 x 9.5 DP]
1/4-20 x .500 DP [M6 x 13 DP]
10-24 x .375 DP [M5 x 9.5 DP]
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
1.142
29.0
1.496
38.0
1.969
50.0
2.684
68.2
2.264
57.5
10-32 PORT [M5 x 0.8 PORT]
10-32 PORT [M5 x 0.8 PORT]
10-32 PORT [M5 x 0.8 PORT]
1/8 NPT PORT [1/8 BSPP PORT]
0.401
10.2
0.612
15.5
0.684
17.4
1.143
29.0
0.91
23.1
0.551
14.0
0.795
20.2
0.906
23.0
1.418
36.0
1.132
28.8
0.752
19.1
1.022
26.0
1.181
30.0
1.810
46.0
1.447
36.8
M6 x 1.0 x 32 DP
7/16-20 x 1.800 DP
M14 x 1.5 x 55 DP
M20 x 1.5 x 60 DP
M16 x 1.5 x 57 DP
M8 x 1.0 x 12.5 DP
M8 x 1.0 x 12.5 DP
M10 x 1.0 x 18.5 DP
M14 x 1.5 x 19.5 DP
M12 x 1.0 x 19 DP
0.743
18.9
0.955
24.3
1.26
32.0
1.712
43.5
1.417
36.0
0.217
5.5
0.319
8.1
0.394
10.0
0.620
15.7
0.566
14.4
2.953 75.0 4.587 116.5 5.866 149.0 3.377 85.8 5.671 144.0 7.795 198.0 4.528 115.0 6.024 153.0 8.544 217.0 5.433 138.0 8.327 211.5 10.965 278.5 5.531 140.5 8.327 211.5 10.965 278.5
in
08
METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ].
TRAVEL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R1
R2
S1
S2
T
U
V
W
Y
Z1
Z2
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
HH
KK
LL
MM
LETTER
DIM.
DIMENSIONS: SERIES STP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
(800) 624-8511
5A-29
www.phdinc.com/stp
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES STP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
PRESSURE RATINGS
All Series STP Slides have an operating pressure range of
20 psi minimum to 150 psi maximum [1.4 to 10 bar].
The slide housing, tool plate, and carriage are anodized
aluminum alloy. Linear rails and bearings are hardened and ground
stainless steel. On standard sizes 12, 16, 20, and 25 slides, the
shafts are hard chrome plated steel. Size 08 slides have stainless
steel shafts. The corrosion resistant option on sizes 12, 16, 20, and
25 provides hard chrome plated stainless steel shafts.
BREAKAWAY
Units have less than 20 psi [1.4 bar] breakaway with zero load.
MAINTENANCE
Series STP Slides are designed for use in temperatures
between 20° to 180° F [-6° to 82° C]. For temperatures outside this
range, consult PHD.
SEALS
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH
Series STP Slides utilize urethane and Nitrile seals which are
Tolerance on specified minimum travel length is +.098/-.000
[+2.5mm/-0mm].
MINIMUM
TRAVEL
SIZE
in
mm
25
1
08
51
2
76
3
25
1
12
64
2.5
102
4
1-1/2 38
16
76
3
127
5
2
51
20
102
4
152
6
51
2
25
4
102
152
6
LUBRICATION
5A
OPERATING SLIDE VELOCITY
For sizes 08 and 12, slide velocity is 36 in/sec [914 mm/sec]
for extend and 24 in/sec [610 mm/sec] on retract. For sizes 16, 20,
and 25, slide velocity is 30 in/sec [962 mm/sec] for extend and 24
in/sec [610 mm/sec] on retract.These values are based on an
unloaded slide at 87 psi [6 bar] operating pressure.
UNIT WEIGHT
SIZE
08
12
16
20
25
TRAVEL
in
mm
1
25
2
50
75
3
1
25
2-1/2 60
100
4
1-1/2 38
3
75
5
125
2
50
100
4
6
150
50
2
4
100
6
150
BASE WEIGHT
kg
lb
0.25
0.55
0.37
0.81
0.46
1.01
0.51
1.12
0.78
1.71
1.03
2.26
0.95
2.10
1.22
2.68
1.65
3.63
1.64
3.62
2.38
5.24
3.01
6.64
2.48
5.46
3.43
7.55
4.34
9.55
-AR
lb
0.03
0.04
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.22
0.29
0.40
0.65
0.85
1.03
0.57
0.87
1.16
kg
0.014
0.018
0.023
0.05
0.07
0.09
0.10
0.13
0.18
0.30
0.39
0.47
0.26
0.39
0.53
OPTION ADDERS
-NRx
kg
lb
0.11 0.05
0.11 0.05
0.11 0.05
0.09 0.04
0.178 0.08
0.298 0.14
0.19 0.09
0.26 0.12
0.37 0.17
0.32 0.15
0.512 0.23
0.687 0.31
0.42 0.19
0.73 0.33
1.02 0.46
-AEx OR NEx
lb
kg
0.06
0.03
0.09
0.04
0.13
0.06
0.27
0.12
0.29
0.13
5A-30
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
THRUST SPECIFICATIONS
SLIDE SELECTION
thrust capacity, allowable static and dynamic moment capacity, and
table deflection (as either pitch, yaw, or roll).
2
BORE
DIAMETER
mm
in
0.315
8
THRUST CAPACITY
12
0.236
6
0.475
12
Use the effective piston area (see thrust specifications) of the
slide to determine if thrust is sufficient for the applied load.
16
0.315
8
0.630
16
20
0.394
10
0.787
20
25
0.472
12
0.984
25
STATIC AND DYNAMIC MOMENT CAPACITY
The maximum static moments for all units are listed in the
static moment chart below and must not be exceeded. The
maximum allowable dynamic moment is equal to 1/10 the
maximum static moment in consideration of the load inertia.
Calculate static and dynamic moments of the system using
the following equations and diagrams:
EFFECTIVE
PISTON AREA
SHAFT
in2
mm2
DIRECTION
0.16 101
EXTEND
0.12
75
RETRACT
0.35 229
EXTEND
0.27 172
RETRACT
0.62 402
EXTEND
0.47 302
RETRACT
0.97 628
EXTEND
0.73 470
RETRACT
1.52 982
EXTEND
1.17 756
RETRACT
CYLINDER THRUST CALCULATION
Mp (Pitch) = (Ah + CG) x LOAD or (Av + CG) x LOAD
My (Yaw) = (Ah + CG) x LOAD or CG x LOAD
Mr (Roll) = (Av + CG) x LOAD or CG x LOAD
IMPERIAL
F=PxA
lb
psi
in2
F = Cylinder Force
P = Operating Pressure
A = Effective Area
METRIC
F = 0.1 x P x A
N
bar
mm2
(continued on next six pages)
STATIC MOMENT CHART
MOMENT ARM MOMENT ARM
MAX PITCH
MAX YAW
MAX ROLL
Av
Ah
MOMENT (Mp) MOMENT (My) MOMENT (Mr)
TRAVEL
mm
mm
mm
in
Nm
in
Nm
in-lb Nm
in-lb
in-lb
SIZE in
25
1
2.442 62.0
7.6
4.8
4.8
42.4
42.4
67
50
2
0.335
8.5
3.830 97.3
8.6
76
15.9
168 19.0
141
08
75
3
4.914 124.8
8.6
76
21.5
227 25.6
190
25
1
2.717 69.0
14.4
127
14.0
146 16.5
124
60
2-1/2
11.5
4.557 115.7 0.453
20.5
181
33.7
351 39.7
298
12
100
4
6.308 160.2
181
20.5
45.5
474 53.6
403
1-1/2 38
3.711 94.3
30.6
271
22.6
238 26.9
200
75
3
12.5
5.049 128.2 0.492
30.6
271
488 55.1
410
46.3
16
125
5
7.292 185.2
30.6
271
63.0
664 75.0
558
50
2
4.286 108.9
62.2
550
47.2
497 56.2
418
100
4
6.721 170.7
0.61
15.5
733
82.9
1290 145.8 1084 122.5
20
150
6
9.034 229.5
82.9
733
1772 200.2 1488 168.1
50
2
4.488 114.0
991
112
796 89.9
668
75.5
4
100
19.0
6.811 173.0 0.748
991
112
1592 179.9 1338 151.2
25
6
150
9.194 233.5
112
991
2112 238.6 1774 200.4
For more detail in determining table deflection; see page 5A-22 for pitch, page 5A-24 for yaw, and page 5A-26 for roll.
+ -
PITCH
+ -
Ah
CG
DIST
ROLL
Ah
CG
DIST
CG
DIST
Mp
Mr
My
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
Mr
CG
DIST
LOAD
LOAD
Mp
LOAD
+
-
YAW
5A
1
SIZE
08
SHAFT
DIAMETER
mm
in
0.157 4
Av
CG
DIST
+
-
CG
DIST
Av
My
5A-31
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
3
STATIC DEFLECTIONS IN PITCH
The graphs on this page show table pitch deflection due to
static moment loads applied at distance Ah from bearing
center while the unit is extended.
SIZE 12
.020
[.51]
4" [100 mm]
.018
[.46]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
.016
[.41]
Ah
Mp
.014
[.36]
.012
[.30]
.010
[.25]
2-1/2" [60 mm]
.008
[.20]
1" [25 mm]
.006
[.15]
.004
[.10]
.002
[.05]
.000
0
5.0
[22.2]
10.0
[44.5]
15.0
[66.7]
20.0
[89]
25.0
[111]
LOAD lb [N]
08
12
16
5A
20
25
MOMENT ARM
Ah
mm
in
2.442 62.0
3.830 97.3
4.914 124.8
2.717 69.0
4.557 115.7
6.308 160.2
3.711 94.3
5.049 128.2
7.292 185.2
4.286 108.9
6.721 170.7
9.034 229.5
4.488 114.0
6.811 173.0
9.194 233.5
SIZE 16
.020
[.51]
.018
[.46]
5" [125 mm]
.016
[.41]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
SIZE
TRAVEL
in
mm
1
25
2
50
75
3
25
1
2-1/2 60
100
4
1-1/2 38
75
3
125
5
50
2
4
100
150
6
50
2
100
4
150
6
30.0
[133]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
.014
[.36]
.012
[.30]
.010
[.25]
.008
[.20]
3" [75 mm]
1-1/2" [38 mm]
.006
[.15]
.004
[.10]
.002
[.05]
.000
0
5.0
[22.2]
10.0
[44.5]
15.0
[66.7]
20.0
[89]
25.0
[111]
LOAD lb [N]
30.0
[133]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
SIZE 20
.020
[.51]
6" [150 mm]
.018
[.46]
4" [100 mm]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
.016
[.41]
All tabulated and plotted values are typical
and were determined empirically.
.014
[.36]
.012
[.30]
.010
[.25]
2" [50 mm]
.008
[.20]
.006
[.15]
.004
[.10]
.002
[.05]
.000
0
10.0
[44.5]
20.0
[89]
30.0
[133]
40.0
[178]
50.0
[222]
LOAD lb [N]
SIZE 08
.020
[.51]
6" [150 mm]
.018
[.46]
.016
[.41]
.016
[.41]
.014
[.36]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
SIZE 25
.020
[.51]
3" [75 mm]
.018
[.46]
60
[267]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
.012
[.30]
.010
[.25]
2" [50 mm]
.008
[.20]
.006
[.15]
1" [25 mm]
.004
[.10]
.014
[.36]
.012
[.30]
.010
[.25]
4" [100 mm]
.008
[.20]
2" [50 mm]
.006
[.15]
.004
[.10]
.002
[.05]
.002
[.05]
.000
0
2.0
[8.9]
4.0
[17.8]
6.0
[26.7]
8.0
[35.6]
LOAD lb [N]
10.0
[44.5]
12.0
[53.4]
14.0
[62.3]
16.0
[71.2]
.000
0
(kg x 9.8 = N )
10.0
[44.5]
20.0
[89]
30.0
[133]
40.0
[178]
LOAD lb [N]
50.0
[222]
60.0
[267]
70.0
[312]
80.0
[356]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
5A-32
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
METRIC EXAMPLE:
Determine the pitch deflection of a STPD525 x 150 slide at the
center of gravity (CG) of a 45 N load weight attached to the tool
plate. The CG of the load is 50 mm further from the tool plate.
Calculate the moment of the application and the equivalent load at
distance Ah.
distance Ah.
Mp = Load x (Ah distance + CG distance)
= 10 x (9.194 + 2) = 112 in-lb
Mp = Load x (Ah distance + CG distance) / 1000
= 45 x (233.5 + 50) / 1000 = 12.76 Nm
Equivalent load = (Mp / Ah) = 112 / 9.194 = 12 lb
Equivalent load = (Mp / Ah) x 1000 = 12.76 / 233.5 x 1000 = 55 N
Read the graph for a 12 lb load, deflection is approximately .003".
Read the graph for a 55 N load, deflection is approximately .08 mm.
Deflection Ratio = Deflection at tool plate / Ah distance
= .003 / 9.194 = 3.26 x 10-4
= .08 / 233.5 = 3.4 x 10-4
Deflection at load = Deflection Ratio x (Ah + CG)
= 3.26 x 10-4 x (9.194 + 2) = .0037"
= 3.4 x 10-4 x (233.5 + 50) = .096 mm
5A
IMPERIAL EXAMPLE:
Determine the pitch deflection of a STPD125 x 6 slide at the center
of gravity (CG) of a 10 lb load weight attached to the tool plate. The
CG of the load is 2" further from the tool plate.
5A-33
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
3
STATIC DEFLECTIONS IN YAW
SIZE 12
.007
[.18]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
The graph below shows table yaw deflection due to static
moment loads applied at distance Ah from bearing center with
the unit extended.
4" [100 mm]
.006
[.15]
.005
[.13]
1" [25 mm]
2-1/2" [60 mm]
.004
[.10]
.003
[.08]
.002
[.05]
Ah
My
.001
[.03]
.000
0
5.0
[22.2]
10.0
[44.5]
15.0
[66.7]
20.0
[89]
25.0
[111]
LOAD lb [N]
08
12
5A
16
20
25
SIZE 16
.008
[.20]
5" [125 mm]
1-1/2" [38 mm]
.007
[.18]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
SIZE
MOMENT ARM
Ah
in
mm
2.442 62.0
3.830 97.3
4.914 124.8
2.717 69.0
4.557 115.7
6.308 160.2
3.711 94.3
5.049 128.2
7.292 185.2
4.286 108.9
6.721 170.7
9.034 229.5
4.488 114.0
6.811 173.0
9.194 233.5
TRAVEL
in
mm
25
1
50
2
75
3
25
1
2-1/2 60
100
4
1-1/2 38
75
3
125
5
50
2
100
4
150
6
50
2
4
100
6
150
30.0
[133]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
.006
[.15]
3" [75 mm]
.005
[.13]
.004
[.10]
.003
[.08]
.002
[.05]
.001
[.03]
.000
0
5.0
[22.2]
10.0
[44.5]
15.0
[66.7]
20.0
[89]
25.0
[111]
LOAD lb [N]
30.0
[133]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
SIZE 20
.010
[.25]
6" [150 mm]
4" [100 mm]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
.008
[.20]
2" [50 mm]
.006
[.15]
.004
[.10]
.002
[.05]
.000
0
10.0
[44.5]
20.0
[89]
30.0
[133]
40.0
[178]
50.0
[222]
LOAD lb [N]
SIZE 08
.007
[.18]
6" [150 mm]
.009
[.23]
.006
[.15]
.008
[.20]
1" [25 mm]
.005
[.13]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
SIZE 25
.010
[.25]
3" [75 mm]
2" [50 mm]
.004
[.10]
60.0
[267]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
.003
[.08]
.002
[.05]
.007
[.18]
4" [100 mm]
.006
[.15]
2" [50 mm]
.005
[.13]
.004
[.10]
.003
[.08]
.002
[.05]
.001
[.03]
.001
[.03]
.000
.000
0
2.0
[8.9]
4.0
[17.8]
6.0
[26.7]
8.0
[35.6]
LOAD lb [N]
10.0
[44.5]
12.0
[53.4]
14.0
[62.3]
0
16.0
[71.2]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
10.0
[44.5]
20.0
[89]
30.0
[133]
40.0
[178]
LOAD lb [N]
50.0
[222]
60.0
[267]
70.0
[312]
80.0
[356]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
5A-34
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
METRIC EXAMPLE:
Determine the yaw deflection of a STPD525 x 150 slide at the center
of gravity (CG) of a 45 N load weight attached to the tool plate. The
CG of the load is 50 mm further from the tool plate.
distance Ah.
distance Ah.
Mp = Load x (Ah distance + CG distance)
= 10 x (9.194 + 2) = 112 in-lb
My = Load x (Ah distance + CG distance) / 1000
= 45 x (233.5 + 50) / 1000 = 12.76 Nm
Equivalent load = (My / Ah) = 112 / 9.194 = 12 lb
Equivalent load = (My / Ah) x 1000 = 12.76 / 233.5 x 1000 = 55 N
Read the graph for a 12 lb load, deflection is approximately .0015".
Read the graph for a 55 N load, deflection is approximately .04 mm.
= .0015 / 9.194 = 1.63 x 10-4
= .04 / 233.5 = 1.71 x 10-4
= 1.63 x 10-4 x (9.194 + 2) = .0018"
= 1.71 x 10-4 x (233.5 + 50) = .048 mm
5A
IMPERIAL EXAMPLE:
Determine the yaw deflection of a STPD125 x 6 slide at the center of
gravity (CG) of a 10 lb load weight attached to the tool plate. The CG
of the load is 2" further from the tool plate.
5A-35
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
3
SIZE 12
.006
[.15]
STATIC DEFLECTION IN ROLL
LOAD
.005
[.13]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
The graph on this page shows table roll deflection due to
static moment loads applied at distance L from the center of
the bearing. Values plotted in graphs were measured at point
indicated.
1" [25 mm]
.004
[.10]
2-1/2 & 4"
[60 & 100 mm]
.003
[.08]
002
[.05]
.001
[.03]
.000
0
AR
08
12
16
5A
20
25
10.0
[44.5]
15.0
[66.7]
20.0
[89]
25.0
[111]
LOAD lb [N]
DISTANCE
L
in
mm
DISTANCE
AR
in
mm
30.0
[133]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
SIZE 16
.005
[.13]
ALL UNITS
2
51
0.827
21.0
2.5
64
1.042
26.5
3.5
89
1.418
36.0
4.5
114
1.515
38.5
.004
[.10]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
SIZE
TRAVEL
in
mm
25
1
50
2
3
75
25
1
2-1/2 60
100
4
1-1/2 38
3
75
125
5
50
2
4
100
150
6
50
2
4
100
150
6
5.0
[22.2]
L
.003
[.08]
.002
[.05]
.001
[.03]
.000
0
5.0
[22.2]
10.0
[44.5]
15.0
[66.7]
20.0
[89]
25.0
[111]
LOAD lb [N]
6
152
1.811
46.0
SIZE 20
.008
[.20]
2" [50 mm]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
.007
[.18]
30.0
[133]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
4 & 6"
[100 & 150 mm]
.006
[.15]
.005
[.13]
.004
[.10]
.003
[.08]
002
[.05]
.001
[.03]
.000
0
20.0
[89]
10.0
[44.5]
30.0
[133]
50.0
[222]
40.0
[178]
LOAD lb [N]
SIZE 08
.003
[.08]
SIZE 25
.006
[.15]
ALL UNITS
ALL UNITS
.005
[.13]
002
[.05]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
60.0
[267]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
.001
[.03]
.004
[.10]
.003
[.08]
002
[.05]
.001
[.03]
.000
0
2.0
[8.9]
4.0
[17.8]
6.0
[26.7]
8.0
[35.6]
LOAD lb [N]
10.0
[44.5]
12.0
[53.4]
14.0
[62.3]
16.0
[71.2]
.000
0
(kg x 9.8 = N )
10.0
[44.5]
20.0
[89]
30.0
[133]
40.0
[178]
LOAD lb [N]
50.0
[222]
60.0
[267]
70.0
[312]
80.0
[356]
(kg x 9.8 = N )
5A-36
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
IMPERIAL EXAMPLE:
Determine the roll deflection of a STPD125 x 6 slide at the center of
gravity (CG) of a 10 lb load weight at 4" from the center of the slide.
distance L.
Mr = Load x Distance to CG of load
= 10 x 4 = 40 in-lb
METRIC EXAMPLE:
Determine the roll deflection of a STPD525 x 150 slide at the center of
gravity (CG) of a 45 N load weight at 102 mm from center of the slide.
distance L.
Mr = Load x Distance to CG of load / 1000
= 45 x 102 / 1000 = 4.59 Nm
Equivalent load at L = Mr / L = 40 / 6 = 6.66 lb
Equivalent load at L= (Mr / L) x 1000 = (4.59 / 152) x 1000 = 30.2 N
Read the graph for a 6.7 lb load, deflection is approximately .0005".
(This is at AR distance of 1.811)
Deflection Ratio = Deflection at AR / AR distance
= .0005/1.811= 2.76 x 10-4
Deflection Ratio = Deflection at AR / AR distance
= .013 / 46 = 2.82 x 10-4
Deflection at load = Deflection Ratio x (CG distance)
= 2.82 x 10-4 x 102 = .029 mm
5A
Deflection at load = Deflection Ratio x (CG distance)
= 2.76 x 10-4 x 4 = .0011"
Read the graph for a 30.2 N load, deflection is approximately
.013 mm. (This is at AR distance of 46 mm.)
5A-37
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
SLIDE SIZING EXAMPLE: SERIES STP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
5A
IMPERIAL
METRIC
Step 1: Determine Application Data
Pick and place application as shown.
Total Weight of vertical slide = 4.8 lb
Total Weight of gripper and tooling = .6 lb
Total Weight of gripped object = .1 lb
Operating pressure = 80 psi
Required Travel = 5"
CG Dist = 1"
Step 1: Determine Application Data
Pick and place application as shown.
Total Weight of vertical slide = 21.4 N
Total Weight of gripper and tooling = 2.7 N
Total Weight of gripped object = .4 N
Operating pressure = 5.5 bar
Required Travel = 125 mm
CG Dist = 25 mm
Step 2: Determine the Total Weight of the system and the
required thrust of the slide.
Step 2: Determine the Total Weight of the system and the
required thrust of the slide.
Calculate the Total Weight of the system:
Weight of attached slide =
4.8
Weight of gripper and tooling =
.6
Weight of gripped object =
.1
Total Weight =
5.5 lb
Calculate the Total Weight of the system:
Weight of attached slide =
21.4
Weight of gripper and tooling =
2.7
Weight of gripped object =
.4
Total Weight =
24.5 N
Since the application is horizontal, thrust calculation is not required
at this step due to very low friction values.
Since the application is horizontal, thrust calculation is not required
at this step due to very low friction values.
Size 16 would be the minimum requirement based on the necessary
travel.
Size 16 would be the minimum requirement based on the necessary
travel.
Step 3: Determine static and dynamic moment capacity
First check size 16 for moment capacity.
Step 3: Determine static and dynamic moment capacity
First check size 16 for moment capacity.
From the Static Moment Chart for Yaw moment, Maximum yaw
moment (My) for a 5" travel = 558 in-lb and Ah = 7.292"
From the Static Moment Chart for Yaw moment, Maximum yaw
moment (My) for a 125 mm travel = 63 Nm and Ah = 185.2 mm
My = (Ah + CG) x LOAD (Total Weight)
My = (Ah + CG) x LOAD (Total Weight)
My Static = (7.292 + 1) x 5.5 = 45.6 in-lb, okay statically
My Static = (.1852 + .025) x 24.5 = 5.1 Nm, okay statically
My Dynamic = 558/10 = 55.8 in-lb, okay dynamically
My Dynamic = 63/10 = 6.3 Nm, okay dynamically
Since Dynamic moment of the system is less than 55.8, the size 16
can be used.
Since Dynamic moment of the system is less than 6.3, the size 16
can be used.
Step 4: Determine the amount of Deflection
From the yaw deflection graphs, determine the amount of deflection
at the tool plate by using the Total Weight calculated above and
finding the crossing point for a size 16 x 5.
Step 4: Determine the amount of Deflection
Approximately .004 of deflection at the tool plate for this application.
Approximately .10 mm of deflection at the tool plate for this application.
Note: Dynamic forces from the attached slide and gripper can cause
higher deflections than the value just calculated depending on
deceleration methods.
Note: Dynamic forces from the attached slide and gripper can cause
higher deflections than the value just calculated depending on
deceleration methods.
Step 5: Calculate Stopping Capacity - see page 5A-35
Step 5: Calculate Stopping Capacity - see page 5A-35
From the yaw deflection graphs, determine the amount of deflection
at the tool plate by using the Total Weight calculated above and
finding the crossing point for a size 16 x 125.
5A-38
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
OPTIONS: SERIES STP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT AND SHOCK
PAD ON EXTEND IN POSITION 1
AE2
This option provides travel adjustment with a shock pad on
extend in position 2. Shock pads provide excellent noise reduction
and energy absorption capability. By using -AE1 and -AE2 options
together, yaw moments are greatly reduced and may eliminate the
need for a shock absorber. Travel on extend can be reduced by a
maximum of ‘A’ shown in the table below. Adjust travel adjustment
screw to the required position using ‘G’ hex wrench and lock into
place using ‘F’ hex wrench. Refer to page 5A-35 for stopping capacity
of the shock pad.
extend in position 1. Shock pads provide excellent noise reduction
and energy absorption capability. Travel on extend can be reduced
by a maximum of ‘A’ shown in the table below. Adjust travel
adjustment screw to the required position using ‘G’ hex wrench and
lock into place using ‘F’ hex wrench. Refer to page 5A-35 for
stopping capacity of the shock pad.
SIZE
08
12
16
20
25
TRAVEL
in mm
1
25
2
50
75
3
1
25
2-1/2 60
4 100
1-1/2 38
3
75
5 125
2
50
4 100
6 150
2
50
4 100
6 150
A
in
.650
.827
.827
.749
.944
1.122
.945
1.122
1.102
1.281
1.654
1.299
1.437
1.181
1.122
mm
16.5
21.0
21.0
19.0
24.0
28.5
24.0
28.5
28.0
32.5
42.0
33.0
36.5
30.0
28.5
B
in
2.953
3.779
4.783
2.755
4.490
6.081
3.662
4.981
6.989
4.152
6.576
8.896
4.487
6.732
8.800
mm
75.0
96.0
121.5
70.0
114.0
154.5
93.0
126.5
177.5
105.5
167.0
226.0
114.0
171.0
223.5
D
C
in mm in
.591 15.0
–
– .752
–
–
.120 3.0
–
– 1.022
–
–
.039 1.0
–
– 1.181
–
–
–
–
–
– 1.447
–
–
.354 9.0
–
– 1.810
–
–
in
G
HEX
F
HEX
E
mm
PAD ON EXTEND IN POSITION 2
mm
19.1 0.74 18.9 2 mm 3 mm
26.0 0.96 24.3 2.5 mm 3 mm
30.0 1.260
32 2.5 mm 5 mm
36.8 1.42
36 2.5 mm 6 mm
46.0 1.71 43.5 3 mm 6 mm
POSITION 2
POSITION 1
B
E
A
5A
AE1
E
2X F HEX
2X G HEX
D
D
C MAX
AR
PAD ON RETRACT
retract. Shock pads provide excellent noise reduction and energy
absorption capability. Travel on retract can be reduced by a maximum
of ‘A’ shown in the table below. Adjust travel adjustment screw to the
required position using ‘B’ hex wrench and lock into place using ‘C’
hex wrench. Refer to page 5A-35 for stopping capacity of the
shock pad.
A TRAVEL REDUCTION
B HEX
SIZE
08
12
16
20
25
C HEX
A
in
.512
.669
.984
1.063
1.063
mm
13.0
17.0
25.0
27.0
27.0
C HEX
B
C
HEX
HEX
2 mm 3 mm
4 mm 5 mm
5 mm 6 mm
6 mm 8 mm
6 mm 10 mm
B HEX
SOLUTIONS FOR
5A-39
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
TRANSITIONAL FIT DOWEL
PIN HOLES
J3
J8
This option provides a compromise fit between clearance and
interference. Transitional fits are used where accuracy of location is
important, but a small amount of clearance is permissible.
LETTER
DIM
TRAVEL
L
N
R1
R2
S2
T
V
W
Z2
in
1
SIZE 08
in
mm in mm
2
50
3
75
1.102 28.0
.551 14.0
3 mm x 2.5 mm DP
3 mm x 3 mm DP
3
3
4
.532 13.5
.868 22.0
1.102 28.0
2
3
4
mm
25
TOLERANCE
J3 OPTION
+.0013/+.0003
[+.033/+.008]
+.0015/+.0005]
[+.033/+.008]
+.0015/+.0004]
[+.038/+.010]
+.0015/+.0005]
[+.038/+.013]
This option provides a H7 tolerance precision fit with dowel
pins. Precision fits are used where accuracy of location is of prime
importance and for parts requiring rigidity and alignment.
SIZE 16
SIZE 12
SIZE 20
in
mm in mm in mm
in
mm in mm
in
mm in mm in mm
3
2.5
75
5 125 2
50
4
100 6 150
60
4 100 1-1/2 38
1.929 49.0
1.496 38.0
2.205 56.0
.905 23.0
1.024 26.0
.670 17.0
4 mm x 2.5 mm DP
5 mm x 3 mm DP
5 mm x 3 mm DP
4 mm x 4 mm DP
5 mm x 5 mm DP
5 mm x 5 mm DP
3
3
4
3
3
4
3
3
4
.906 23.0
1.078 27.4
.713 18.1
1.496 38.0
1.654 42.0
1.102 28.0
1.378 35.0
1.851 47.0
1.300 33.0
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
mm
25
R2 DOWEL
Ø .011 [.28] A B
Ø .0015 [.038] C
SEE NOTE 1.
R2 DOWEL Z2 PLCS
Ø .0015 [.038] A
SEE NOTE 2.
A
T
C
B
SEE NOTE 4.
N
1/2 N
V
SIZE 25
in
mm in mm
4
100
6 150
2.677 68.0
1.260 32.0
6 mm x 5.5 mm DP
6 mm x 6 mm DP
3
3
4
1.260 32.0
2.205 56.0
1.890 48.0
2
3
4
mm
50
R1 DOWEL S2 PLCS
Ø .0015 [.038] A
N
V
in
2
J8 OPTION
+.0004/-.0000
[+.010/-.000]
+.0005/-.0000
[+.010/-.000]
+.0005/-.0000
[+.012/-.000]
+.0005/-.0000
[+.012/-.000]
5A
Ø R DOWEL
STANDARD
HOLE
+.0004/-.0009
3 mm
[+.010/-.024]
+.0004/-.0009
4 mm
[+.010/-.024]
+.0004/-.0009
5 mm
[+.010/-.024]
+.0004/-.0009
6 mm
[+.010/-.024]
in
1
PRECISION FIT DOWEL PIN HOLES
V
W
N
M
N
L
L
Z2 PLCS
.008 [.20] A B
SEE NOTE 3.
DIAMETRAL POSITION
TOLERANCE ZONE
THE ACTUAL AXIS OF
THE HOLE MAY BE
LOCATED OR TILTED
WITHIN THE
DIAMETRAL
TOLERANCE ZONE
STATED.
NOTES:
= POSITION TOLERANCE, THIS TOLERANCE DETERMINES THE LOCATION OF THE HOLES AND THE
PERPENDICULARITY TO THE INDICATED DATUM FEATURES.
1) THE AXIS OF THESE DOWEL HOLES ARE LOCATED TO SURFACE A (DATUM) AND DOWEL HOLE PATTERN
B (DATUM) WITHIN A .011 DIAMETRAL TOLERANCE ZONE. ADDITIONALLY THE AXIS OF THE HOLES ARE
LOCATED TO EACH OTHER AND PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACE C (DATUM) WITHIN A.0015 DIAMETRAL
TOLERANCE ZONE.
2) THE AXIS OF THE DOWEL HOLES ARE LOCATED TO EACH OTHER AND PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACE
A (DATUM) WITHIN A .0015 [.038] DIAMETRAL TOLERANCE ZONE.
3) THE AXIS OF THESE HOLES ARE LOCATED TO SURFACE A (DATUM) AND DOWEL HOLE PATTERN B
(DATUM) WITHIN .008 BILATERAL TOLERANCE ZONE.
4) THE AXIS OF THESE DOWEL HOLES ARE LOCATED TO EACH OTHER AND PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACE
A (DATUM) WITHIN A .0015 [.038] DIAMETRAL TOLERANCE ZONE.
AXIS
.004
[.10]
90°
.008
[.20]
HOLE Ø
DIAMETRAL ZONE
BILATERAL ZONE
5A-40
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
M
STATE SWITCHES
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
PHD’s Series 6790 Switch. The switch housing is completely
contained by the slide housing and provides a very compact switch
design. The switches mount easily into two small grooves located
on the side of the slide housing and are locked into place with a set
screw.
DESCRIPTION
REED BENEFITS
■
■
■
■
■
■
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
CONTACT RESISTANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
SIZE
08
12
16
20
25
REPEATABILITY
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .004 [± .10]
67902 & 67922
Magnetic Reed
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
Contact Closure
50 mA Max.
.115 Ohm Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
HYSTERESIS
MAXIMUM
.060 [1.5]
.080 [2.0]
.075 [1.9]
.085 [2.2]
.070 [1.8]
BAND WIDTH
MINIMUM/MAXIMUM
.360 / .690 [9.1 / 17.5]
.230 / .340 [5.8 / 8.6]
.340 / .440 [8.6 / 11.2]
.130 / .360 [3.3 / 9.1]
.300 / .425 [7.6 / 10.8]
1.100 [27.9]
.777 [19.7]
.136 [3.5]
LED
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
VOLTAGE DROP
SWITCH BURDEN
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
SIZE
08
12
16
20
25
REPEATABILITY
± .007 [± .18]
± .007 [± .18]
± .007 [± .18]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
67903 & 67923
67904 & 67924
Solid State
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
NPN (Sink)
PNP (Source)
50 mA. Max
.5 VDC
10 mA. Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
HYSTERESIS
MAXIMUM
.065 [1.7]
.095 [2.4]
.095 [2.4]
.110 [2.8]
.080 [2.0]
BAND WIDTH
MINIMUM/MAXIMUM
.320 / .580 [8.1 / 14.7]
.300 / .450 [7.8 / 11.5]
.330 / .510 [8.4 / 13.0]
.190 / .380 [4.8 / 9.6]
.320 / .470 [8.1 / 11.9]
.078 [2]
12.0 [305]
1.736 [44]
.095 [2.4]
M8 x 1 THREAD
.108 [2.7] .156 [3.9]
3-48 x 3/16 [4.8]
SET SCREW*
Ø .315 [8]
.260 [6.6]
.236 [6]
.134 [3.4]
.102 [2.6]
.180 [4.6]
PIN 2/4
WIRE COLOR
BLACK
Ø .402
[10.2]
PIN 1
WIRE COLOR
BROWN
PIN 3
WIRE COLOR
BLUE
1.299
[34.8]
.689
[19.3]
BLACK CONNECTOR
BLACK CABLE
MODEL NO.
63549-02
63549-05
LETTER DIM.
L
78.74 [2 m]
196.85 [5 m]
L
SOLUTIONS FOR
5A-41
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
5A
END VIEW
SOLID STATE WIRING SCHEMATICS
MODEL NO. 67904-1 & 67924-1 - PNP (SOURCE)
INPUT: 4.5-30 VDC
LOAD CURRENT: 50 mA. MAX.
SWITCH HOUSING COLOR: BLACK
(Bi-polar LED emits a red light.)
CABLED MODEL 67904
MODEL NO. 67903-1 & 67923-1 - NPN (SINK)
INPUT: 4.5 - 30 VDC
(Bi-polar LED emits a yellow light)
CABLED MODEL 67903
LOAD
BLUE
DC
SWITCH
PIN 2/4
BROWN
1
DC
PIN 1
LOAD
PIN 3
DC
BROWN
BLACK
LOAD
BLUE
DC
QUICK CONNECT MODEL 67924
SWITCH
SWITCH
BLACK
SWITCH
DC
BROWN
2/4 BLACK
3
BLUE
DC
PIN 1
PIN 2/4
DC
BROWN
1
DC
3
BLUE
LOAD
PIN 3
2/4 BLACK
REED WIRING SCHEMATICS
MODEL NO. 67902-1 & 67922-1 - NPN (SINK) OR PNP (SOURCE)
INPUT: 4.5 - 30 VDC
(LED emits a red light)
CABLED MODEL 67902 - NPN (SINK)
SWITCH
LOAD
BROWN
DC
SWITCH
5A
QUICK CONNECT MODEL 67922 - NPN (SINK)
NE1x
DC
PIN 3
PIN 2/4
BROWN
1
LOAD
PIN 1
2/4 BLACK
DC
3
BLUE
SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLED
ON EXTEND IN POSITION 1
This option provides shock absorbers and travel adjustment on
extend in position 1. Travel on extend can be reduced by a
maximum of ‘A’ shown in the table below. Adjust shock absorber
screw to the required position using a large screwdriver and lock
into place using ‘F’ hex wrench. Refer to page 5A-36 for shock
absorber selection requirements.
SIZE
08
12
16
20
25
TRAVEL
in mm
25
1
2
50
3
75
25
1
2-1/2 60
4 100
1-1/2 38
3
75
5 125
2
50
4 100
6 150
50
2
4 100
6 150
A
in
.650
.827
.827
1.064
0.828
0.866
.945
1.122
1.102
1.280
1.280
1.280
1.772
1.516
1.457
mm
16.5
21.0
21.0
27.0
21.0
22.5
24.0
28.5
28.0
32.5
32.5
32.5
45.0
38.5
37.0
B
in
2.953
3.779
4.783
2.755
4.490
6.081
3.662
4.981
6.989
4.152
6.576
8.896
4.487
6.732
8.800
in
.591
–
–
.433
–
–
.039
–
–
–
–
–
.669
–
–
E
D
C
mm
75.0
96.0
121.5
70.0
114.0
154.5
93.0
126.5
177.5
105.5
167.0
226.0
114.0
171.0
223.5
mm
15.0
–
–
11.0
–
–
1.0
–
–
–
–
–
17.0
–
–
in
.752
mm
in
mm
DC
BROWN
BLACK
LOAD
BLUE
DC
QUICK CONNECT MODEL 67922 - PNP (SOURCE)
SWITCH
SWITCH
BLACK
CABLED MODEL 67902 - PNP (SOURCE)
DC
BLUE
PIN 1
PIN 2/4
PIN 3
NE2x
DC
BROWN
1
DC
3
BLUE
LOAD
2/4 BLACK
ON EXTEND IN POSITION 2
extend in position 2. Travel on extend can be reduced by a
maximum of ‘A’ shown in the table below. Adjust shock absorber
screw to the required position using a large screwdriver and lock
into place using ‘F’ hex wrench. Refer to page 5A-36 for shock
absorber selection requirements.
F
HEX
19.1 0.743 18.9 2 mm
B
E
A
E
.06 WIDE SLOT
2X F HEX
1.022 26.0 0.96 24.4 2.5 mm
1.181 30.0 1.260
32 2.5 mm
1.447 36.8 1.42
36 2.5 mm
D
D
C
1.810 46.0 1.712 43.5 3 mm
5A-42
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
FOR SIZE 08 ONLY
SHOCK ABSORBER
NRx INSTALLED ON RETRACT
retract. Travel on retract can be reduced by a maximum of ‘A’ shown
in the table at right. Adjust travel to the required position using a
large screwdriver and lock into place using 11 mm hex wrench.
Refer to page 5A-36 for shock absorber selection requirements.
A
D
E
F
G
in
mm in
mm
in
mm in mm
in
mm
.905 23.0 .728 18.5 2.008 51.0 .901 22.9 1.151 29.2
A TRAVEL REDUCTION
G
F
D
E
NRx
SHOCK ABSORBER
INSTALLED ON RETRACT
retract. Travel on retract can be reduced by a maximum of ‘A’ shown
in the table below. Adjust travel to the required position using ‘B’
hex wrench and lock into place using ‘C’ hex wrench. Refer to page
5A-36 for shock absorber selection requirements.
A TRAVEL REDUCTION
Q6
B HEX
MODEL
STPxx12
STPxx16
STPxx20
STPxx25
A
in
.512
.984
1.063
1.063
C HEX
mm
13.0
25.0
27.0
27.0
C HEX
5A
FOR SIZES 12, 16, 20, & 25
B
C
HEX
HEX
4 mm 5 mm
5 mm 6 mm
6 mm 8 mm
6 mm 10 mm
B HEX
CORROSION RESISTANT
GUIDE SHAFTS
This option provides stainless steel guide shafts with hard
chrome plating, for use in applications where the standard shaft
ends may corrode.
SOLUTIONS FOR
5A-43
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
ACCESSORIES: SERIES STP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
MODULAR MOUNTING KITS
KIT NUMBERS
PRIMARY SECONDARY IMPERIAL
METRIC
STPDx08
STPDx08
68125-01 68125-02
STPDx12
STPDx12
70770-01 70770-02
STPDx16
STPDx16
68053-01 68053-02
STPDx20
STPDx20
70870-01 70870-02
STPDx25
STPDx25
68043-01 68043-02
Modular design of the Series STP housings and tool plates
allow slide units to bolt and dowel together without the need for a
transition plate. See chart for slide compatibility and hardware kits
required. Each kit contains 2 dowel pins and 2 SHCS to mount the
units together. Series STP units can also be bolted directly together
as shown. PHD recommends that a -J3 option (transitional fit) be
specified with the slide ordering data to allow the units to dowel
together properly.
2X SHCS
5A
2X DOWEL PINS
5A-44
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
STOPPING CAPACITY: SERIES STP SLIDES WITH RAIL BEARING
STOPPING CAPACITY SELECTION
To determine stopping capacity, calculate total moving weight.
From Table 1, determine slide standard moving weight, add any
additional weight adders due to options and add attached payload.
This will be total moving weight WTM .
Example: STPD125 x 2 -AE1-AE2 with 10 lb load
[STPD525 x 50-AE1-AE2 with 44.5 N load]
TABLE 1
SIZE
08
WTM = 2.6 lb + .29 lb + .29 lb + 10 lb = 13.18 lb
[11.6 N + 1.29 N + 1.29 N + 44.5 N = 58.68 N]
12
Using the Kinetic Energy Graphs below, plot the total moving
weight against impact velocity. If the value plotted is below the
curve, then shock pads are an adequate deceleration method. If it is
above the curve, hydraulic shock absorbers are required.
16
20
To determine the correct hydraulic shock absorber, complete
the calculations on the next page.
25
TRAVEL
in mm
1
25
2
50
3
75
1
25
2-1/2 60
4 100
1-1/2 38
3
75
5 125
2
50
4 100
6 150
2
50
4 100
6 150
STP
WEIGHT ADDERS
MOVING
-AE1, -AE2,
WEIGHT
-NE1x, -NE2x
lb
N
lb
N
0.24 1.1
0.36 1.6
0.06
0.27
0.40 1.8
0.42 1.9
0.60 2.7
0.09
0.42
0.78 3.4
0.9
4.0
1.1
4.9
0.13
0.58
1.4
6.2
1.4
6.2
1.9
8.5
0.20
0.91
2.4 10.7
2.6 11.6
3.6 16.0
0.29
1.29
4.3 19.1
PISTON AREA PISTON AREA
EXTEND
RETRACT
in2 mm2
in2 mm2
0.16
101
0.12
0.35
226
0.26 170
0.62
402
0.47 302
0.97
628
0.73 471
1.52
982
1.17 756
75
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE KINETIC ENERGY GRAPHS FOR SHOCK PADS
OPTION -AE1 ONLY
25.0
[.63]
5A
20.0
[.51]
15.0
[.38]
10.0
[.25]
Allowable Velocity in/sec [m/sec]
OPTIONS -AE1 & AE2, AR
SIZE 08
30.0
[.76]
5.0
[.13]
0
0
1.0
[4.4]
2.0
[8.9]
3.0
[13.3]
4.0
[17.8]
Total Moving Weight lb [N]
5.0
[22.2]
(kg x 9.8 = N)
SIZE 12
30.0
[.76]
25.0
[.63]
SIZE 20
30.0
[.76]
25.0
[.63]
20.0
[.51]
15.0
[.38]
10.0
[.25]
5.0
[.13]
0
20.0
[.51]
0
5.0
[22.2]
15.0
[.38]
10.0
[44.5]
15.0
[66.7]
20.0
[89.0]
25.0
[111.2]
(kg x 9.8 = N)
10.0
[.25]
5.0
[.13]
0
0
2.0
[8.9]
4.0
[17.8]
6.0
[13.3]
8.0
[26.7]
10.0
[44.5]
(kg x 9.8 = N)
SIZE 16
30.0
[.76]
25.0
[.63]
20.0
[.51]
15.0
[.38]
10.0
[.25]
SIZE 25
30.0
[.76]
25.0
[.63]
20.0
[.51]
15.0
[.38]
10.0
[.25]
5.0
[.13]
0
5.0
[.13]
0
0
0
3.0
[13.3]
6.0
[26.7]
9.0
[40.0]
12.0
[53.4]
5.0
[22.2]
10.0
[44.5]
15.0
[66.7]
20.0
[89.0]
25.0
[111.2]
30.0
[133.4]
15.0
[66.7]
(kg x 9.8 = N)
(kg x 9.8 = N)
5A-45
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
SHOCK ABSORBER SELECTION GUIDE: SERIES STP
SYMBOLS DEFINITIONS
PHD SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATIONS CHART
PHD
SHOCK
ABSORBER
SIZE
NO.
08 &12 68149-01-x
16
68015-01-x
20
70861-01-x
25
67127-01-x
ET
TOTAL ENERGY
THREAD
PER CYCLE
STROKE
TYPE
in-lb
in
m
Nm
20
.210 .0053 M8 x1
2.26
40
.240 .0061 M10 x 1
4.52
65
.400 .0102 M12 x 1
7.35
.448 .0114 M14 x 1.5 135
15.26
C
D
EK
ET
ETC
EW
FD
FG
P
S
V
WTM
ETC
FG
TOTAL ENERGY MAX PROPELLING
FORCE
PER HOUR
in-lb
lb
Nm
N
50,000 5654
45
200
110,000 12439
80
356
250,000 28269
120
534
200
260,000 29400
890
SHOCK ABSORBER SIZING CALCULATION:
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Number of cycles per hour
Cylinder bore diameter inch [mm]
Kinetic energy in-lb [Nm]
Total energy per cycle, EK + EW in-lb [Nm]
Total energy per hour in-lb/hr [Nm/hr]
Work or drive energy in-lb [Nm]
Propelling force lb [N]
Max Propelling force lb [N]
Operating pressure psi [bar]
Stroke of shock absorber inch [m]
Impact velocity in/sec [m/sec]
Total moving weight lb [N or kg]
Follow the next six steps to size shock absorbers.
SIZE 08 & 12
40
[1.0]
-2
35
[.89]
Impact Velocity in/sec [m/sec]
STEP 1: Identify the following parameters. These must be known for
all energy absorption calculations. Variations or additional
information may be required in some cases.
A. The total moving weight (WTM ) to be stopped. (completed from
prior page)
B. The slide velocity (V) at impact with the shock absorber.
C. Number of cycles per hour.
D. Orientation of the application’s motion (i.e. horizontal or vertical
application). See the next two pages.
E. Operating pressure
30
[.76]
-3
25
[.63]
20
[.51]
15
[.38]
10
[.25]
5
[.13]
0
0
5
[.6]
10
[1.1]
15
[1.7]
20
[2.3]
25
[2.8]
SIZE 16
40
[1.0]
35
[.89]
STEP 3: Calculate the propelling force (FD ) for both extend and
retract. Refer to previous page for Effective Piston Areas.
-2
30
[.76]
-3
25
[.63]
20
[.51]
15
[.38]
10
[.25]
5
[.13]
0
0
Horizontal application: FD = Effective Piston Area x P
Vertical application: FD = (Effective Piston Area x P) ± WTM
+ indicates working with gravity, - indicates working against gravity
Note: when using mm2 and bar units, it will be necessary to multiply
the Effective Piston Area x P by a factor of .1 to obtain the correct
unit of measure.
5
[.6]
10
[1.1]
15
[1.7]
20
[2.3]
25
[2.8]
30
[3.4]
35
[4.0]
40
[4.5]
45
[5.1]
50
[5.6]
Total Energy/Cycle in-lb/c [Nm/c]
SIZE 20
40
[1.0]
35
[.89]
Use Shock Absorber Specification Chart to verify that the selected
unit has an FG capacity greater than the value just calculated. If not,
select a larger shock absorber or slide.
Calculate the work energy input (EW = FD x S) using the travel of the
shock absorber selected.
-2
30
[.76]
-3
25
[.63]
20
[.51]
15
[.38]
10
[.25]
5
[.13]
0
STEP 4: Calculate the total energy. ET = EK + EW
unit has an ET capacity greater than the value just calculated. If not,
0
10
[1.1]
20
[2.3]
30
[3.4]
40
[4.5]
50
[5.6]
60
[6.8]
70
[7.9]
80
[9.0]
SIZE 25
40
[1.0]
STEP 5: Calculate the total energy that must be absorbed per hour
(ETC). ETC = ET x C
unit has an ETC capacity greater than the value just calculated. If not,
5A
STEP 2: Calculate the kinetic energy of the total moving weight.
EK (Nm) = .5 x WTM x V2
EK (in-lb) = .5 x WTM x V2
386
9.8
or
Note: WTM in kg mass may
be substituted for WTM
9.8
STEP 6: Determine the damping constant for the selected shock
absorber. Using the appropriate Shock Absorber Performance
Graph, locate the intersection point for impact velocity (V) and total
energy (ET). The area (-2 or -3) that the point falls in is the correct
damping constant for the application.
35
[.89]
30
[.76]
-2
25
[.63]
20
[.51]
-3
15
[.38]
10
[.25]
5
[.13]
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100 110 120 130 140 150
[1.1] [2.3] [3.4] [4.5] [5.6] [6.8] [7.9] [9.0] [10.2] [11.3] [12.4] [13.6] [14.7] [15.8] [16.9]
5A-46
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SIZING EXAMPLE:
HORIZONTAL APPLICATION
S
LOAD
S
IMPERIAL
METRIC
STEP 1: Application Data
Example: STPD125 x 6 -NEx-NRx with a 20 lb payload on extend
and 1 lb on retract.
Example: STPD525 x 150 -NEx-NRx with a 89 N payload on extend
and 4.4 N on retract.
A) WTM = Total moving weight = std moving + option adder + load
Extend = 2.6 lb + .29 lb + 20 lb = 22.89 lb
Retract = 2.6 lb + .29 lb + 1 lb = 3.89 lb
A) WTM = Total moving weight = std moving + option adder + load
Extend = 11.6 N + 1.29 N + 89 N = 101.89 N
Retract = 11.6 N + 1.29 N + 4.4 N = 17.29 N
B) Velocity at impact: VE = 15 in/sec (extend), VR =20 in/sec (retract)
C) Number of cycles/hour: C = 800 cycles/hr
B) Velocity at impact: VE = .381 m/sec (extend), VR =.51 m/sec
(retract)
D) Application type: Horizontal
E) Operating pressure: 80 psi
D) Application type: Horizontal
STEP 2: Calculate the kinetic energy
EK = .5 x WTM x V2 / 386
Extend = .5 x 22.89 x 152 / 386 = 6.67 in-lb
Retract = .5 x 3.89 x 202 / 386 = 2.02 in-lb
E) Operating pressure: 5.5 bar
Use the Shock Absorber Specification Chart to verify that the
selected unit has an FG capacity greater than the value just
calculated.
EW = FD x S
Extend = 121.6 x .448 = 54.5 in-lb
Retract = 93.6 x .448 = 41.9 in-lb
STEP 4: Calculate the total energy: ET = EK + EW
Extend = 6.67 + 54.5 = 61.17 in-lb
Retract = 2.02 + 41.9 = 43.92 in-lb
selected unit has an ET capacity greater than the value just
calculated.
STEP 5: Calculate the total energy per hour: ETC = ET x C
Extend = 61.17 x 800 = 48,397 in-lb/hr
Retract = 43.92 x 800 = 35,136 in-lb/hr
selected unit has and ETC capacity greater that the value calculated.
STEP 6: Determine the damping constant required
Using the appropriate Shock Absorber performance graph, locate
the intersection point for impact velocity (V) and total energy (ET).
The area (-2 or -3) that the point falls in is the correct damping
constant for the application.
Unit should be ordered with -NE3-NR2 options or select shock
67127-01-3 for extend and shock 67127-01-2 for retract.
STEP 3: Calculate the propelling force and work energy
FD = Effective Piston Area x Operating Pressure x .1
Extend = 982 x 5.5 x .1 = 540 N
Retract = 756 x 5.5 x .1 = 416 N
5A
FD= Effective Piston Area x Operating Pressure
Extend = 1.52 x 80 = 121.6 lb
Retract = 1.17 x 80 = 93.6 lb
EK = .5 x WTM x V2 / 9.8
Extend = .5 x 101.89 x .3812 / 9.8 = .75 Nm
Retract = .5 x 17.29 x .512 / 9.8 = .23 Nm
calculated.
EW = FD x S
Extend = 540 x .0114 = 6.16 Nm
Retract = 416 x .0114 = 4.74 Nm
Extend = .75 + 6.16 = 6.91 Nm
Retract = .23 + 4.74 = 4.97 Nm
calculated.
Extend = 6.91 x 800 = 5,531 Nm/hr
Retract = 4.97 x 800 = 3,976 Nm/hr
5A-47
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/stp
SIZING EXAMPLE:
VERTICAL APPLICATION
S
IMPERIAL
Example: STPD125 x 2 -AE1-NE1x-NRx
with a 30 lb payload on extend and 1 lb on retract
A) WTM = Total moving weight = std moving + option
adder + load
Extend = 2.6 lb + .29 lb + .29 lb + 30 lb = 33.18 lb
Retract = 2.6 lb + .29 lb + .29 lb + 1 lb = 4.18 lb
LOAD
B) Velocity at impact: VE = 25 in/sec (extend), VR =20 in/sec (retract)
A) WTM = Total moving weight = std moving + option adder
+ load
Extend = 11.6 N + 1.29 N + 1.29 N + 133 N = 147.18 N
Retract = 11.6 N + 1.29 N + 1.29 N + 4.4 N = 18.58 N
B) Velocity at impact: VE = .64 m/sec (extend),
VR =.51 m/sec (retract)
D) Application type: Vertical
D) Application type: Vertical
E) Operating pressure: 80 psi
E) Operating pressure: 5.5 bar
EK = .5 x WTM x V2 / 386
Extend = .5 x 33.18 x 252 / 386 = 26.9 in-lb
Retract = .5 x -4.18 x 202 / 386 = -2.2 in-lb (working against gravity)
EK = .5 x WTM x V2 / 9.8
Extend = .5 x 147.18 x .642 / 9.8 = 3.08 Nm
Retract = .5 x -18.58 x .512 / 9.8 = -.25 Nm (working against gravity)
Note: -AR option could replace -NRx option
5A
METRIC
Example: STPD525 x 50 -AE1-NE1x-NRx
with a 133 N payload on extend and 4.4 N on retract
Note: -AR option could replace -NRx option
FD= (Effective Piston Area x Operating Pressure) ± WTM
Extend = (1.52 x 80) + 30 = 151.6 lb (working with gravity)
Retract = (1.17 x 80) - 4.18 = 89.42 lb (working against gravity)
FD= (Effective Piston Area x Operating Pressure x .1) ± WTM
Extend = (982 x 5.5 x .1) + 147.18 N = 673 N (working with gravity)
Retract = (756 x 5.5 x .1) - 18.58 N = 397 N (working against gravity)
calculated.
calculated.
EW = FD x S
Extend = 151.6 x .448 = 67.9 in-lb
Retract = 89.42 x .448 = 40.1 in-lb
EW = F D x S
Extend = 673 x .0114 = 7.67 Nm
Retract = 397 x .0114 = 4.53 Nm
Extend = 26.9 + 67.9 = 94.8 in-lb
Retract = -2.2 + 40.1 = 37.9 in-lb
Extend = 3.08 + 7.67 = 10.75 Nm
Retract = -.25 + 4.53 = 4.28 Nm
calculated.
calculated.
Extend = 94.8 x 800 = 75,840 in-lb/hr
Retract = 37.9 x 800 = 30,320 in-lb/hr
Extend = 10.75 x 800 = 8600 Nm/hr
Retract = 4.28 x 800 = 3424 Nm/hr
5A-48
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/stp
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
INDEX:
SERIES SAL & SAH
Ordering Data
Page 5B-2
SLIDES
Benefits
Page 5B-3
SERIES SAL & SAH, SA & SB, SD & SE,
SK & SL, & SCV
Dimensions
Pages 5B-4 and 5B-5
Engineering Data
Pages 5B-6 to 5B-9
SERIES SA & SB
NEW!
Options
High Load Capacity,
Compact Size
SERIES SA & SB
Ordering Data
Page 5B-16
Benefits
Page 5B-17
Dimensions
Page 5B-18
Engineering Data
Options & Accessories
Pages 5B-24 and 5B-25
SERIES SAL & SAH
Benefits
Dimensions
Engineering Data
Options
SERIES SK & SL
Ordering Data
Benefits
Dimensions
SERIES SCV
Engineering Data
SERIES SK & SL
metric version
Low Cost, Wide
Range of Applications
Options
Industry's leading cantilever
slide in metric. Powered by
PHD Series CV Cylinders
SERIES SCV
Ordering Data
Page 5B-92
Benefits
Page 5B-93
Dimensions
Page 5B-94
Engineering Data
Page 5B-95
SERIES SD & SE
Low Cost,
Multi-Option Slide
Options
5B-1
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
5B
SERIES SD & SE
Ordering Data
www.phdinc.com/salsah
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
BORE SIZE
(mm)
08
10
14
20
32
CORROSION RESISTANCE
Q6 - Total corrosion resistant guide shafts
Z1 - Total corrosion resistant unit
MAGNET
M- Magnetic piston
for PHD Series
6790 Switches
DOWEL HOLES
J3 - Transitional fit
J4 - Clearance fit (imperial only)
J8 - Precision fit (metric only)
NOTES:
1) Shock pads are standard on extend and retract for all
sizes. Retract shock pads are located on the guide shafts.
Extend shock pad is located internally on the piston.
2) -AE option (stop collars) is recommended for high cycle
speed applications and high load applications. Extend
shock pads are included with the -AE option to remove
impact load from the piston rod.
DESIGN NO.
1 - Imperial - ports and mounting
holes are imperial
5 - Metric - ports and mounting
holes are metric
BORE
TRAVEL
SIZE IMPERIAL (in) METRIC (mm)
12, 25, 40
1/2, 1, 1-1/2
08
12, 25, 40
1/2, 1, 1-1/2
10
1/2, 1, 1-1/2
12, 25, 40
14
1, 2, 3
25, 50, 75
20
1, 2, 3
25, 50, 75
32
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
AE - Extend travel adjustment
S A L 1 08 x 1/2 – Z1 – AE – M – J3
SERIES
A - Threaded tool plate
B - Counterbore holes
in tool plate
PRODUCT
S - Slide
TYPE
L - Polymer bushing
H - Heavy duty precision
TC composite bushing
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Type, Design No., Bore Size,
Travel, and Miscellaneous Options.
Available March 2003
5B
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SAL/SAH SLIDES
5B-2
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES SAL/SAH SLIDES
BENEFITS
Choice of self-lubricating polymer bearings or TC composite
bearings provides flexibility to select the ideal performance to
cost desired.
■
Suitable for a wide range of applications, Series SxL and SxH
Slides are available in two bearing types and five sizes with
travel lengths up to 3 inches [75 mm].
■
The Series SxL Slide design employs self-lubricating polymer
bearings with hard chrome plated shafts for moderate load
capacity, low friction, and low price.
■
Series SxH Slides exhibit precision machined high capacity TC
composite bearings with precision ground hardened shafts for
superior slide performance at a moderate price.
■
Available in both imperial and metric versions for applications
in worldwide markets.
■
All units incorporate twin switch slots for flush installation of
PHD’s Series 6790 Switches, thus eliminating the need for
expensive collars, brackets, and target kits.
■
High capacity internal shock pads are standard on all sizes to
reduce noise and end-of-travel impact.
■
Series SxL and SxH Slides incorporate low breakaway piston
and rod seals.
■
All units have tapped and/or counterbored mounting
holes in the slide housing and tool plate with optional
dowel holes for easy mounting and attachment
of tooling.
■
Optional travel adjustment on extend (-AE option)
equips the unit with stop collars and external shock
pads for high speed, high load applications and easy
adjustment of the extended tool plate position.
■
Complete corrosion resistant options provide
protection in corrosive environments.
SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCE
WORKING PRESSURE
GUIDE SHAFTS
BEARINGS
TOOL PLATE
BODY
STANDARD TRAVELS
OPTIONS
DIRECTION
PUSH
PULL
8 mm BORE
.078 [5.1]
.058 [3.8]
Cap
Piston & Rod
Assembly
5B
■
Cartridge
Assembly
Bearing
Internal Shock Pad
External Shock Pad
SERIES SxL & SxH
Built-in Pneumatic Cylinder
150 psi [10 bar] Air Max.
Stainless Steel and Hard Chrome Plated or
Precision Ground Case Hardened Shafts
Polymer & TC Composite
1/2 to 3" [12 to 75 mm] Max. travels dependent on unit size
Series 6790 Switches, Extend Travel Adjustment
10 mm BORE
.122 [8.0]
.091 [5.9]
FORCE lb/psi [N/bar]
14 mm BORE
20 mm BORE
.238 [15.6]
.487 [31.8]
.195 [12.7]
.409 [26.7]
32 mm BORE
1.247 [81.5]
1.071 [70.0]
5B-3
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
5B-4
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
SIZE 14, 20, & 32
M
J
SIZE 08 & 10
M
J
T
S
2X BB PORT
JJ
R
2X Ø Q SHAFT
W
Ø 2X BB PORT
2X SLOT FOR
PHD SERIES 6790
SWITCH
S
2X Ø EE DOWEL PIN
FROM OPPOSITE SIDE
U + TRAVEL
R
N
C
DD
A + TRAVEL
5B
B
N
C
V
2X SHOCK PAD
H/2
AA
L
KK
K
GG
SERIES SBx
P
RETRACTED
H
4X Y THD
FROM OPPOSITE SIDE
C’BORE FROM THIS SIDE
FOR CC SHCS
K
P
RETRACTED
D
C
G
D
2X Ø EE DOWEL PIN
C
4X FF THD THRU
4X THRU Ø AND
C’BORE FOR HH SHCS
FROM OPPOSITE SIDE
E F
2X Ø EE DOWEL PIN
G
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SAL/SAH SLIDES
SOLUTIONS FOR
SOLUTIONS FOR
CAT-03
MODEL
Sxx108
[Sxx508]
Sxx110
[Sxx510]
Sxx114
[Sxx514]
Sxx120
[Sxx520]
Sxx132
[Sxx532]
Ø EE
DOWEL HOLE
.0625 x .16 DP
[2 x 4 DP]
.0937 x .20 DP
[2.5 x 5 DP]
.1250 x .24 DP
[3 x 6 DP]
.1875 x .35 DP
[4 x 9 DP]
.2500 x .47 DP
[6 x 12 DP]
(800) 624-8511
[+.010 / -.024]
*
[+.010 / -.024]
*
[+.010 / -.024]
*
[+.010 / -.024]
*
[+.010 / -.024]
*
STANDARD
J3 OPTION
TRANSITIONAL
+.0013 / +.0000
[+.033 / +.008]
+.0013 / +.0000
[+.033 / +.008]
+.0013 / +.0000
[+.033 / +.008]
+.0013 / +.0000
[+.033 / +.008]
+.0013 / +.0000
[+.033 / +.008]
J8 OPTION
J4 OPTION
CLEARANCE FIT PRECISION FIT
—
+.0038 / +.0028
[+.010 / -.000]
—
—
+.0038 / +.0028
[+.010 / -.000]
—
—
+.0038 / +.0028
[+.010 / -.000]
—
—
+.0038 / +.0028
[+.010 / -.000]
—
—
+.0038 / +.0028
[+.010 / -.000]
—
MODEL NUMBER
Sxxx14
Sxxx20
Sxxx32
mm
in
in mm
in mm
mm
mm
in
in mm
mm
in mm
in
mm
in
in
20 mm
14 mm
32 mm
[75]
3
[50]
2
[25]
1
[25]
[50]
1
1-1/2 [40]
[75]
1/2 [12]
3
[25]
1
2
2.126 [54.0]
[35.0]
1.378
1.875 [48.0]
.813 [22.0]
[14.0]
.562
.625 [18.0]
1.688 [42.0]
[22.0]
.875
1.250 [30.0]
1.000 [25.0]
[13.0]
.500
.750 [19.0]
2.000 [52.0]
[26.0]
1.000
1.500 [40.0]
3.937 [100.0]
[57.0]
2.244
3.000 [76.0]
1.000 [26.0]
[14.0]
.500
.750 [20.0]
1.732 [44.0]
[21.0]
.827
1.220 [31.0]
1.946 [49.0]
[25.0]
.972
1.446 [36.7]
1.000 [26.0]
[14.0]
.500
.750 [20.0]
1.986 [50.0]
[29.3]
1.142
1.500 [38.0]
1.791 [45.1]
[25.0]
.972
1.346 [34.2]
.575 [14.6]
[8.7]
.342
.525 [13.3]
1.197 [31.0]
[15.5]
.562
.875 [23.0]
.787 [20.0]
[10.0]
.394
.472 [12.0]
.575 [14.6]
[8.9]
.342
.525 [13.3]
1.529 [38.8]
[25.1]
.990
1.240 [31.5]
.879 [22.3]
[6.7]
.263
.519 [13.2]
[14.9] .708 [14.1] .670 [17.4] .670 [18.2] .670 [19.1] .827 [21.8] .827 [22.6] .827 [23.4]
.558 [15.5] .558
N/A
N/A
N/A
2.875 [73.0]
[41.0]
1.614
2.126 [54.0]
#10-24 x .50 DP [M5 x .8 x 12 DP]
1/4-20 x .63 DP [M6 x 1 x 16 DP]
5/16-18 x .88 DP [M8 x 1.25 x 20 DP]
.134 [3.0]
[2.5]
.087
.140 [3.5]
1/8 NPT [G1/8 BSP]
#10-32 [M5]
1/8 NPT [G1/8 BSP]
1/4 [M6]
[M4]
#6
#10 [M5]
.844 [21.0]
[11.0]
.438
.625 [15.0]
SEE TABLE
SEE TABLE
SEE TABLE
1/4-20 [M6 x 1]
[M4 x .7]
#6-32
#10-24 [M5 x .8]
1.500 [38.0]
[18.0]
.750
1.000 [24.0]
1/4 [M6]
[M4]
#6
#10 [M5]
1.520 [38.2]
[19.5]
.769
1.104 [28.0]
.645 [17.0]
[8.2]
.270
.534 [14.5]
5B
NOTES:
1) ALL IMPERIAL SERIES Sxx SLIDE HOUSINGS ARE SUPPLIED WITH J3
DOWEL HOLES AS STANDARD. J4 MAY BE SPECIFIED IF DESIRED.
2) FOR IMPERIAL SERIES SBx SLIDES, TOOL PLATES ARE SUPPLIED
WITH J3 DOWEL HOLES AS STANDARD. J4 MAY BE SPECIFIED IF
DESIRED.
3) FOR IMPERIAL SERIES SAx SLIDES, TOOL PLATES WITH J3 OR J4
DOWEL HOLES MUST BE SPECIFIED IF DESIRED.
4) SEE PAGE 12 FOR J3, J4, AND J8 OPTIONS.
Sxxx08
Sxxx10
LETTER
mm
in
in mm
mm
in
mm
mm
mm
in
in
in
DIM
8mm
10 mm
BORE
[25]
1
1-1/2 [40] 1/2 [12]
[25]
1
1-1/2 [40]
TRAVEL 1/2 [12]
1.181 [30.0]
1.181 [30.0]
A
[14.0]
.562
.562 [14.0]
B
[16.0]
.625
.562 [14.0]
C
[10.0]
.375
.250 [7.0]
D
[20.0]
.750
.625 [16.0]
E
1.625 [41.5]
1.375 [35.0]
F
[10.0]
.375
.250 [8.0]
G
[15.5]
.610
.438 [12.0]
H
[20.0]
.768
.526 [14.0]
J
[10.0]
.375
.375 [10.0]
K
[23.4]
.902
.773 [19.8]
L
[20.0]
.768
.526 [14.0]
M
[7.2]
.282
.265 [6.7]
N
[11.5]
.437
.437 [11.5]
P
[6.0]
.236
.197 [5.0]
Q
[5.6]
.220
.265 [6.7]
R
[8.3]
.327
.220 [5.6]
S
N/A
N/A
T
[12.2] .597 [11.4]
.447 [12.2] .597 [11.4] .447 [12.8] .447
.447 [12.8]
U
[17.0]
.670
.624 [15.8]
V
1.181 [30.0]
1.024 [26.0]
W
#6-32 x .39 DP [M4 x .7 x 10 DP]
Y
#4-40 x .27 DP [M3 x .5 x 7 DP]
[2.3]
.070
.031 [1.0]
AA
#10-32 [M5]
#10-32 [M5]
BB
[M3]
#4
[M2]
#2
CC
[8.0]
.312
.281 [7.0]
DD
SEE TABLE
SEE TABLE
EE
#4-40 [M3 x .5]
#3-48 [M2.5 x .45]
FF
[10.0]
.500
.375 [10.0]
GG
[M3]
#4
[M2]
#3
HH
[13.5]
.512
.270 [7.5]
JJ
[6.6]
.250
.260 [7.4]
KK
NOTE: UNITS IN [ ] ARE IN mm
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SAL/SAH SLIDES
*
5B-5
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SAL/SAH SLIDES
UNIT
BORE
in mm
SIZE
.315 8
08
.394 10
10
.551 14
14
.787 20
20
32 1.260 32
GUIDE
SHAFTS
in mm
.197 5
.236 6
.394 10
.472 12
.787 20
EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA
UNIT WEIGHT lb [g]
in2 [mm2]
TRAVEL
RETRACT
[75]
3
[50]
2
EXTEND
[25] 1-1/2 [40]
1
1/2 [12]
.078 [50.3] .058 [37.4] .240 [109] .290 [132] .340 [154] —
—
—
—
.122 [78.7] .091 [58.7] .280 [127] .360 [163] .440 [200] —
—
—
—
.238 [154] .195 [126] .790 [358] .950 [431] 1.110 [503] —
—
—
—
.487 [314] .409 [264] —
— 2.260 [1025] 2.800 [1270]
—
— 1.720 [780]
1.247 [805] 1.071 [691] —
— 4.970 [2254] 6.050 [2744]
— 3.890 [1764] —
EFFECTIVE LOAD
Series SxL and SxH Slides have Buna-N and Polyurethane
seals designed for use in temperatures between -20° to 180° F
[-29° to 82° C]. For temperatures outside this range, consult PHD.
All of the loads in this catalog are given at the front of the
extended tool plate. When the load is attached to the tool plate, use
the following formula and chart to calculate the effective load. This
method of finding the effective load must be used for all the load
carrying specifications, charts, and graphs in this section.
MAINTENANCE
In common with most PHD products, these slides are fully
field repairable. Repair kits and main structural components are
available as needed for extended service life.
MODEL
Sxx08, Sxx10
5B
PRESSURE RATINGS
All Series SxL and SxH Slides have a maximum working
pressure rating of 150 psi [10 bar] and are for pneumatic use only.
Sxx14
LUBRICATION
Sxx20
non-lubricated air. The load vs. velocity graphs shown in this
catalog are based on initial lubricating of guide shafts. However,
the use of lubricated air and periodic lubricating of guide shafts
will extend life and improve breakaway pressure. Silicon-based
lubrication should not be used.
Sxx32
X
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH
Tolerance on nominal travel length is +.080/-.000
[+2 mm/-0 mm].
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION
On both the Series SxL and SxH units, the slide housing and
tool plate are anodized aluminum alloy.
SERIES SxL SLIDES
On Series SxL sizes 10, 14, 20, and 32, the guide shafts are
hard chrome plated steel. The Q6 corrosion resistant option on
these sizes provides hard chrome plated stainless steel guide
shafts. Size 08 slides incorporate corrosion resistant stainless
steel shafts as standard. All Series SxL Slides have low friction
polymer bearings.
SERIES SxH SLIDES
Series SxH Slides have precision ground case hardened guide
shafts. The Q6 corrosion resistant option provides a corrosion
resistant coating on these guide shafts. Series SxH Slides utilize
precision machined, high load capacity TC composite bearings.
W
TRAVEL
in
mm
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2 40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2 40
1
25
2
50
3
75
1
25
2
50
3
75
A
in
mm
.937 23.8
1.437 36.5
1.937 49.2
1.062 27.0
1.562 39.7
2.062 52.4
1.875 47.6
2.875 73.0
3.875 98.4
2.188 55.6
3.188 81.0
4.188 106.4
A
W (X + A)
= EFFECTIVE LOAD
A
BREAKAWAY
Breakaway pressure is affected by several factors including
the load at the tool plate, slide travel, and lubrication condition of
the unit. The following formulas yield approximate breakaway
pressure for the Series SxL/SxH Slides.
MAXIMUM BREAKAWAY PRESSURE
MODEL
Sxx08
Sxx10
Sxx14
Sxx20
Sxx32
SxL
bar
psi
(L x 13.10) + 20 (L x 0.203) + 1.38
(L x 7.03) + 20 (L x 0.109) + 1.38
(L x 2.87) + 20 (L x 0.044) + 1.38
(L x 1.17) + 20 (L x 0.018) + 1.38
(L x 0.37) + 20 (L x 0.006) + 1.38
SxH
bar
psi
(L x 13.78) + 20 (L x 0.214) + 1.38
(L x 8.34) + 20 (L x 0.129) + 1.38
(L x 3.48) + 20 (L x 0.054) + 1.38
(L x 1.47) + 20 (L x 0.023) + 1.38
(L x 0.48) + 20 (L x 0.008) + 1.38
L = LOAD AT TOOL PLATE lb [N]
5B-6
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
MODEL
Sxx08
Sxx10
Sxx14
Sxx20
Sxx32
TRAVEL
in
mm
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1
25
2
50
3
75
1
25
2
50
3
75
MAX STATIC LOAD
SxH
SxL
lb
N
lb
N
35
156
46
205
25
111
33
147
19
85
26
116
60
267
82
365
44
196
59
262
34
151
46
205
210
934
344
1530
190
845
254
1130
150
667
202
898
280 1245
378
1681
190
845
260
1156
150
667
198
881
528 2349
1325 5894
523 2326
950
4226
520 2313
750
3336
TYPICAL SLIDE SPEEDS
the table. NOTE: Flow controls are highly recommended to control
impact velocity within maximum allowable kinetic energy as
specified on page 5B-10.
NO LOAD, MAX VELOCITY
WITH GIVEN LOAD ATTACHED TO TOOL PLATE, MAX KE
RETRACT
EXTEND
RETRACT
EXTEND
ATTACHED
TRAVEL
TIME PEAK SPEED TIME PEAK SPEED TIME IMPACT SPEED TIME IMPACT SPEED LOAD WEIGHT
N
MODEL in
in/sec m/sec
mm
sec in/sec m/sec sec in/sec m/sec sec
sec
in/sec m/sec
lb
1/2
88
.025
24
12
2.24
0.61
70
.020
1.78
.075
.075
24
0.61
1
4.4
Sxx08
112 2.84
.034
24
25
0.61
79
.027
.092
2.01
.093
24
0.61
1
1-1/2 40
137 3.48
.042
24
0.61
88
.034
2.24
.110
.110
24
0.61
1/2
86
.024
24
12
2.18
0.61
64
.023
1.63
.085
.085
24
0.61
8.9
Sxx10
1
103 2.62
.031 103 2.62
24
25
0.61
.030
.119
.113
24
0.61
2
1-1/2 40
120 3.05
.037 120 3.05
24
0.61
.037
.152
.140
24
0.61
1/2
82
.024
24
12
2.08
0.61
82
.024
2.08
.082
.082
24
0.61
17.8
Sxx14
1
97
.034
24
25
2.46
0.61
98
.032
2.49
.114
.113
24
0.61
4
1-1/2 40
117 2.97
.042 120 3.05
24
0.61
.040
.145
.143
24
0.61
1
98
.040
24
25
2.49
0.61
98
.040
2.49
.143
24
.139
0.61
44.5
Sxx20
2
93
.056
24
50
2.36
0.61
93
.056
2.36
.208
.197
24
10
0.61
3
96
.070
24
75
2.44
0.61
95
.071
2.41
.273
.254
24
0.61
1
30
.065
24
25
0.76
0.61
29
.051
0.74
.132
24
.126
0.61
Sxx32
2
30
.117
24
50
0.76
0.61
28
.098
0.71
.168
.161
24
25 111.2
0.61
3
30
.169
24
75
0.76
0.61
28
.146
0.71
.203
.196
24
0.61
NOTE: The approximate tabled time and speed is based on 1) Line pressure at 87 psi, 2) Valve rated at 1.35 CV 2,
3) .28 I.D. tubing, 4) Horizontal operation
5B-7
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
5B
Slide speeds and time required for the slide to extend or
retract are dependent upon many application conditions. The table
below shows the approximate speed and time for units with no
load and with a typical attached load weight as listed to the right of
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC LOAD VS. VELOCITY
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
TOTAL MOVING LOAD lb [N]
The following graphs provide a quick and easy method of
sizing and comparing each Series SxL and SxH slide.
Use the deflection graphs to determine shaft deflection at the
applied load. The deflection figures given in these graphs are based
on the effect of external loads at the tool plate.
Use the Load vs. Velocity graphs to determine appropriate
load and velocity for each size and stroke.
NOTE: Use the effective load formulas on page 5B-6 to find
the effective total load value. Use this value in the charts below.
Numbers below are for initially lubricated bearings. If bearings are
periodically lubricated, higher life expectancy and/or higher
velocity may be achieved.
TRAVEL in [mm]
LOAD vs. DEFLECTION
A = 1/2" stroke
B = 1" stroke
C = 1-1/2" stroke
SxL
SxH
8 mm Bore
0.008
[.2032]
LOAD VS VELOCITY, 8 mm bore
48
[1.22]
0.006
[.1524]
42
[1.07]
0.005
[.1270]
1 in STROKE
(.0042)
0.004
[.1016]
0.003
[.0762]
0.5 in STROKE
(.0016)
VELOCITY in/sec [m/sec]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
1.5 in STR0KE
(.0067)
0.002
[.0508]
0.001
[.0254]
36
[.91]
30
[.76]
24
[.61]
C
B
A
B A
18
[.46]
C
12
[.30]
6
[.15]
0
0
0
0.5
[2.2]
1
[4.4]
1.5
[6.7]
2
[8.9]
2.5
[11.1]
3
[13.3]
3.5
[15.6]
4
[17.8]
0
0.25 0.5 0.75
1
1.25 1.5 1.75
2
2.25 2.5 2.75
3
3.25 3.5 3.75
4
[1.1] [2.2] [3.3] [4.4] [5.6] [6.7] [7.8] [8.9] [10.0] [11.1] [12.2] [13.3] [14.5] [15.6] [16.7] [17.8]
LOAD lb [N]
TOTAL MOVING WEIGHT lb [N]
10 mm Bore
0.01
[.2540]
1.5 in STR0KE
(.009)
0.009
[.2286]
0.008
[.2032]
48
[1.22]
0.007
[.1778]
1 in STROKE
(.006)
0.006
[.1524]
0.005
[.1270]
0.004
[.1016]
0.003
[.0762]
0.5 in STROKE
(.0025)
0.002
[.0508]
0.001
[.0254]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
5B
0.007
[.1778]
42
[1.07]
36
[.91]
30
[.76]
A
24
[.61]
B A C
C
18
[.46]
B
12
[.30]
6
[.15]
0
0
0
1
[4.4]
2
[8.9]
3
[13.3]
4
[17.8]
5
[22.2]
6
[26.7]
7
[31.1]
8
[35.6]
9
[40.0]
0
LOAD lb [N]
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
7.5
8
[2.2] [4.4] [6.7] [8.9] [11.1] [13.3] [15.6] [17.8] [20.0] [22.2] [24.5] [26.7] [28.9] [31.1] [33.4] [35.6]
5B-8
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
LOAD vs. DEFLECTION
A = 1/2" stroke
B = 1" stroke
C = 1-1/2" stroke
SxL
SxH
14 mm Bore
0.011
[.2794]
0.01
[.2540]
1.5 in STR0KE
(.0092)
0.008
[.2032]
48
[1.22]
0.007
[.1778]
42
[1.07]
1 in STROKE
(.006)
0.006
[.1524]
0.005
[.1270]
0.004
[.1016]
0.003
[.0762]
0.5 in STROKE
(.0022)
0.002
[.0508]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
0.009
[.2286]
36
[.91]
30
[.76]
B
24
[.61]
A
C
18
[.46]
C
A
B
12
[.30]
6
[.15]
0.001
[.0254]
0
0
0
5
[22.2]
10
[44.5]
15
[66.7]
20
[89.0]
25
[111.2]
30
35
40
[133.4] [155.7] [178.0]
45
[200.2]
0
2
[8.9]
4
[17.8]
6
[26.7]
LOAD lb [N]
8
[35.6]
10
[44.5]
12
[53.4]
14
[62.3]
16
[71.2]
18
[80.1]
20
[89.0]
20 mm Bore
0.016
[.4064]
0.014
[.3556]
3 in STR0KE
(.0132)
48
[1.22]
2 in STROKE
(.0082)
0.008
[.2032]
0.006
[.1524]
0.004
[.1016]
1 in STROKE
(.0032)
5B
42
[1.07]
0.01
[.2540]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
0.012
[.3048]
36
[.91]
30
[.76]
24
[.61]
B
B A
C
18
[.46]
A
C
12
[.30]
0.002
[.0508]
6
[.15]
0
0
0
5
[22.2]
10
[44.5]
15
[67.2]
20
[89.0]
25
[111.2]
30
[133.4]
35
[155.7]
40
45
[178.0] [200.2]
0
4
[17.8]
8
[35.6]
LOAD lb [N]
12
[53.4]
16
[71.2]
20
[89.0]
24
[106.8]
28
[124.6]
32
[142.3]
36
[160.1]
40
[177.9]
32 mm Bore
0.01
[.2540]
0.009
[.2286]
3 in STR0KE
(.0085)
48
[1.22]
0.007
[.1778]
42
[1.07]
0.006
[.1524]
2 in STROKE
(.0057)
0.005
[.1270]
0.004
[.1016]
1 in STROKE
(.003)
0.003
[.0762]
0.002
[.0508]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
0.008
[.2032]
0.001
[.0254]
36
[.91]
30
[.76]
24
[.61]
18
[.46]
B
12
[.30]
A
C
B A
C
6
[.15]
0
0
0
10
[44.5]
20
[89.0]
30
[133.4]
40
[178.0]
50
[222.4]
60
[266.9]
70
[311.4]
80
[355.9]
0
LOAD lb [N]
5
[22.2]
15
[66.7]
25
[111.2]
35
[155.7]
45
[200.2]
55
[244.7]
65
[289.1]
75
[333.6]
5B-9
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
MAXIMUM KINETIC ENERGY GRAPHS: SERIES SAL/SAH
STOPPING CAPACITY
To determine stopping capacity, use the Maximum Allowable
Kinetic Energy graphs below. Plot the total moving load and
velocity per the two listed conditions below. If the kinetic energy is
greater than these curves, external load stops are required.
WEIGHT TABLE
08
10
14
20
32
KINETIC ENERGY FORMULA
5B
Imperial: in-lb = 1/2 x W x V2
386
W
Metric: Nm = 1/2 x
x V2
9.8
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
KINETIC ENERGY
CONDITIONS
A = 1) Plain unit retract
2) Plain unit extend with -AE option
B = Plain unit extend
35
[.89]
25
[.64]
20
[.51]
15
[.38]
B
10
[.25]
5
[.13]
0
0
1
[4.4]
(W) Weight = Total weight of moving load, lb [N]
(V) Velocity = Velocity at impact, in/sec [m/sec]
3
[13.3]
4
[17.8]
5
[22.2]
6
[26.7]
40
[1.0]
10 mm BORE UNITS
40
[1.0]
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
14 mm BORE UNITS
A
A
2
[8.9]
50
[1.3]
B
10
[.25]
0
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
B
10
[.25]
0
0
1
[4.4]
2
[8.9]
3
[13.3]
4
[17.8]
5
[22.2]
6
[26.7]
7
[31.1]
8
[35.6]
0
4
[17.8]
12
[53.4]
16
[71.2]
20
[89.0]
60
[1.5]
A
20 mm BORE UNITS
32 mm BORE UNITS
50
[1.3]
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
8
[35.6]
40
[1.0]
8 mm BORE UNITS
A
30
[.76]
SIZE
TRAVEL
in
mm
12
1/2
25
1
1-1/2 40
12
1/2
1
25
1-1/2 40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2 40
25
1
50
2
75
3
25
1
50
2
75
3
-AE
PISTON AREA PISTON AREA
Sxx
EXTEND
RETRACT
MOVING WEIGHT WEIGHT ADDERS
in2 mm2
mm2
N
lb
lb
in2
N
0.08
0.36
0.078 50.3
0.058 37.4
0.10
0.05 0.22
0.44
0.12
0.53
0.12
0.53
0.122 78.7
0.091 58.7
0.06 0.27
0.15
0.67
0.18
0.80
0.34
1.51
0.238 153
0.195 125
0.10 0.44
0.41
1.82
0.48
2.14
0.83
3.69
0.487 314
0.409 263
0.22 0.98
1.05
4.67
1.27
5.65
2.38 10.59
1.247 804
1.071 691
0.37 1.65
2.98 13.26
3.57 15.88
B
10
[.25]
A
40
[1.0]
B
30
[76]
20
[51]
10
[25]
0
0
0
5
[22.2]
10
[44.5]
15
[66.7]
20
[89.0]
0
25
30
35
40
[111.2] [133.4] [155.7] [178.0]
15
[66.7]
30
[133.4]
45
[200.2]
60
[266.9]
75
[333.6]
5B-10
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SLIDE SELECTION EXAMPLE: SERIES SAL/SAH SLIDES
V
CONVEYOR STOPPER SELECTION
W
The values in the table below assist in selecting the correct
size and travel of a slide based on the weight and velocity of the
object to be stopped on a conveyor. Calculate the kinetic energy
using the adjacent formula, then select a slide with a value less
than or equal to the values given in the table. See below for an
example application.
MODEL
Sxx08
Sxx10
Sxx14
Sxx20
Sxx32
TRAVEL
in
mm
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1
25
2
50
3
75
1
25
2
50
3
75
X
MAXIMUM KINETIC ENERGY
SxH
SxL
in-lb
Nm
in-lb
Nm
.25
.03
.42
.05
.33
.04
.57
.06
.30
.03
.57
.06
.50
.06
.93
.11
.65
.07
1.16
.13
.58
.07
1.06
.12
1.08
.12
2.89
.33
2.41
.27
4.30
.49
2.30
.26
4.17
.47
2.79
.32
5.08
.57
3.29
.37
6.16
.70
3.30
.37
5.75
.65
5.23
.59
32.92 3.72
9.74 1.10
32.15 3.63
14.37 1.62
29.88 3.38
FOR WEIGHT IN MOTION
Imperial: in-lb = 1/2 x W x V2
386
W
Metric: Nm = 1/2 x
x V2
9.8
(W) Weight = Weight of object on conveyor to be stopped, lb [N]
(V) Velocity = Velocity of object on conveyor to be stopped,
in/sec [m/sec]
FOR ENERGY STORED BY A SPRING
5B
KE = .5 x k x d2
k = spring rate = Load / distance
KE = .5 x (L / d) x d2
L = lb [N] d = in [m]
IMPERIAL EXAMPLE:
Determine the appropriate slide in order to stop a 10 lb pallet,
moving down a conveyor at 24 inches per second. Impact load
distance “X” from tool plate = 2 inches.
Step 3) Find deflection at load point.
1) Determine KE of moving pallet.
Step 4) Find spring rate (“k”) of slide at load point.
dL = (dtp / A) x (A + X) = (.0012 / 3.188) x (2 + 3.188) = .002
KE = .5 x 10 x 242 = 7.46 in-lb
386
k = L / d = 10 lb / .002 in = 5000 lb/in
From Maximum Kinetic Energy table, select SxL132 x 2.
Step 5) Calculate deflection due to stopping moving load.
2) Determine system deflection due to kinetic energy of moving
load by finding spring rate “k” of this slide at impact load
distance “X”.
d = (KE / (.5 x k)) = (7.46 / (.5 x 5000)) = .0546
3) Determine static load at tool plate due to KE of moving load.
Step 1) Find equivalent load at tool plate based on a given load,
at “X” offset, using effective load table on page 5B-6.
Step 1) Static Load = (KE / (.5 x d)) = (7.46 / (.5 x .0546)) = 273 lb
Step 2) Find equivalent load at tool plate
LE =
10 (2 + 3.188)
W (X + A)
=
= 16.27 lb
3.188
A
EL = (W(X + A)) / A = (273(2 + 3.188)) / 3.188 = 444.26 lb
Step 2) Find deflection at tool plate for given equivalent load by
reading graphs on pages 5B-8 and 5B-9 (.0012) or by
formula.
deflection at tool plate = dtp = (rise / run) x load = (.0057
/ 80) x 16.27 = .0012
5B-11
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
OPTIONS: SERIES SAL/SAH SLIDES
AE
.630
[16.0]
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT ON EXTEND
B
.240
[6.0]
This option provides both travel adjustment stop collars and
shock pads on extension only. The travel adjustment stop collars
provide infinite adjustment while the shock pads provide excellent
noise reduction and energy absorption capability.
.256
[6.5]
.512
[13.0]
5B
J3
UNIT
SIZE
8
10
14
20
32
PIN HOLES
J8
Specifying this option provides transitional fit dowel pin holes
in the tool plate and housing. This option provides a compromise
fit between clearance and interference. Transitional fits are used
where accuracy of location is important, but a small amount of
clearance in order to simplify the installation of dowel pins is
permissible. See pages 5B-4 and 5B-5 for dimensions and
locations.
J4
ØD
ØA
SHOCK PAD
SHCS
SIZE 08 ONLY
NOTE: AE travel adjustments are available as a kit. To specify,
give the full unit description -H9031. Each travel adjustment kit
contains the following items:
2 steel shaft collars
2 shock pads
2 SHCS
A
.375
.500
.591
.865
1.125
[9.5]
[12.7]
[15.0]
[21.0]
[28.6]
C
SHAFT COLLAR
LETTER DIMENSION [mm]
B
C
D
—
—
—
.064 [1.6]
—
.709 [18.0]
.064 [1.6] .315 [8.0]
.064 [1.6] .433 [11.0] .875 [22.2]
.125 [3.2] .511 [13.0] 1.125 [28.6]
.199 [5.0] .590 [15.0] 1.500 [38.1]
Specifying this option provides H7 tolerance precision fit
dowel pin holes in the tool plate and housing. Precision fits are
used where accuracy of location is of prime importance and for
parts requiring rigidity and alignment. See pages 5B-4 and 5B-5 for
dimensions and locations. Not available in imperial sizes.
CLEARANCE FIT DOWEL PIN HOLES
Specifying this option provides clearance fit dowel pin holes
in the tool plate and housing. Clearance fits are used when extra
clearance is needed due to inaccuracies of attached tooling. Not
available in metric sizes. See pages 5B-4 and 5B-5 for dimensions
and locations.
Q6
TOTAL CORROSION RESISTANT
GUIDE SHAFTS
This option provides stainless steel hard chrome guide shafts
on the Series SxL Slides and corrosion resistant coating on the
Series SxH Slides for use in applications where moisture may
corrode untreated hardened and ground shafts. NOTE: Q6 is
standard for size 08.
Z1
TOTAL CORROSION
RESISTANT UNIT
This option includes Q6 guide shafts and provides stainless
steel or electroless nickel plating on all other externally exposed
ferrous parts. This optional plating can be used for protecting the
slide from severe or corrosive environments.
5B-12
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
M
STATE SWITCHES
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
This option equips the unit with a magnetic piston for use
with PHD's Series 6790 Switch. The switch housing is completely
contained by the slide housing and provides a very compact switch
design. The switches mount easily to the slide housing using two
small grooves located on the top of the unit and are locked into
place with a set screw. See below for complete switch information.
DESCRIPTION
REED BENEFITS
■
Available as 4.5 - 30 VDC model for simple interfacing to
sequencers and programmable controllers.
■
■
Can be used to directly drive some types of relays or valve
solenoids within the switch specifications stated.
■
Switch circuitry protects against voltage surges and other
electrical anomalies associated with operating systems.
■
■
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
CONTACT RESISTANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
67902 & 67922
Magnetic Reed
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
Contact Closure
50 mA Max.
.115 Ohm Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
VOLTAGE DROP
SWITCH BURDEN
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
4 mm REED SWITCHES
SIZE
8 mm
10 mm
14 mm
20 mm
32 mm
REPEATABILITY
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
HYSTERESIS
MAXIMUM
0.06 [1.5]
0.06 [1.5]
0.05 [1.3]
0.05 [1.3]
0.06 [1.5]
67903 & 67923
67904 & 67924
Solid State
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
NPN (Sink)
PNP (Source)
50 mA. Max
.5 VDC
10 mA. Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
4 mm SOLID STATE SWITCHES
BANDWIDTH
MINIMUM/MAXIMUM
.270/.460 [6.9/11.7]
.310/.400 [7.9/10.2]
.270/.440 [6.9/11.2]
.340/.460 [8.6/11.7]
.350/.440 [8.9/11.2]
SIZE
8 mm
10 mm
14 mm
20 mm
32 mm
REPEATABILITY
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
HYSTERESIS
MAXIMUM
0.08 [2.0]
0.07 [1.8]
0.07 [1.8]
0.06 [1.5]
0.09 [2.4]
BANDWIDTH
MINIMUM/MAXIMUM
.190/.540 [4.8/13.7]
.270/.530 [6.9/13.5]
.100/.320 [2.5/8.1]
.380/.540 [9.7/13.7]
.280/.470 [7.1/11.9]
5B-13
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
5B
END VIEW
SERIES 6790 SWITCH DIMENSIONS
1.100 [27.9]
.777 [19.7]
.136 [3.5]
LED
.078 [2]
12.0 [305]
1.736 [44]
.095 [2.4]
3-48 x 3/16 [4.8]
SET SCREW*
M8 x 1 THREAD
.108 [2.7] .156 [3.9]
Ø .315 [8]
.260 [6.6]
.236 [6]
.134 [3.4]
.102 [2.6]
.180 [4.6]
PIN 2/4
WIRE COLOR
BLACK
PIN 3
WIRE COLOR
BLUE
BLACK CONNECTOR
BLACK CABLE
MODEL NO.
63549-02
63549-05
LETTER DIM.
L
78.74 in [2 m]
196.85 in [5 m]
L
5B
Ø .402
[10.2]
PIN 1
WIRE COLOR
BROWN
1.299
[34.8]
.689
[19.3]
5B-14
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B
NOTES
5B-15
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sasb
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
01 - 5/16" [8 mm] bore cylinder
with 3/16" [5 mm] diameter
guide shaft
02 - 3/8" [10 mm] bore cylinder
with 1/4" [6 mm] diameter
guide shaft
03 - 12 mm bore cylinder with
10 mm diameter guide shaft
SIZE
SIZE
01
02
03
04
06
DESIGN NO.
IMPERIAL
METRIC
2
7
2
7
3
8
4
9
3
8
METRIC TRAVEL
SIZE
mm
01
12, 25, 40
02
12, 25, 40
03
12, 25, 40
04
25, 50, 75
06
25, 50, 75
KIT NUMBERS
UNIT STANDARD SHOCK PADS HushStop™ SHOCK PADS
SIZE
IMPERIAL
METRIC
IMPERIAL
METRIC
01
55967
55968
67642-07 67642-08
02
55969
55970
67642-09 67642-10
60417
60420
67642-01 67642-02
03
60584
60608
67642-03 67642-04
04
60363
59824
67642-05 67642-06
06
PROXIMITY SWITCH READY KITS
See page 5B-11 for more information.
1) Shock pads, located on guide shafts, are standard on
retract only for sizes 01, 02, and 03. Shock pads are
standard on extend and retract for sizes 04 and 06. Retract
shock pads are located on the guide shafts. Extend shock
pad is located internally on the piston.
2) Stop collars are recommended for high cycle speed
applications and high load applications. Extend shock
For use with Series 5580 and 6 mm Square Inductive Proximity
pads are included with the stop collars to remove the
impact load from the piston rod. Stop collars may be used Switches. See page 5B-25 for more information.
as travel adjustment.
3) Barb fittings are included with 01, 02, and 03 size slides
only.
4) For HushStop® options (BA) stop locations may vary due
to compression of softer shock pad.
NOTES:
IMPERIAL TRAVEL
SIZE
in
01
1/2, 1, 1-1/2
02
1/2, 1, 1-1/2
03
1/2, 1, 1-1/2
04
1, 2, 3
06
1, 2, 3
KIT NUMBERS
UNIT STANDARD SHOCK PADS HushStop™ SHOCK PADS
SIZE IMPERIAL
IMPERIAL
METRIC
METRIC
01
67648-01 67648-02
19451
19456
02
67648-03 67648-04
19452
19457
03
67648-06 67648-08
60399
60890
04
67648-10 67648-12
60581
61207
06
67648-14 67648-16
59037
61191
COLLAR AND SHOCK PAD KITS
NOTE: See Dimension pages for locations and
tolerances of dowel pin holes. Close fit dowel
pin holes are standard in the slide body.
OPTIONS
BA - HushStop™ shock pads on retract
(See note 4)
J1 - Close fit dowel pin holes in the tool plate
(Standard on metric units)
J2 - Normal fit dowel pin holes in the tool plate
(For imperial units only)
Q1 - Corrosion resistant guide shafts, raw ends
(On sizes 03, 04 and 06)
Q6 - Total corrosion resistant guide shafts
R2 - Normal fit dowel pin holes in the slide body
(For imperial units only)
Z1 - Electroless nickel plating of ferrous parts
SA 03 3 x 1-1/2 - Q1
SERIES
SA - Standard mounting holes in tool plate
SB - Mounting holes in tool plate for PHD
Transition Plates
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Series, Size, Design No., Slide Travel, and Options.
5B
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SA & SB SLIDES
5B-16
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES SA & SB SLIDES
BENEFITS
■
Suitable for a wide range of applications, Series SA and SB
Slides are available in two series and five sizes with travel
lengths up to 3 inches [75 mm].
■
Series SA and SB design employs TC fluoropolymer composite
bearings for high load capacity while maintaining a compact
envelope size.
■
Internal shock pads are standard on sizes 04 and 06 to reduce
noise and end-of-travel shock.
■
Hardcoated aluminum alloy body and anodized tool plate
contain tapped and/or counterbored mounting holes for easy
mounting and attachment of tooling.
■
Optional stop collars/shock pad kits are available for high
speed cycling applications and provide easy adjustment of the
extended tool plate position.
■
Electronic control and logic interfacing is made simple with a
choice of Reed, Hall, or inductive proximity switches.
■
The HushStop™ shock pad option provides significant noise
reduction, up to 50%, dependent
upon the slide type, size, and
your specific application.
(See pages 5B-24 and 5B-25)
5B
NEW!
SERIES SA & SB
SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCE
Built-in Pneumatic Cylinder
WORKING PRESSURE
150 psi [10 bar] Air Max.
GUIDE SHAFTS
Two Hardened, Precision Ground Shafts
BEARINGS
Fluoropolymer Composite
TOOL PLATE
BODY
Hardcoated Aluminum Alloy
STANDARD TRAVELS
1/2 to 3 inches [12 to 75 mm] Max. travels dependent on unit size
MAINTENANCE
Requires only periodic lubrication
OPTIONS
Proximity Switches, Travel Adjustments
FORCE TABLE
FORCE lb/psi [N/bar]
DIRECTION
SIZE 01
SIZE 02
SIZE 03
PUSH
.076 [4.97]
.110 [7.19]
.175 [11.44]
.487 [31.84] 1.247 [81.54]
SIZE 04
SIZE 06
PULL
.057 [3.73]
.082 [5.36]
.132 [8.63]
.409 [26.74] 1.071 [70.03]
5B-17
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sasb
5B-18
www.phdinc.com/sasb
E
G
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
[3 x 6 DP]
.1884
[4 x 8 DP]
.2509
[6 x 12 DP]
[Sx038]
Sx044
[Sx049]
Sx063
[Sx068]
—
.2520
—
.1895
—
.1270
—
.0958
—
.0645
GG (-J2, -R2)
NORMAL FIT
[30]
1.375 .562 .875
[35]
1.875 .625 1.25
[48]
2.126 .812 1.688
[12]
[12]
[20]
[20]
[32]
[32]
Sx033
[Sx038]
Sx044
[Sx049]
Sx063
[Sx068]
[14]
[10]
[14]
[Sx027]
[30]
Sx022
[7]
.25
D
[54]
[22]
[18]
[14]
[14]
[42]
[30]
[22]
[16]
[25]
1
[19]
.75
[13]
.5
[10]
1.125 .562 .625 .375
[8]
3/8
[Sx017]
C**
5/16 1.125 .562 .562
B
Sx012
A
BORE
SIZE
MODEL
F
G
[36]
[8]
[52]
2
[40]
1.5
[26]
1
[20]
[100]
3.938
[76]
3
[57]
2.244
[44]
[26]
1
[20]
.75
[14]
.5
[10]
J
[12]
6-32
10-24
[44] [48.5] [M6 x 1]
1/4-20
[36] [M5 x .8]
1.75 1.946
[30]
4-40
[25] [M4 x .7]
1.25 1.435
[21]
H
[20] [M3 x .5]
.75
.812 .973
[16]
K
3-48
L
M
[20]
.75
[25]
[13] [10] [11.5]
[34]
[19] [20]
R
LETTER DIMENSION
R
S
T
U
V
CC
[M4]
#6 x .198 DP
[M3]
#4 x .23 DP
[M2]
[7]
[N/A] [12]
[6]
[26]
1
W
X
[5]
[9]
[12]
[7]
[30]
[6]
[13] [14.5] [9.5] [41]
.625
[N/A]
[23]
[M5]
[15] [15]
[19]
[18]
[12]
[54]
[21] [26]
[31]
[M6]
[16] [21]
[24]
[22] [15.5] [73]
Numbers in [ ] are in mm or for metric units.
[49.5] [45]
—
[2 x 4 DP]
—
AA
BB
10-32
[M3 x .5]
3-56
10-24 x .5 DP
.866
[12] [M6 x 1 x 16 DP] [28.5]
[20] [M8 x 1.25 x 20 DP] [38]
—
10-32
[20]
1/8 NPT
[2]
EE
FF
.5
.75
[4]
[3]
[M6 x 6.63 ± .50 DP] [38]
1.5
[M5 x 5.61 ± .50 DP] [24]
1
[2.5] [M4 x 4.65 ± .50 DP] [18]
#6 x .230 ± .020 DP
[M3 x 3.63 ± .25 DP] [10]
#4 x .115 ± .010 DP
[M2 x 2.62 ± .25 DP] [10]
#3 x .115 ± .010 DP .375
1.52 .125 1/4 x .355 ± .020 DP
[6 x 12 DP] [G1/8 BSP] [38.5]
—
[1]
.062
.769 .094
[14]
DD
.031
1/8 NPT 1.145 .125 #10 x .215 ± .020 DP
[M5 x .8]
[8]
.52
[4 x 8 DP] [G1/8 BSP] [28]
—
[3 x 6 DP]
CC
.27
CL
J
M
P
RETRACTED
O
SHOCK PAD REF
4X THRU DIA AND
C'BORE FOR EE SHCS
FROM OPPOSITE SIDE
SERIES SB
Z
T
SLOT FOR PROXIMITY SWITCH
SEE OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL
[M4 x .7 x 10 DP] [17.5] [2.5 x 5 DP] [M5 x .8]
6-32 x .375 DP
Z
N/A
[10] [M5 x .8 x 12.5 DP] [22]
.438 .512 .558 .369 1.614 .394
[8]
[12] [11]
.5
[10]
Y
4-40 x .25 DP
G
CL
[M3 x .5 x 8 DP]
FF
.188
.375 .312 .375 .438 .25 1.125 .25
[9.5]
#2 x .245 DP .375 .281 N/A .438 .219
Q
W
2X Ø X SHAFT
2X BB PORT
2X THREADED HOLE FOR
PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET
SEE OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL
.875 #10 x .215 DP .594 .625 .75 .709 .438 2.126 .472 1/4-20 x .625 DP 1.125
[15] [14] [15.5]
.562
[12] [10] [11.5]
C
U + TRAVEL
2X Ø AA ± .0005 STANDARD
[+.025/.000] DOWEL PIN FROM
OPPOSITE SIDE OF UNIT
OPTIONAL GG DIM
(FOR -R2 OPTION)
S
A + TRAVEL
1.986 1.788 .813 1.0 1.197 1/4 x .275 DP .625 .844 .974 .884 .594 2.875 .787 5/16-18 x .875 DP 1.496
[38]
P
.469 .375 .437
1.495 1.343 .75 .75
[26]
N
B
.5 .375 .437
O
1.008 .973 .625 .5
[21]
.781
[14]
.515 .515
L
DD
H/2
N
P
RETRACTED
O
SHOCK PAD REF
V ± .002
[± .05]
C * CL
[14] [M2.5 x .45] [14]
.438 .515
.75 1.625 .375 .625
[16]
.625 1.375 .25
E
H
2X Ø AA ± .0005 (-J1)**
[+0.025/.000] DOWEL PIN
OPTIONAL GG DIM
(FOR -J2 OPTION)
4X Y THREAD
FROM OPPOSITE
SIDE C'BORE
FROM THIS SIDE
FOR Q SHCS
4X K THREAD THRU
MOUNTING HOLES: CENTERED ON DESIGNATED
CENTERLINE
*DOWEL PIN HOLES TOLERANCE IS ± .0005 [± .0127]
**-J1 IS STANDARD ON METRIC UNITS ONLY
.1259
.0947
Sx022
[2.5 x 5 DP]
[2 x 4 DP]
[Sx017]
Sx033
.0634
Sx012
[Sx027]
AA (-J1)
CLOSE FIT
SLIDE
MODEL
DOWEL PIN HOLE
C**
V ± .002
[± .05]
F
D
CL
5B
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SA & SB SLIDES
SOLUTIONS FOR
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SA & SB SLIDES
SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT
SIZE
01
BORE
in [mm]
5/16 [8]
GUIDE
SHAFTS
in [mm]
3/16 [5]
[6]
EFFECTIVE PISTON
AREA in2 [cm2]
EXTEND
RETRACT
.076 [.49]
.057 [.36]
.11
.082 [0.53]
.175 [1.13] .126 [0.85]
[.71]
1/2
[12]
.188
[85]
1
UNIT WEIGHT lb [g]
TRAVEL
[25] 1-1/2 [40] 2 [50]
3
[75]
.294 [133] —
—
—
—
.294 [133] .388 [176]
.480 [218] —
—
—
—
.562 [255] .718 [325]
.875 [397] —
—
—
—
.240 [109]
02
3/8 [10]
1/4
03
.472 [12]
.394 [10]
04
.787 [20]
.472 [12]
.487 [3.14] .409 [2.64]
—
—
1.637 [742]
—
— 2.216 [1005] 2.794 [1267]
06
1.26 [32]
.787 [20]
1.247 [8.05] 1.071 [6.91]
—
—
3.494[1585]
—
— 4.598 [2085] 5.700 [2585]
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE AND SEALS
PRESSURE RATINGS
The standard slide has Buna-N Seals for general use between
-20° to +180°F [-29° to +82°C]. They are compatible with standard
paraffin-based hydraulic oil used for lubrication of air cylinders.
Consult PHD for temperatures beyond this range or other seal types.
All Series SA and SB Slides have a maximum working pressure
rating of 150 psi [10 bar] and are for pneumatic use only.
All units are lubricated at the factory for service under normal
conditions. The cylinder can be run using non-lube air. The cylinder
life can be extended using lubricated air. The load vs. life graphs
shown on pages 5B-20 and 5B-21 are based on lubrication of the
guide shafts using light oil. Bushing life will diminish with the
absence of lubrication. Silicon-based lubrication should not be used
on PHD’s TC Bushings.
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTHS
Tolerance on nominal travel length is + .080/- .000
[+ 2 mm/- 0 mm].
BREAKAWAY
Breakaway pressure is affected by several factors including the
load at the tool plate, slide travel, and lubrication condition of the
unit. The following formulas yield approximate breakaway pressure
for the Series SA/SB Slides.
All the loads in this catalog are given at the front of the tool
plate. When the load is attached to the tool plate, use the formula
and chart below to calculate the effective load. This method of
finding the effective load must be used for all the load carrying
specifications, charts, and graphs in this section.
MAX. BREAKAWAY PRESSURE
psi
bar
MODEL
(L x 9.15) + 20
(L x 10.90) + 20
(L x 2.35) + 20
(L x 1.26) + 20
(L x 0.43) + 20
X
(L x 1.37) + 1.38
(L x 1.63) + 1.38
(L x 0.35) + 1.38
(L x 0.18) + 1.38
(L x 0.06) + 1.38
MAXIMUM STATIC LOADS
W
MODEL
Sx01x
Sx02x
Sx03x
Sx04x
Sx06x
SLIDE TRAVEL
in
mm
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1
25
2
50
3
75
1
25
2
50
3
75
MAXIMUM STATIC LOAD
lb
N
39
173.5
28
124.5
22
97.9
91
404.8
65
289.1
51
226.8
211
938.5
156
693.9
124
551.6
353
1570.1
242
1076.4
183
814.0
975
4336.8
582
2588.7
504
2241.8
W(X + A)
A
MODEL
Sx01x, Sx02x
Sx03x
Sx04x
Sx06x
= Effective Load
SLIDE TRAVEL
in
mm
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1
25
2
50
3
75
1
25
2
50
3
75
A
in
.937
1.437
1.937
1.062
1.562
2.062
1.875
2.875
3.875
2.188
3.188
4.188
mm
23.8
36.5
49.2
27.0
39.7
52.4
47.6
73.0
98.4
55.6
80.9
106.4
5B-19
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sasb
5B
EFFECTIVE LOAD
L = LOAD AT TOOL PLATE lb [kg]
Sx01x
Sx02x
Sx03x
Sx04x
Sx06x
LUBRICATION
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC LOAD VS. LIFE
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
TOTAL MOVING LOAD lb [kg]
The following graphs provide a quick and easy method of sizing
and comparing each Series SA and SB Slide. Use the load graphs to
determine maximum loads based on acceptable life. Use the deflection
graphs to determine shaft deflection at the applied load. Consult PHD
for applications which exceed maximum load ranges shown.
The deflection figures given in these graphs are based on the
effect of external loads. Shaft straightness, shaft weight, and bearing
alignment will affect the accuracy of the tool plate location.
NOTE: When the load is attached to the tool plate, use the
effective load formulas on page 5B-19 to find the appropriate total
moving load value. Use this value in the charts below.
TRAVEL in [mm]
DEFLECTION
8
[3.63]
7
[3.18]
MODEL Sx01x
E
LOAD VS. LIFE
9 [2.73]
6
[2.72]
VELOCITY ft/sec [m/sec]
LOAD lb [kg]
5
[2.27]
D
4
[1.81]
3
[1.36]
C
2
[.91]
7 [2.13]
0
H
6 [1.83]
5 [1.52]
4 [1.22]
3 [.91]
I
2 [.61]
B
A
1
[.45]
1 [.30]
0
1/2
[12.7]
1
[25.4]
0
1-1/2
[38.1]
0.5
[.23]
1
[.45]
1.5
[.68]
2
[.90]
2.5
[1.13]
3
[1.36]
3.5
[1.59]
4
[1.81]
TRAVEL in [mm]
MODEL Sx02x
DEFLECTION
25
[11.34]
LOAD VS. LIFE
8
[2.44]
E
20
[9.07]
7
[2.13]
15
[6.80]
LOAD lb [kg]
5B
8 [2.44]
D
10
[4.54]
C
5
[2.27]
0
1/2
[12.7]
B
A
H
6
[1.83]
5
[1.52]
4
[1.22]
3
[.91]
I
2
[.61]
1
[.30]
0
1
[25.4]
1-1/2
[38.1]
4
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4.5
5
5.5
6
6.5
7
7.5
8
[.23] [.45] [.68] [.90] [1.13] [1.36] [1.59] [1.81] [2.04] [2.27] [2.49] [2.72] [2.95] [3.18] [3.4] [3.63]
TRAVEL in [mm]
A = 0.001 [.0254]
B = 0.0025 [.0365]
C = 0.005 [.1270]
0
D = 0.01 [.254]
E = 0.015 [.3810]
F = 0.020 [.508]
G = 0.025 [.635]
H = 100 million inches life [2,540,000 meters]
I = 200 million inches life [5,080,000 meters]
5B-20
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sasb
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
MAXIMUM DYNAMIC LOAD VS. LIFE & DEFLECTION GRAPHS
MODEL Sx03x
120
[54.43]
100
[45.36]
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
E
9 [2.74]
60
[27.22]
8 [2.44]
LOAD lb [kg]
80
[36.29]
D
40
[18.14]
C
20
[9.07]
0
7 [2.13]
H
6 [1.83]
5 [1.52]
4 [1.22]
I
3 [.91]
2 [.61]
B
A
1 [.30]
0
1/2
[12.7]
1
[25.4]
0
1-1/2
[38.1]
2
[.90]
4
[1.81]
6
[2.72]
TRAVEL in [mm]
8
[3.63]
10
[4.54]
12
[5.44]
14
[6.35]
16
[7.26]
18
[8.16]
20
[9.07]
MODEL Sx04x
125
[56.70]
3
[.91]
G
75
[34.02]
F
B
A
E
50
[22.68]
D
25
[11.34]
2.5
[.76]
H
2
[.61]
5B
100
[45.36]
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD VS. LIFE
3.5
[1.07]
DEFLECTION
1.5
[.46]
1
[.30]
I
0.5
[.15]
C
0
0
1
[25.4]
2
[50.8]
0
3
[76.2]
5
[2.27]
10
[4.54]
15
[6.80]
20
[9.07]
25
[11.34]
30
[13.61]
35
[15.88]
40
[18.14]
TRAVEL in [mm]
MODEL Sx06x
200
[90.72]
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
5 [1.52]
4.5 [1.37]
4 [1.22]
LOAD lb [kg]
150
[68.04]
G
B
100
[45.36]
F
A
E
50
[22.68]
D
C
H
3.5 [1.07]
3 [.91]
2.5 [.76]
2 [.61]
1.5 [.46]
I
1 [.30]
.5 [.15]
0
0
1
[25.4]
2
[50.8]
3
[76.2]
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
[2.27] [4.54] [6.80] [9.07] [11.34] [13.61] [15.88] [18.14] [20.41] [22.68] [24.95] [27.22] [29.48] [31.75] [34.02]
TRAVEL in [mm]
A = 0.001 [.0254]
B = 0.0025 [.0365]
C = 0.005 [.1270]
0
D = 0.01 [.254]
E = 0.015 [.3810]
F = 0.020 [.508]
G = 0.025 [.635]
H = 100 million inches life [2,540,000 meters]
I = 200 million inches life [5,080,000 meters]
5B-21
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sasb
MAXIMUM KINETIC ENERGY GRAPHS: SERIES SA & SB
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE KINETIC ENERGY GRAPHS
WITHOUT EXTERNAL LOAD STOPS
To determine stopping capacity, use the Maximum Allowable
Kinetic Energy graphs below. Plot the total moving load and velocity
per the three listed conditions below. If the kinetic energy is greater
than these curves, external load stops are required.
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
KINETIC ENERGY
2.5
[.76]
Sx01x
A
1.0
[.30]
B
.75
[.23]
Sx02x
A
1.25
[.38]
1.5
[.46]
.5
[.15]
2
[.61]
1.5
[.46]
1.0
[.30]
B
.5
[.15]
.25
[.08]
0
0
0.5
[.23]
0
1
[.45]
1.5
[.68]
2
[.91]
2.5
[1.13]
3.0
[1.36]
3.5
[1.59]
4
[1.81]
0
2
0.5
1
1.5
2.5
3
3.5
4.5
5
5.5
6.5
7
7.5
4
6
8
[.23] [.45] [.68] [.91] [1.13] [1.36] [1.59] [1.81] [2.04] [2.28] [2.49] [2.72] [2.95] [3.18] [3.46] [3.63]
5B
2.5
[.76]
2.0
[.61]
Sx03x
A
1.5
[.46]
1.0
[.30]
B
0.5
[.15]
Sx04x
1.5
[.46]
1.25
[.38]
B
1.0
[.30]
.75
[.23]
.5
[.15]
.25
[.08]
0
0
0
2
[.91]
4
[1.81]
6
[2.72]
8
[3.63]
10
[4.54]
12
[5.44]
14
[6.35]
16
[7.26]
18
[8.16]
20
[9.07]
3
[.91]
10
[4.54]
15
[6.80]
20
[9.07]
25
[11.34]
30
[13.61]
35
[15.88]
40
[18.14]
CONDITIONS
1.5
[.46]
B
1.0
[.30]
5
[2.28]
A = 1) Plain unit retract
2) Plain unit extend with optional
shock pads and collars
B = 3) Plain unit extend
A
2.0
[.61]
0
Sx06x
2.5
[.76]
A
1.75
[.53]
2.0
[.61]
.5
[.15]
0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
[2.28] [4.54] [6.80] [9.07] [11.34] [13.61] [15.88] [18.14] [20.41] [22.68] [24.95] [27.22] [29.48] [31.75] [34.02]
5B-22
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sasb
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
CONVEYOR STOPPER SELECTION GUIDE: SERIES SA & SB
The values in the table below assist in selecting the correct size
and travel of a slide based on the weight and velocity of the object to
be stopped on a conveyor. Calculate the kinetic energy using the
formula below, then select a slide with a value less than or equal to
the values given in the table.
V
W
in-lb = .2WV2
[Nm = 1/2 WV2]
Sx01x
Sx02x
Sx03x
Sx04x
Sx06x
SLIDE TRAVEL
in
mm
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1/2
12
1
25
1-1/2
40
1
25
2
50
3
75
1
25
2
50
3
75
MAX. KINETIC ENERGY
in-lb
Nm
.37
.042
.54
.061
.72
.081
.65
.073
.93
.105
1.23
.138
.79
.089
1.11
.125
1.43
.161
4.60
.518
6.63
.746
8.55
.962
19.0
2.14
19.0
2.14
29.5
3.32
(W) Weight = Weight of object on conveyor to be stopped by
Series SA and SB Slide. (lb) [kg]
(V) Velocity = Velocity of object on conveyor to be stopped by
Series SA and SB Slide. (ft/sec) [m/sec]
5B
MODEL
5B-23
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sasb
OPTIONS: SERIES SA & SB SLIDES
BA
HushStop™ SHOCK
PADS ON RETRACTION
Q1
This option provides composite shock pads on retraction only,
eliminating metal-to-metal contact as the tool plate reaches the slide
body. This option, quieter than standard shock pads, greatly reduces
noise and shock upon slide retraction. Not available with tool plate
extension. Due to the composite shock pads, stop locations may
vary. For close tolerance stop locations, use standard shock pads.
J1
5B
J2
Q6
TOTAL CORROSION
RESISTANT GUIDE SHAFTS
Extremely hard corrosion resistant coating on the guide shafts
for use in applications where moisture may corrode untreated
hardened and ground shafts. Shafts are entirely plated.
NORMAL FIT DOWEL
PIN HOLES - TOOL PLATE
Z1
Specifying this option provides normal fit dowel pin holes on the
tool plate. See page 5B-18 for specifications. (This option is available
only on imperial units.)
R2
Extremely hard corrosion resistant coating on the guide shafts for
use in applications where moisture may corrode untreated hardened
and ground shafts. End faces of the shafts remain uncoated. Available
on sizes 03, 04, and 06 only.
CLOSE FIT DOWEL
PIN HOLES - TOOL PLATE
Specifying this option provides close fit dowel pin holes on the
tool plate for use where precisely locating tooling is desireable. See
page 5B-18 for specifications. (Close fit dowel pin holes are standard
on metric units.)
CORROSION RESISTANT
GUIDE SHAFTS
ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATING
This option provides electroless nickel plating on all externally
exposed ferrous parts except the guide shafts and cylinder rod end.
This optional plating can be used for protecting the slide from severe
or corrosive environments. The guide shafts can be made corrosionresistant by specifying the -Q1 or -Q6 shaft option.
NORMAL FIT DOWEL
PIN HOLES - SLIDE BODY
This option provides normal fit dowel pin holes on the slide
body. (Close fit dowel pin holes on the body are standard on all
units.) See page 5B-18 for specifications. (This option is available
only on imperial units.)
5B-24
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sasb
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ACCESSORIES: SERIES SA & SB SLIDES
2X .250 WIDE SLOT x .015 DP
[6.5 x 0.38]
.296
[7.5]
STEEL SHAFT COLLAR
IS TARGET FOR
EXTEND SENSING
PROXIMITY SWITCH
1.18 [30.0]
.135 [3.5]
.500 [12.5]
.337 [8.5]
.204 [5.0]
4-40 x .500 SHCS
[M3 x 0.5 x 16.0]
PROXIMITY SWITCH
MOUNTING BRACKET
TARGET FOR
RETRACT SENSING
PROXIMITY SWITCH
.225
[5.5]
KIT NUMBERS
UNIT STANDARD SHOCK PADS
HushStop™ SHOCK PADS
METRIC
SIZE IMPERIAL
IMPERIAL
METRIC
55967
55968
01
67642-07
67642-08
55969
55970
02
67642-09
67642-10
60417
60420
03
67642-01
67642-02
60584
60608
04
67642-03
67642-04
60363
59824
06
67642-05
67642-06
FOR OLD DESIGN SLIDES, CONSULT FACTORY FOR KIT NUMBER.
PART NO.
55803-1-02
55804-1-02
55823-1
55824-1
EACH PROXIMITY SWITCH READY KIT CONTAINS 1 TARGET PIN W/MAGNET,
2 STEEL SHAFT COLLARS (ONE WITH MAGNETIC TARGET), 2 SHOCK PADS,
2 SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKETS, AND 2 4-40 x .500 SHCS
55802-1-02
OPTIONAL
6 mm [2 m] SQUARE PROXIMITY
SWITCH WITH 6 FT CABLE LENGTH
6mm SQUARE INDUCTIVE
PROXIMITY SWITCH
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
HALL EFFECT SWITCHES
DESCRIPTION
NPN 4.5 - 24 VDC WITH 2 METER CABLE
PNP 4.5 - 24 VDC WITH 2 METER CABLE
NPN 4.5 - 24 VDC WITH QUICK CONNECT
PNP 4.5 - 24 VDC WITH QUICK CONNECT
SEE PROXIMITY SWITCHES AND SENSORS
SECTION OF THIS CATALOG FOR SWITCH
INFORMATION.
REED SWITCHES
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
55822-1
SERIES 5580 HALL EFFECT SWITCHES ARE ORDERED SEPARATELY.
18431-001-02 NPN 10 - 30 VDC
WITH 2 METER CABLE
18431-002-02 PNP 10 - 30 VDC
WITH 2 METER CABLE
NPN OR PNP 4.5 - 24 VDC
WITH 2 METER CABLE
NPN OR PNP 4.5 - 24 VDC
WITH QUICK CONNECT
5B
.408
[10.5]
COLLAR AND SHOCK PAD KITS
[16.0]
.625 DIA
B
C
[6.0]
.229
[6.5]
[13.0]
.458
Sx012 MODEL ONLY
A DIA
Sx017 MODEL ONLY
D DIA
SHOCK PAD
SHAFT COLLAR
SHCS
UNIT STANDARD SHOCK PAD HushStop™ SHOCK PAD
IMPERIAL METRIC
SIZE IMPERIAL METRIC
01
02
03
04
06
19451
19452
60399
60581
59037
19456
19457
60890
61207
61191
67648-01
67648-03
67648-06
67648-10
67648-14
A
LETTER DIMENSION [mm]
B
C
67648-02 .365 [9.0]
67648-04 .437 [13.0]
67648-08 .591 [15.0]
67648-12 .875 [22.2]
67648-16 1.125 [28.5]
.062
.062
.062
.118
.197
[1.5]
[1.5]
[1.5]
[3.0]
[5.0]
D
.312 [8.0] .625 [N/A]
.312 [8.0] .688 [18.0]
.433 [11.0] .875 [22.2]
.511 [13.0] 1.125 [28.5]
.590 [15.0] 1.500 [38.0]
EACH COLLAR AND SHOCK PAD KIT
CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS:
2 STEEL SHAFT COLLARS
2 SHOCK PADS
2 SHCS
5B-25
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sasb
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SD & SE
BASIC MODEL
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Type, Three Position,
Slide Size, Slide Travel, Mid-Position
Travel, Tool Plate Extension, and
Options.
SERIES
D - Short Body
E - Long Body
PRODUCT
S - Slide
TOOL PLATE EXTENSION
Additional distance between tool
plate and bearing block in 1"
increments. Leave blank if no
additional extension is required.
(specify only if needed)
THREE POSITION UNIT
S E B E 25 x 2-1/4 x 1-1/8 x 1
SLIDES WITH TC COMPOSITE BUSHINGS
5B
SLIDE
TYPE SIZE
C
22
D
22
C
23
D
23
C
24
D
24
C
25
D
25
C
26
D
26
CYLINDER
BORE
3/4"
3/8"
3/4"
1/2" (oversize)
1"
1/2"
1"
5/8" (oversize)
1-1/8"
5/8"
1-1/8"
3/4" (oversize)
1-3/8"
3/4"
1-3/8"
1" (oversize)
2"
1"
2"
1-3/8" (oversize)
SHAFT
SIZE DIA.
SLIDE TRAVEL (in)
EFF. AREA
(EXTENSION)
.44
.44
.78
.78
.99
.99
1.48
1.48
3.14
3.14
SLIDES WITH LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
SLIDE
TYPE SIZE
22
B
23
B
24
B
25
B
26
B
SHAFT
SIZE DIA.
3/8"
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
1"
CYLINDER
BORE
3/4"
1"
1-1/8"
1-3/8"
2"
EFF. AREA
(EXTENSION)
.44
.78
.99
1.48
3.14
SIZE SERIES D
22 - 1/4 to 12
23 - 1/4 to 14
24 - 1/4 to 18
25 - 1/4 to 18
26 - 1/4 to 22
MID-POSITION TRAVEL
Specify for 3 position units.
Travel from retract
position 1
to mid-position 2.
SIZE SERIES E
22 - 1/4 to 16
23 - 1/4 to 18
24 - 1/4 to 24
25 - 1/4 to 24
26 - 1/4 to 28
Available in 1/4" increments.
Consult factory for longer travel
lengths.
3 POSITION SLIDES
Total slide travel from retract
position 1 to extend position 3.
3 POSITION DETAIL
EXTEND 3
(CYL. 1 TRAVEL)
1 RETRACT
!
Options may affect unit length.
See unit dimension and options
pages for adders.
2
MID-POSITION
(CYL. 2 TRAVEL)
5B-26
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SD & SE
ADDITIONAL OPTIONS
NEW
OPTIONS
SHOCK ABSORBER OPTIONS
GM - Provisions for Shock Absorber mounting on extension*
GN - Provisions for Shock Absorber mounting on retraction*
GO - Provisions for Shock Absorber mounting on extension and retraction*
G2 - Shock Absorber and 8 mm Proximity Switch Ready on extension and retraction*
G3 - Shock Absorber and 8 mm Proximity Switch Ready on extension*
G4 - Shock Absorber and 8 mm Proximity Switch Ready on retraction*
G12 - Shock Absorber and 12 mm Proximity Switch Ready on extension and retraction*
G13 - Shock Absorber and 12 mm Proximity Switch Ready on extension*
G14 - Shock Absorber and 12 mm Proximity Switch Ready on retraction*
BK - HushStop® on extension for use with appropriate shock absorber option -Gx
BL - HushStop® on retraction for use with appropriate shock absorber option -Gx
BS - Shock Pads on extension for use with option -GM, -GO, -G2, -G3, -G12, or -G13 only*
BT - Shock Pads on retraction for use with option -GN, -GO, -G2, -G4, -G12, or -G14 only*
– PB – AR – GM – BS
SERIES 1750 SWITCH MOUNTING KIT
UNIT
COMPACT SWITCH
SERIES SIZE
BRACKET NO.
17000-31-5
22
SD & SE
23
17000-32-5
24
17000-33-5
25
17000-34-5
26
58050-02
SHOCK PADS
STANDARD
GENERAL SLIDE OPTIONS
HUSHSTOP
AR
AE
GG
GH
GI
AT - Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads on retraction*
AS - Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads on extension*
G22 - Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads on extension with
provisions for Proximity Switch mounting in both directions*
G23 - Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads on retraction with
provisions for Proximity Switch mounting on retract only*
G24 - Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads with provisions for
Proximity Switch mounting in both directions*
5B
OPTIONS
PB - Port Controls® on extension and retraction*
DB - Adjustable Cushions on extension and
retraction*
U7 - Ports and control needles in position 3
(180° from standard)
E - Hall Effect Magnetic Piston
M - Reed Switch Magnetic Piston
BR - Shock Pads on retraction*
BJ - HushStop® on retraction*
GV - Side mounting holes in position 2
H1 - Slide only, no cylinder
H4 - Replacement cylinder only (see note 7)
H47 - Rodlok® unit preassembled (see note 7)
J1 - Close fit dowel pin holes in the tool plate
J2 - Normal fit dowel pin holes in the tool plate
J6 - Normal fit dowel pin holes in the body. Close fit
dowel pin holes are standard in the body.
L10 - Oversize ports (sizes 25 & 26 only)
Q1 - Corrosion resistant guide shafts
V1 - Fluoro-Elastomer Seals
Z1 - Electroless nickel plate on all external ferrous
parts excluding rod ends
NOTES:
1) Shock absorbers must be ordered separately. See page 5B-42. Shock
mounting brackets must be ordered separately for -GM, -GN, and -GO
option.
2) Provisions for shock absorber mounting options include Shock Stops
mounted on the shaft, a stop collar on the opposite shaft, and threaded
holes in the slide body for mounting the shock bracket.
3) For stop and travel adjustment kits see pages 5B-47 or chart below.
4) BJ, -BR and -GG options not available with tool plate extension.
5) Proximity switches and brackets must be ordered separately for -GG,
-GH, -GI, -GM, -GN, or -GO options. See page 5B-58 and the Switches
and Sensors section.
6) For HushStop® options (AS, AT, BJ, BK, BL, G22, G23, & G24) stop
locations may vary due to compression of softer shock pad.
7) Rodlok® must be ordered separately when a replacement cylinder
-H4 is ordered with an -H47 unit.
*Caution: Unit dimensions are affected by these options. You must
allow for these changes. See option drawings for complete details.
Shock pads come standard with the travel adjustment options and do
not need to be specified separately when travel adjustment is ordered.
STOP & TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT KITS
SHAFT
23
22
KIT TYPE
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT (STANDARD) STANDARD 59737-01 59737-03
OVERSIZED 59737-02 59737-04
-AR OR -AE
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT (HushStop™ ) STANDARD 67653-01 67653-03
OVERSIZED 67653-02 67653-04
-AR OR -AE
PROXIMITY & TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT STANDARD 59745-01 59745-03
OVERSIZED 59745-02 59745-04
(STANDARD) -GG OR -GH
PROXIMITY & TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT STANDARD 67651-01 67651-03
OVERSIZED 67651-02 67651-04
(HushStop) -GG OR -GH
STANDARD 59746-01 59746-03
SHOCK ABSORBER STOP
OVERSIZED 59746-02 59746-04
-GM OR -GN
24
59737-05
59737-06
67653-05
67653-06
59745-05
59745-06
67651-05
67651-06
59746-05
59746-06
25
59737-07
59737-08
67653-07
67653-08
59745-07
59745-08
67651-07
67651-08
59746-07
59746-08
26
59737-09
59737-10
67653-09
67653-10
59745-09
59745-10
67651-09
67651-10
59746-09
59746-10
Kit contains all
components for
standard non-Z1
units for one
direction only.
5B-27
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
BENEFITS: SERIES SD & SE SLIDES
5B
BENEFITS
■
Linear ball bushings or PHD’s TC fluoropolymer composite
bushings are available in each series providing the best value
with the least possible slide deflection.
■
Four bushings allow two hardened precision ground shafts to
move smoothly while supporting the tool plate and attached
loads, providing rugged precise linear motion.
■
Oversized guide shafts are available with TC bushings for
maximum rigidity and minimum deflection.
■
Linear ball bushings provide optimum tool plate accuracy.
■
TC bushings are supplied with internal lubrication for
maximum life.
■
Shaft seals are provided on units with linear ball bushings to
protect them from external contamination.
■
Available in five sizes each with an oversized shaft available on
each size to fit a wide range of linear motion applications.
■
Anodized aluminum alloy tool plates have combination tapped
and counterbored holes and a precisely machined mounting
surface, permitting easy attachment of fixturing.
■
Units are powered by PHD Cylinders for long life and a wide
range of control and switch accessories.
■
Ports, Port Control, cushion, switch adjustments, and travel
adjustment are on one side for easy access.
■
Options include travel adjustments, shock pads, HushStop™
pads, built-in speed controls (Port Control® ), and cushions to
fit the slide to your specific requirements.
■
PHD cylinders are equipped with new long life Buna-N seals.
This will reduce maintenance cost and improve cylinder
performance.
■
PHD Reed and Hall Effect Switches and industrial proximity
switches are available for easy interfacing to electronic controls
and logic systems.
■
The HushStop® shock pad option
provides significant noise reduction,
up to 50%, dependent upon the
slide type, size, and your specific application.
NEW!
THE TC BUSHING ADVANTAGE
■
PHD’s TC fluoropolymer composite bushing has a thin profile
allowing the use of large diameter shafts without enlarging the
slide body.
■
TC bushings have internal lubrication and are virtually
impervious to contamination.
■
Field applications and testing have proven slide life comparable
to that of traditional linear ball bushings.
■
Slide value is increased due to the decreased deflection of
the larger shafts and the cost advantages of PHD’s TC
bushing. (See pages 5B-34 to 5B-44 for more TC bushing
performance data.)
TC BUSHING
BUSHING SLEEVE
SHAFT
SLIDE BODY
5B-28
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES SD & SE SLIDES
5B
SD version is compact and ideal for short travel in horizontal or
vertical application, where slide length and weight is critical.
SE version has a greater distance between bushings
for longer slide travels and greater shaft stability.
SERIES
SPECIFICATIONS
SDB & SEB
SDC, SDD, SEC, & SED
POWER SOURCE
PHD Cylinder
WORKING PRESSURE
150 psi Air
GUIDE SHAFTS
BEARINGS
Four Linear Ball Bushings
Four TC Fluoropolymer Composite Bearings
TOOL PLATE
BODY
STANDARD STROKES
1/4" to 28" in 1/4" Increments
STANDARD FEATURES
Max. Travel may vary per unit size
Highest value to load of any PHD Slides
OPTIONS
TC Bearings, Port Controls, Cushions, Shock Pads, Magnetic Pistons,
Shock Absorbers, Travel Adjustment
FORCE TABLE
FORCE lb/psi
DIRECTION
SIZE 22
SIZE 23
SIZE 24
SIZE 25
SIZE 26
EXTEND
.442
.785
.995
1.485
3.141
RETRACT
.392
.709
.883
1.178
2.835
5B-29
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SD SLIDES
AB + TRAVEL
A
O
4X Y THREAD THRU FROM
THIS SIDE C'BORED FROM
OPPOSITE SIDE FOR Q SHCS
B + TRAVEL
U + TRAVEL
C
R
4
S
CL
HH ± .002
2X BB*
PORT
AC + SLIDE TOTAL TRAVEL
+ MID-POSITION TRAVEL
3
1
F E**
E** CL
D
W EE**
V SQ
3 POSITION DETAIL
5B
OPTIONAL CC*** DOWEL PIN HOLES
SLIDE
OPTION J1/J5
OPTION J2/J6
MODEL
CLOSE FIT
NORMAL FIT
Sxx22
.1884 x .250 DP
.1913 x .250 DP
Sxx23
.2509 x .312 DP
.2520 x .312 DP
Sxx24
.2509 x .312 DP
.2520 x .312 DP
Sxx25
.3759 x .470 DP
.3770 x .470 DP
Sxx26
.3759 x .500 DP
.3770 x .500 DP
G
2
22
23
24
25
26
PB
DB
BR/BJ
.25 1.00
.25 1.00
.25 1.00
0 1.750
0
0
BORE
SIZE SIZE
.75
.75
.75
.75
.875
A
B
CL
T
M
NOTES:
1) FOR OPTIONS PB AND DB, ADD TO CYLINDER’S LENGTH (AFFECTS DIMENSIONS B, AC)
2) FOR OPTIONS BR, BJ, AR, AT, GN, G23 AND GH, ADD BETWEEN DIMENSIONS O AND AC
3) FOR OPTIONS GM, AE, AS, AND GG, G22 ADD TO DIMENSION U
4) FOR OPTIONS GO AND GI, ADD HALF BETWEEN DIMENSIONS O AND AC, AND HALF TO
DIMENSION U
5) FOR GRAPHIC DEPICTION OF OPTIONS AND DIMENSIONS, SEE PAGES 5B-45 TO 5B-54 .
6) STROKE IS + .030/– .000
7) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CENTERED ON DESIGNATED CENTERLINE OF THE UNIT UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
8) PORT LOCATION FOR SDx26 IS NOT ON CENTERLINE
9) *PORT IS #10-32 WITH OPTION -PB
10) **TOLERANCE IS ± .0008 BETWEEN CLOSE FIT DOWEL PIN HOLES. TOLERANCE IS ± .001
BETWEEN NORMAL FIT DOWEL PIN HOLES
11) ***CLOSE FIT DOWEL PINS ARE STANDARD IN HOUSING.
AR/AT AE/AS GG/GN/G22 GH/GM/G23 GI/GO/G24
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
CC*** ±.0005 DIAMETER FOR DOWEL PIN
FROM OPPOSITE SIDE 2X IN BODY
L H
OPTION ADDERS
SIZE
4X Z THREAD
FROM OPPOSITE SIDE
2X THRU DIA & C'BORE
FOR DD SHCS
3 POSITION TRAVEL OPTION
*FOR EACH *PORT CONTROL
AC
CUSHION
PB
5.220
.500
.250
5.425
.500
.250
5.945
.500
.250
6.582
.875
—
8.932
—
—
SLIDE
MODEL
SDxE22
SDxE23
SDxE24
SDxE25
SDxE26
X1 SHAFT DIA FOR SDB & SDC UNITS
X2 SHAFT DIA FOR SDD UNITS
J
CC*** ± .0005 DIA
FOR DOWEL PIN
2X IN TOOL PLATE
.75
.75
.75
.75
.875
.75
.75
.75
.75
.875
.75
.75
.75
.75
.875
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
C
D
E**
F
G
LETTER DIMENSION
H
J
L
M
O
Q
R
S
T
22
3/4
2.390 .680 1.375 3.800
1.625 3.875 .580
1.000 .790
1.200 .100 .700
#10 x .215 DP .500 .500
23
1
2.875 .385 1.500 4.720
1.875 4.820 .750
1.250 .980
1.500 .125 .950
#10 x .215 DP .625 .750 1.045
24
1-1/8 3.390 .375 1.750 5.400
2.000 5.500 .900
1.500 1.480 1.700 .100 .950
1/4 x .275 DP .750 .875 1.260
25
1-3/8 3.650 .970 1.750 6.450
2.375 6.550 1.300 2.000 1.500 2.200 .100 1.200 5/16 x .338 DP .875 .875 1.542
26
2
5.000 .615 3.000 8.375
V
W
.825
3.125 8.500 1.625 2.500 1.700 2.750 .125 1.450 3/8 x .400 DP 1.000 1.500 2.050
SIZE
U
X1
X2
Y
Z
DD
EE**
HH
22
.160
1.000 2.625
.375
.500
1/4-20
#10-24 x .37 DP
3.070 1/8 NPT* .1884 x .25 DP
AB
BB
CC***
1/4
3.4370
.406
23
0
1.375 3.250
.500
.625
1/4-20
1/4-20 x .40 DP
3.260
1/8 NPT .2509 x .31 DP
5/16
4.3300
.540
24
.035
1.500 3.625
.625
.750
5/16-18
1/4-20 x .50 DP
3.760
1/8 NPT .2509 x .31 DP
3/8
5.0000
.688
25
.025
1.875 4.250
.750
1.000
3/8-16
3/8-16 x .69 DP
4.620
1/8 NPT .3759 x .47 DP
3/8
5.8750
.812
26
.175
2.500 5.750
1.000 1.375
1/2-13
3/8-16 x .75 DP
5.615
1/4 NPT .3759 x .50 DP
1/2
7.7500
1.000
5B-30
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SE SLIDES
4X Y THREAD THRU FROM THIS
SIDE C'BORED FROM
AB + TRAVEL
A
C
O
B + TRAVEL
U + TRAVEL
E
R
S
4
HH ± .002
2X BB*
PORT
AC + SLIDE TOTAL TRAVEL
F E**
3
1
D E** CL
V SQ
EE**
W
3 POSITION DETAIL
OPTIONAL CC*** DOWEL PIN HOLES
SLIDE
OPTION J1/J5
OPTION J2/J6
MODEL
CLOSE FIT
NORMAL FIT
Sxx22
.1884 x .250 DP
.1913 x .250 DP
Sxx23
.2509 x .312 DP
.2520 x .312 DP
Sxx24
.2509 x .312 DP
.2520 x .312 DP
Sxx25
.3759 x .470 DP
.3770 x .470 DP
Sxx26
.3759 x .500 DP
.3770 x .500 DP
CL
2
22
23
24
25
26
PB
DB
.25 1.00
.25 1.00
.25 1.00
0 1.750
0
0
BORE
SIZE SIZE
22
3/4
CC*** ± .0005 DIAMETER FOR DOWEL PIN
FROM OPPOSITE SIDE
2X IN BODY
CL
T
5B
L H
M
OPTION ADDERS
SIZE
4X Z THREAD FROM
OPPOSITE SIDE
4X THRU
DIA & C'BORE
FOR DD SHCS
3 POSITION TRAVEL OPTION
*FOR EACH *PORT CONTROL
AC
CUSHION
PB
7.005
.500
.250
7.445
.500
.250
7.695
.500
.250
8.832
.875
—
11.932
—
—
SLIDE
MODEL
SExE22
SExE23
SExE24
SExE25
SExE26
X1 SHAFT DIA FOR SEB & SEC UNITS
X2 SHAFT DIA FOR SED UNITS
J
CC*** ± .0005 DIA
FOR DOWEL PIN
2X IN TOOL PLATE
G
BR/BJ
AR/AT
AE/AS GG/GN/G22 GH/GM/G23 GI/GO/G24
.25
.25
.25
.25
.25
.75
.75
.75
.75
.875
.75
.75
.75
.75
.875
.75
.75
.75
.75
.875
A
B
C
D
.75
.75
.75
.75
.875
E**
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.75
F
G
4.140 .680 3.125 3.800 1.625 3.875 .580
NOTES:
1) FOR OPTIONS PB AND DB, ADD TO CYLINDER’S LENGTH (AFFECTS DIMENSIONS B, AC)
2) FOR OPTIONS BR, BJ, AR, AT, GN, AND GH, G23 ADD BETWEEN DIMENSIONS O AND AC
3) FOR OPTIONS GM, AE, AS, AND GG, G22 ADD TO DIMENSION U
4) FOR OPTIONS GO AND GI, ADD HALF BETWEEN DIMENSIONS O AND AC, AND HALF TO
DIMENSION U
5) FOR GRAPHIC DEPICTION OF OPTIONS AND DIMENSIONS, SEE PAGES 5B-45 TO 5B-54.
6) STROKE IS + .030/– .000
7) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CENTERED ON DESIGNATED CENTERLINE OF THE UNIT UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
8) PORT LOCATION FOR SEx26 IS NOT ON CENTERLINE
9) *PORT IS #10-32 WITH OPTION -PB
10)**TOLERANCE IS ± .0008 BETWEEN CLOSE FIT DOWEL PIN HOLES, TOLERANCE IS
± .001 BETWEEN NORMAL FIT DOWEL PIN HOLES
11) ***CLOSE FIT DOWEL PINS ARE STANDARD IN HOUSING.
LETTER DIMENSION
H
J
L
1.000
M
2.540 1.200
O
Q
R
S
T
.100 .700
#10 x .215 DP .500 .500 .825
23
1
4.765 .495 3.500 4.720 1.875 4.820 .750
1.250
2.980 1.500
.125 .950
#10 x .215 DP .625 .750 1.045
24
1-1/8
5.015 .495 3.500 5.400 2.000 5.500 .900
1.500
3.230 1.700
.100 .950
1/4 x .275 DP .750 .875 1.260
25
1-3/8
5.765 1.105 4.000 6.450 2.375 6.550 1.300 2.000
3.750 2.200
.100 1.200 5/16 x .338 DP .875 .875 1.542
26
2
8.000 .615 6.000 8.375 3.125 8.500 1.625 2.500
4.700 2.750
.125 1.450 3/8 x .400 DP 1.000 1.500 2.050
SIZE
U
V
W
X1
X2
Y
Z
AB
BB
CC***
DD
EE**
HH
22
.160 1.000
2.625 .375
.500
1/4-20 #10-24 x .37 DP
4.820
1/8 NPT* .1884 x .25 DP
1/4
3.4370
.406
23
.160 1.375
3.250 .500
.625
1/4-20
5.260
1/8 NPT .2509 x .31 DP
5/16
4.3300
.540
24
.160 1.500
3.625 .625
.750
5/16-18 1/4-20 x .50 DP
5.510
1/8 NPT .2509 x .31 DP
3/8
5.0000
.688
25
.160 1.875
4.250 .750
1.000
3/8-16
3/8-16 x .69 DP
6.870
1/8 NPT .3759 x .47 DP
3/8
5.8750
.812
26
.175 2.500
5.750 1.000 1.375
1/2-13
3/8-16 x .75 DP
8.615
1/4 NPT .3759 x .50 DP
1/2
7.7500 1.000
1/4-20 x .40 DP
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-31
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SD & SE SLIDES
SPECIFICATIONS
UNIT
SIZE
SHAFT DIAMETER (in)
SxD
SxB & SxC
(TC) (Ball Bushing or TC )
22
1/2
3/8
.442
.393
23
5/8
1/2
.785
.709
24
3/4
5/8
.995
.883
25
1
3/4
1.485
1.289
26
1-3/8
1
3.141
2.835
PRESSURE RATINGS
All SD and SE Slides have a maximum working pressure rating
of 150 psi air and are for pneumatic use only.
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH
BREAKAWAY
Tolerance on nominal travel length is + .030/- .000. Units with
tool plate extensions have a travel tolerance of + .060/- .000. The
tolerance on 3 position mid-location is ± .030.
Units with linear ball bushings will have 20 psi breakaway with
zero load. Units with TC bushings see chart on page 5B-44.
OPERATING TEMPERATURES
5B
EFFECTIVE
PISTON AREA (in2)
Extend
Retract
Standard SD and SE Slides are recommended for use in
temperatures from –20° to +180°F. Consult PHD for
temperatures beyond this range.
The slide body and tool plate are anodized aluminum alloy. The
guide shafts are hardened and ground. Bushings are either linear
ball bushings or PHD TC fluoropolymer material.
REPEATABILITY
Positive mechanical stops provide an end of travel repeatability
of ± .001".
SEALS
PHD cylinders are equipped with new long life Buna-N seals
providing up to ten times longer life and can operate at lower
pressures than typical Buna-N seals. This will reduce maintenance
cost and improve cylinder performance. The Buna-N seals are
compatible with standard paraffin-based hydraulic oil used for
lubrication of air cylinders. Consult PHD for other seal types.
LUBRICATION
All units are permanently lubricated at the factory for service
under normal conditions. The cylinders can be run using non-lube
air. Life can be extended on units by periodic lubrication of the
shafts and the use of lubricated air with the cylinders. Silicon based
lubrication should not be used on units with PHD’s TC bushings.
MAXIMUM SLIDE VELOCITY
Maximum velocity for SD and SE Slides is 50 in/sec without
Port Controls and 16 in/sec with Port Controls. The above figures
are based on optimum operating conditions and no load with
100 psi working pressure. Many things affect slide velocity such as
air line size, valve port size, and variations of slide manufacturing
tolerances. Contact PHD customer service for assistance with high
velocity applications.
See energy and shock absorber charts for specific velocities.
5B-32
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SLIDE SELECTION
1
BUSHING LOAD CAPACITY
2
SHAFT DEFLECTION
Use the Maximum Rolling Load Graphs (pages 5B-34 to
5B-43) and the Maximum Static Side Load Calculations
(below) to determine if the slide bushings can handle the
total payload. Bushing loads shown are based on 200 million
inches of slide travel.
3
AIR CYLINDER THRUST
Use the effective piston area (see specifications chart on
page 5B-32) to determine if the unit has sufficient force for
the load.
Use the Deflection Graphs (pages 5B-34 to 5B-43) to
determine if the slide has an acceptable amount of deflection
for your application.
The charts on pages 5B-34 to 5B-43 provide complete sizing information.
SE MAXIMUM LOADS & UNIT WEIGHTS
UNIT
SIZE
22
SLIDE
MODEL
SDD
22
SDB
22
SDC
23
SDD
23
SDB
23
SDC
24
SDD
24
SDB
24
SDC
25
SDD
25
SDB
25
SDC
26
SDD
26
SDB
26
SDC
MAX. STATIC
SIDE LOAD (lb)
260
travel + 2.73
57
travel + 2.73
250
travel + 2.73
1,000
travel + 3.4
130
travel + 3.19
670
travel + 3.4
1,700
travel + 3.83
1,280
travel + 3.65
1,280
travel + 3.83
2,300
travel + 4.28
2,200
travel + 4.1
2,200
travel + 4.28
6,000
travel + 5.84
5,400
travel + 5.56
5,400
travel + 5.84
UNIT
WEIGHT (lb)
1.66 + (.15 x travel)
UNIT
SIZE
22
SLIDE
MODEL
SED
1.59 + (.10 x travel)
22
SEB
1.59 + (.10 x travel)
22
SEC
3.27 + (.25 x travel)
23
SED
3.25 + (.18 x travel)
23
SEB
3.25 + (.18 x travel)
23
SEC
4.70 + (.35 x travel)
24
SED
4.75 + (.28 x travel)
24
SEB
4.75 + (.28 x travel)
24
SEC
8.74 + (.62 x travel)
25
SED
8.57 + (.42 x travel)
25
SEB
8.57 + (.42 x travel)
25
SEC
17.55 + (1.07 x travel)
26
SED
16.57 + (.70 x travel)
26
SEB
16.57 + (.70 x travel)
26
SEC
MAX. STATIC
SIDE LOAD (lb)
656
travel + 5.19
140
travel + 4.47
377
travel + 5.19
1,400
travel + 5.4
350
travel + 5.19
906
travel + 5.14
2,000
travel + 5.57
1,670
travel + 5.39
1,670
travel + 5.57
5,000
travel + 6.53
2,964
travel + 6.35
2,964
travel + 6.53
12,000
travel + 8.84
7,267
travel + 8.56
7,267
travel + 8.84
UNIT
WEIGHT (lb)
2.55 + (.15 x travel)
2.38 + (.10 x travel)
2.38 + (.10 x travel)
4.78 + (.25 x travel)
4.64 + (.18 x travel)
4.64 + (.18 x travel)
6.45 + (.35 x travel)
6.36 + (.28 x travel)
6.36 + (.28 x travel)
12.31 + (.62 x travel)
11.70 + (.42 x travel)
11.70 + (.42 x travel)
25.83 + (1.07 x travel)
23.66 + (.70 x travel)
23.66 + (.70 x travel)
5B-33
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
5B
SD MAXIMUM LOADS & UNIT WEIGHTS
MAXIMUM ROLLING LOAD & DEFLECTION GRAPHS
The following graphs are designed to provide a quick and easy
method of sizing and comparing each SD and SE Slide. Use the
Load Graphs to determine maximum loads based on acceptable life.
The linear ball bushing load ratings shown are derated by a factor
of 1.2 from the bearing manufacturer’s ratings to provide a design
safety factor. Use the Deflection Graphs to determine shaft
deflection at the desired loads. Consult PHD for applications which
exceed maximum load ranges shown.
alignment will affect the accuracy of the tool plate location.
Consult PHD for applications for high precision tool plate
location.
NOTE: When the load is out in front of the tool plate, add the
distance it is out from the tool plate to the travel length and use the
total as the travel length in the following graphs.
SDB22 WITH 3/8" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
20
MAX. LOAD (lb)
LOAD VS. LIFE
EFFECTIVE (AVERAGE) BEARING LOADING
A-10 Million Inches Travel
B-50 Million Inches Travel
C-100 Million Inches Travel
D-200 Million Inches Travel
15
7
2
6
.01
8
.00
WEIGHT (lb)
5
B
C
D
3
1
5
.00
.00
5
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
A
10
2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
TRAVEL (in)
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
ADDED DISTANCE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
TRAVEL (in)
5B
SDC22 WITH 3/8" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
20
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4 3 2 1
3.7 5.0 7.8 16
WEIGHT (lb)
10
A- 100 Million Inches of Travel
B- 200 Million Inches of Travel
A
2.6 3.8 5.8 12
6
.01
8
.00
B
1.4 2.3 3.8 8
.4
.8 1.6 4
0
0
.00
5
.00
5
2
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
15
0 0
2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
TRAVEL (in)
SDD22 WITH 1/2" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
25
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4 3 2 1
WEIGHT (lb)
.03
15
2
10
6
.01
8
.00
5
.00
WEIGHT (lb)
20
A
3.0 4.0 7.0 15
B
1.8 2.5 4.2 10
.5 1.0 3.0 5
.00
0
0
0 0
0
2
5
4.5 6.5 10 20
2
4
6
8
10
12
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
TRAVEL (in)
5B-34
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SEB22 WITH 3/8" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
25
LOAD VS. LIFE
8
4
.06
WEIGHT (lb)
15
2
.03
6
.01 8
.00 5
.00
WEIGHT (lb)
20
10
A
6
B
C
D
4
2
0
0
.00
5
A-10 Million Inches Travel
B-50 Million Inches Travel
C-100 Million Inches Travel
D-200 Million Inches Travel
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
2
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15 16
TRAVEL (in)
SEC22 WITH 3/8" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
25
5B
LOAD VS. LIFE
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4 3 2 1
4.6 6.3 9.0 20
10
2
6
.01
8
.00 5
.00
2
.00
5
4
.06
WEIGHT (lb)
15
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
20
A
3.3 4.3 7.3 15
B
2.0 3.0 4.5 10
.5 1.0 2.0 5
0
0
0 0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
TRAVEL (in)
SED22 WITH 1/2" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
25
LOAD VS. LIFE
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2 1
5.5 8.0 13.0 25
10
A
4.0 6.0 9.0 20
2.5 4.0 7.0 15
B
1.5 3.0 4.0 10
.50 1.0 2.5 5
0
0
0
0
5
.00
.00
5
2
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
15
6
.01
8
.00
WEIGHT (lb)
20
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
2
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
TRAVEL (in)
5B-35
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
DEFLECTION
35
LOAD VS. LIFE
30
EFFECTIVE (AVERAGE) LOADING
WEIGHT (lb)
20
15
.00
5
6
.01
8
.00 5
.00
10
2
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
25
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
A- 10 Million Inches Travel
B- 50 Million Inches Travel
C- 100 Million Inches Travel
D- 200 Million Inches Travel
A
B
C
D
2
0
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
TRAVEL (in)
2
0
1
0
2
5
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
35
5B
LOAD VS. LIFE
30
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4 3
2 1
7.0 9.5 14.5 30
WEIGHT (lb)
WEIGHT (lb)
25
20
2
.03
10
A
B
2.7 4.3 7.2 15
.3 1.1
5
0
2
.00
5
5.5 7.8 12.0 25
4.2 5.9 10.1 20
1.7 2.4 4.5 10
.00
6
.01
8
.00
15
2.0
5
0
0
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
40
LOAD VS. LIFE
35
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
30
3
2
1
WEIGHT (lb)
10.0 13.0 20.0 40
2
.03
.00
6
.01
20
8
15
.00
5
.00
WEIGHT (lb)
25
10
6.5
9.0 14.0 30
A
4.0
6.0
9.0 20
B
1.5
2.5
4.0 10
0
0
0
0
2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
TRAVEL (in)
5
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
TRAVEL (in)
5B-36
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DEFLECTION
45
LOAD VS. LIFE
40
A - 10 Million Inches Travel
B - 50 Million Inches Travel
C - 100 Million Inches Travel
D - 200 Million Inches Travel
35
20
A
WEIGHT (lb)
30
WEIGHT (lb)
15
25
10
4
2
.03
6
.01
8
.00 5
.00
15
.06
20
B
C
10
5
D
0
0
2
4
6
.00
12
14
18
16
2
5
10
8
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
5
4
6
7
8
9
11
10
12
13
15
14
16
18
17
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
45
5B
LOAD VS. LIFE
40
35
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2 1
9.0 12.5 19.7 40
WEIGHT (lb)
25
4
.06
20
2
.03
6
.01 8
.00 5
.00
2
.00
WEIGHT (lb)
30
15
10
5
A
6.5 9.5 14.8 30
4.0 6.0 9.3 20
B
.9 2.0 3.5 10
0
0
0 0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
16
14
18
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
5
4
6
7
8
9
11
10
12
13
14
15
16
18
17
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
60
LOAD VS. LIFE
50
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2 1
11.0 18.0 26.0 50
WEIGHT (lb)
.06
30
4
6
.01
8
.00 5
.00
2
.00
20
10
2
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
40
A
9.0 12.0 19.0 40
7.0 9.0 13.0 30
B
3.0 5.0 9.0 20
.5
0
1.5 4.0 10
0
0
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
TRAVEL (in)
5B-37
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
60
60
50
WEIGHT (lb)
50
40
40
.06
4
20
.03
30
2
10
0
2
.00
20
B
30
.01
WEIGHT (lb)
A
2
0
6
4
10
8
12
16
14
18
2
.00
6
TRAVEL (in)
10
0
0
2
1
3
4
6
5
7
9
8
10
11
12
14
13
15
16
18
17
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
60
LOAD VS. LIFE
WEIGHT (lb)
5B
50
.06
4
30
A
8.5 12.2 19.3 40
6.0 8.8 14.0 30
3.6
5.5 8.0 20
1.7
3.4 4.0 10
B
2
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
40
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2 1
13.7 15.5 24.0 50
0
.01
20
0 0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
2
6
.00
TRAVEL (in)
2
.00
10
0
0
0
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
16
18
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
70
LOAD VS. LIFE
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2 1
14.0 19.0 29.0 60
8.0 12.0 18.5 40
6.0
8.0 14.0 30
3.0
5.0 9.0 20
0
1.0 3.5 10
A
B
2
.03
40
11.0 16.0 24.0 50
2
.01
WEIGHT (lb)
4
.06
50
WEIGHT (lb)
60
30
0
0
0
6
.00
20
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
TRAVEL (in)
2
.00
10
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
TRAVEL (in)
5B-38
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DEFLECTION
70
LOAD VS. LIFE
70
60
WEIGHT (lb)
60
50
WEIGHT (lb)
A
40
.06
20
.03
2
0
0
2
4
2
8
6
12
10
16
14
18
20
22
24
TRAVEL (in)
6
.00
2
10
.01
.00
20
B
40
30
10
4
30
50
0
4
2
0
10
8
6
12
14
18
16
20
24
22
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
70
40
11.0 15.0 24.0 50
.06
4
30
A
8.0 12.0 18.0 40
2.0
4.0
8.0 20
0
2.0
4.0 10
0
0
2
7.0 13.0 30
0
B
0
0
6
.00
.00
10
LOAD VS. LIFE
5.0
2
.01
20
5B
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2 1
14.0 19.0 28.0 60
WEIGHT (lb)
50
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
60
2
4
6
8
10 12 14
16 18 20 22 24
2
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
80
LOAD VS. LIFE
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2 1
17.0 22.0 34.0 70
50
13.0 18.0 28.0 60
4
.06
WEIGHT (lb)
60
40
2
.00
10
5.0
8.0 14.0 30
2.0
4.0
9.0 20
0
1.0
5.0 10
0
0
6
.00
20
A
8.0 11.0 18.0 40
2
.01
30
10.0 15.0 23.0 50
2
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
70
0
0
B
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
TRAVEL (in)
5B-39
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
DEFLECTION
70
LOAD VS. LIFE
WEIGHT (lb)
60
50
4
.06
40
.03
80
B
60
40
0
2
.00
2
0
6
4
10
8
12
16
14
18
TRAVEL (in)
.00
6
20
20
2
30
.01
WEIGHT (lb)
A
100
2
10
0
0
2
1
3
4
6
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
17
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
70
5B
LOAD VS. LIFE
VELOCITY (FT/SEC)
4
3
2 1
60
13.0 18.0 28.0 60
WEIGHT (lb)
4
.06
2
.03
40
30
8.0 11.0 18.0 40
B
4.0 7.0 13.0 30
2.0 4.0 8.0 20
0 1.0
6
8
.00
.00
20
A
10.0 14.0 23.0 50
.01
WEIGHT (lb)
50
0
3.0 10
0
0
0
0
2
4
6
5
.00
10
12
14
16
18
2
10
8
TRAVEL (in)
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
TRAVEL (in)
SDD25 WITH 1" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
90
VELOCITY (FT/SEC)
4
3
2
1
80
4
.03
2
60
.01
6
50
11.0 18.0 28.0 60
7.5 9.0 18.0 40
0
2.0 7.0 20
04
.0
02
.0
30
0
0
0
0
0
01
20
A
B
8
.00
40
.0
WEIGHT (lb)
WEIGHT (lb)
.06
70
LOAD VS. LIFE
18.0 25.0 38.0 80
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
TRAVEL (in)
10
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
TRAVEL (in)
5B-40
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DEFLECTION
80
LOAD VS. LIFE
140
70
WEIGHT (lb)
50
4
.06
40
30
B
80
60
40
20
0
2
.01
0
.0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
TRAVEL (in)
2
10
5
.00
20
0
0
100
2
.03
WEIGHT (lb)
60
A
120
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
TRAVEL (in)
DEFLECTION
80
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2
1
15.0 21.0 33.0 70
WEIGHT (lb)
60
6
.01
8
.00
30
6.0 14.0 17.0 40
4.0
7.0 13.0 30
1.0
3.0
7.0
20
0
0
1.0
0
3.0
0
10
0
B
0
2
4
6
8
5
.00
10 12 14
16 18 20 22 24
TRAVEL (in)
2
10
A
8.0 16.0 23.0 50
.00
20
12.0 18.0 28.0 60
2
.03
40
4
.06
WEIGHT (lb)
50
5B
LOAD VS. LIFE
70
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
TRAVEL (in)
SED25 WITH 1" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
110
LOAD VS. LIFE
100
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2
1
22.0 30.0 44.0 100
90
4
WEIGHT (lb)
.06
70
.03
2
60
40
30
.00
16.0 22.0 37.0 80
A
9.0 15.0 27.0 60
3.0
B
9.0 18.0 40
0
1.0
6.0
20
0
0
0
0
0
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
TRAVEL (in)
1
20
6
.01
50
8
.00
4
.00 2
.00
WEIGHT (lb)
80
10
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
TRAVEL (in)
5B-41
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
SDB26 WITH 1" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
130
LOAD VS. LIFE
120
110
200
WEIGHT (lb)
.06
80
4
70
.03
60
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
18
16
20
22
TRAVEL (in)
5
.00
20
0
9
.00
30
50
6
.00
40
B
100
2
.01
50
150
WEIGHT (lb)
90
A
100
2
10
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
22
20
TRAVEL (in)
SDC26 WITH 1" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
130
LOAD VS. LIFE
120
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
1
4
3
2
26.0 37.0 58.0 120
5B
110
4
80
.03
70
B
8.0 14.0 25.0 60
2
4.0
8.0 16.0 40
0
3.0
7.0
20
0
0
0
0
0
5
.00
30
A
14.0 22.0 36.0 80
9
.00
40
20.0 29.0 47.0 100
6
50
.01
60
.00
WEIGHT (lb)
.06
90
WEIGHT (lb)
100
2
4
6
8
10
12 14
16
18
20
22
TRAVEL (in)
2
20
10
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
TRAVEL (in)
SDD26 WITH 1 3/8" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
4
WEIGHT (lb)
.06
2
.03
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2
1
35.0 49.0 76.0 160
27.0 40.0 65.0 140
21.0 32.0 55.0 120
15.0 25.0 44.0 100
9.0 16.0 32.0 80
6.0 12.0 24.0 60
0 2.0 12.0 40
2
0
0
5
.00
.00
0
0
5.0 20
0 0
A
B
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16 18
20
22
TRAVEL (in)
2
1
.00
50
40
30
20
10
0
LOAD VS. LIFE
.01
WEIGHT (lb)
DEFLECTION
180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
TRAVEL (in)
5B-42
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SEB26 WITH 1" SHAFTS AND LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
160
150
LOAD VS. LIFE
140
130
A
200
120
80
70
50
B
100
50
4
2
.03
6
.01
60
150
WEIGHT (lb)
90
.06
WEIGHT (lb)
110
100
0
.00
40
0
2
4
6
8
10 12
14 16
18 20 22
24 26 28
TRAVEL (in)
5
.00
20
9
.00
30
2
10
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
28
26
TRAVEL (in)
SEC26 WITH 1" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
DEFLECTION
160
150
130
110
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
1
4
3
2
29.0 42.0 66.0 140
100
23.0 34.0 55.0 120
WEIGHT (lb)
WEIGHT (lb)
120
90
50
5
.00
30
.00
40
A
17.0 26.0 45.0 100
14.0 22.0 36.0 80
7.0 13.0 25.0 60
1.0
.00
6
.01 9
70
60
2
.03
4
.06
80
B
6.0 15.0 40
0
3.0
0
0
6.0 20
0
0
0
2
4
6
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
2
20
5B
LOAD VS. LIFE
140
TRAVEL (in)
10
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
TRAVEL (in)
SED26 WITH 1 3/8" SHAFTS AND TC BUSHINGS
LOAD VS. LIFE
4
.06
WEIGHT (lb)
VELOCITY (ft/sec)
4
3
2 1
41.0 59.0 92.0 200
A
26.0 40.0 68.0 150
2
.03
16.0 25.0 45.0 100
0
2
0
0 0
5
.00
0
B
5.0 17.0 50
0
2
4
6
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28
TRAVEL (in)
.00
2
.00
1
210
200
190
180
170
160
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
.01
WEIGHT (lb)
DEFLECTION
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
TRAVEL (in)
5B-43
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
PHD’S TC BUSHING: SERIES SD & SE SLIDES
PHD offers the unique TC bushings as an alternative to traditional
linear ball bushings. The TC bushings offer the following advantages.
TC BUSHING
BUSHING SLEEVE
■
TC bushings are maintenance free and self lubricating.
■
The thin bushing design permits oversize shafts to be used in
the slide body, saving space and decreasing shaft deflection.
■
Made to carry static loads up to 5 times greater than traditional
linear bushings.
■
Can be used in harsh environments where dirt, grit, metal
fines, and metal cutting liquids destroy other bushings.
■
TC bushings are nearly impervious to static shock loads because
there are no ball bushings to damage or to brinell the shafts.
■
End-of-travel shaft vibration is minimal compared to ball
bushings (see graph below).
■
Slides with PHD’s TC bushings cost less than units with
traditional ball bushings.
SHAFT
SLIDE BODY
FRICTION
In horizontal applications, a TC bushing has a higher
breakaway pressure required than a linear bushing. Breakaway
pressure is affected by several factors including the load at the tool
plate, travel and total moving load. The following formulas yield
approximate breakaway pressure for the SD/SE slides.
T x LTP
A
20 + (
T=Total travel + tool plate extension (in)
LTM=Total moving load (lb)
LTP= Load at tool plate (lb)
5B
TOOL PLATE VIBRATION
Tool plate vibration occurs on all slides when the tool plate
reaches full extension and the sudden stop causes the slide’s shafts
to oscillate. This vibration is measured by the distance the tool plate
oscillates and the duration or length of time before the vibration
stops. This vibration may be critical in applications where precise
tool plate location and fast cycle times are required.
Tests have shown that PHD TC bushings with oversize shafts
dampen out this vibration in 1/3 to 1/2 the time with 1/3 less overall
tool plate movement. The graphs below show an actual comparison
for a PHD size 23 slide between the TC bushings with oversize
shafts and linear ball bushings.
The test was run with a 6" travel slide in a vertical application
with a 5 pound off-center load. The unit was cycled at 170
milliseconds using stop collars with no cushions.
.015
+ LTM) B = Breakaway Pressure (psi)
MODEL
SDC22 & SDD22
SEC22 & SED22
SDC23 & SDD23
SEC23 & SED23
SDC24 & SDD24
SEC24 & SED24
SDC25 & SDD25
SEC25 & SED25
SDC26 & SDD26
SEC26 & SED26
A
1.56
3.31
1.96
3.85
2.47
4.10
2.73
4.85
4.08
7.08
B
.814
.814
.423
.423
.317
.317
.202
.202
.085
.085
PHD TC BUSHINGS WITH 5/8" DIAMETER SHAFTS
.010
.005
INCHES OF .000
OSCILLATION
.005
.010
.015
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600
4000
TIME IN MILLISECONDS
.015
LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS WITH 1/2" DIAMETER SHAFTS
.010
.005
INCHES OF .000
OSCILLATION
.005
.010
OSCILLATION
.015
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600
4000
5B-44
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
OPTIONS: SERIES SD & SE SLIDES
PB
eliminates the cost of installation and fittings for external flow
control valves.
NOTE: Port Controls add 1/4" to the cylinder length (affects
dimensions AB, AC, and B) on sizes 22, 23, and 24.
PORT CONTROL®
The exclusive PHD Port Control® , based on the “meter-out”
principle, features an adjustable needle and check seal. Both are
built into the cylinder head and cap and are used to control the
speed of the slide over its entire travel.
The self-locking needle has micrometer threads and is
adjustable under pressure. It determines the orifice size which
controls the exhaust volume only of the cylinder proper. The check
seal is closed while fluid is exhausting from the cylinder, but opens
to permit full flow of incoming fluids. The PHD Port Control®
provides the optimum in speed control for slides. All adjustments
are made from the top surface of the slide. It saves space and
U7
SD & SE SLIDES
50 in/sec without Port Controls
16 in/sec with Port Controls
The above figures are based on a working pressure of 100 psi and a
no load horizontal condition.
4
PORTS AND CONTROL
NEEDLE IN POSITION 3
This option provides for the ports, Port Control, and cushions to
be in position 3, or underside of the unit (180° from standard).
3
1
DB
5B
2
PORT CONTROL &
CUSHION ADJUSTMENT POSITIONS
ADJUSTABLE CUSHIONS
PORT CONTROL NEEDLES
PHD Cushions are designed for smooth deceleration at each
end of travel. When the cushion is activated, the remaining volume
in the cylinder must exhaust past an adjustable needle which
controls the amount of deceleration. The wide adjustment range
makes the cushion ideal for end of travel shock reduction. Cushion
needles are located on the same side as the Port Control needles for
easy access and adjustment.
NOTE: Cushions add to the cylinder length (affects
dimensions AB, AC, and B) add 1.000" on sizes 22, 23, and 24; and
1.750" on size 25.
E
CUSHION CONTROL NEEDLES
MAGNET FOR PHD HALL EFFECT
SWITCHES
This option equips the cylinder with a magnetic band on the
piston for use with PHD 1750 Hall Effect Switches.
M
MAGNET FOR PHD REED
SWITCHES
piston for use with PHD 1750 Reed Switches.
These cylinder-mounted switches are an easy and convenient
way of interfacing the slide to various programmable controllers or
logic systems. See page 5B-58 for specific Hall Effect and Reed
Switch information. SWITCHES MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY.
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-45
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
L10
OVERSIZED PORTS
(available on sizes 25 & 26 only)
This option provides an oversize port on the head an cap of the
cylinder for size 25 and 26. This will then allow ports to match
appropriate sized NFPA cylinder standards.
Size 25 ports become 1/4 NPT instead of 1/8 NPT. Size 26
ports become 3/8 NPT instead of 1/4 NPT. Ports will remain in
standard port locations.
BR
SHOCK PADS ON RETRACTION
ADD TO BASIC SLIDE
DIMENSIONS
This option provides polyurethane shock pads on retraction
only, eliminating metal-to-metal contact as the tool plate reaches the
slide body. This option greatly reduces noise and shock upon slide
retraction. Not available with tool plate extension.
5B
BJ
.250
HushStop® SHOCK
PADS ON RETRACTION
ADD TO BASIC SLIDE
DIMENSIONS
This option provides composite shock pads on retraction only,
eliminating metal-to-metal contact as the tool plate reaches the slide
body. This option, quieter than the BR option, greatly reduces noise
and shock upon slide retraction. Not available with tool plate
extension. Due to the composite shock pads, stop locations may
vary. For close tolerance stop locations, use BR option.
AR
.250
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT AND
ADD TO BASIC SLIDE
DIMENSIONS
polyurethane shock pads on retraction only. The travel adjustment
stop collars provide infinite adjustment while the shock pads
eliminate metal-to-metal contact, thereby quieting the unit.
AT
.750 ( 22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
HushStop® SHOCK PADS ON
RETRACTION
ADD TO BASIC SLIDE
DIMENSIONS
This option, quieter than the AR option, provides both travel
adjustment stop collars and composite shock pads on retraction
only. The travel adjustment stop collars provide infinite adjustment
while the shock pads eliminate metal-to-metal contact, thereby
quieting the unit. Due to the composite shock pads, stop locations
may vary. For close tolerance stop locations, use the AR option.
AE
.750 ( 22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
SHOCK PADS ON EXTENSION
ADD TO BASIC SLIDE
DIMENSIONS
polyurethane shock pads on extension only. The travel adjustment
stop collars provide infinite adjustment while the shock pads
eliminate metal-to-metal contact, thereby quieting the unit.
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
5B-46
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
EXTENSION
AS
ADD TO BASIC SLIDE
DIMENSIONS
This option, quieter than the AE option, provides both travel
adjustment stop collars and composite shock pads on extension
only. The travel adjustment stop collars provide infinite adjustment
while the shock pads eliminate metal-to-metal contact, thereby
quieting the unit. Due to the composite shock pads, stop locations
may vary. For close tolerance stop locations, use the AE option.
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
STOP & TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT KITS
SHAFT
STANDARD
OVERSIZED
STANDARD
OVERSIZED
STANDARD
OVERSIZED
STANDARD
OVERSIZED
STANDARD
OVERSIZED
22
59737-01
59737-02
67653-01
67653-02
59745-01
59745-02
67651-01
67651-02
59746-01
59746-02
23
59737-03
59737-04
67653-03
67653-04
59745-03
59745-04
67651-03
67651-04
59746-03
59746-04
24
59737-05
59737-06
67653-05
67653-06
59745-05
59745-06
67651-05
67651-06
59746-05
59746-06
26
59737-09
59737-10
67653-09
67653-10
59745-09
59745-10
67651-09
67651-10
59746-09
59746-10
Kit contains all components
for standard non-Z1 units
for one direction only.
.700 (22, 22, 23, 24, 25)
.830 (26)
PADS ON EXTENSION
GG
25
59737-07
59737-08
67653-07
67653-08
59745-07
59745-08
67651-07
67651-08
59746-07
59746-08
5B
KIT TYPE
STANDARD TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
(-AR OR -AE)
HushStop® TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
(-AT OR -AS)
STANDARD PROXIMITY & TRAVEL
ADJUSTMENT (-GG OR -GH)
HushStop® PROXIMITY & TRAVEL
ADJUSTMENT (-G22 OR -G23)
SHOCK ABSORBER STOP
(-GM OR -GN)
WITH PROVISIONS FOR PROXIMITY SWITCH
MOUNTING IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
This option provides both travel adjustment and polyurethane
shock pads on extension; and provisions for mounting of proximity
switch targets and brackets on both ends. Switches and bracket
kits must be ordered separately. See page 5B-58 for bracket/target
kits and for switch ordering information. Not available with tool plate
extension. With tool plate extension use -GH option.
GG ADDER
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
.625
ADD TO BASIC SLIDE DIMENSIONS
G22
EXTENSION
.700 (22, 22, 23, 24, 25)
.830 (26)
MOUNTING IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
This option, quieter than the GG option, provides both travel
adjustment and composite shock pads on extension; and provisions
for mounting of proximity switch targets and brackets on both ends.
Switches and bracket kits must be ordered separately. See page
5B-58 for bracket/target kits and for switch ordering information.
Due to the composite shock pads, stop locations may vary. For
close tolerance stop locations, use the GG option.
G22 ADDER
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
.625
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-47
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
A
GH
.625
MOUNTING ON RETRACTION
shock pads on retraction and provisions for mounting of proximity
switch targets and brackets in the retraction direction only.
Switches and bracket kits must be ordered separately. See page
5B-58 for bracket/target kits and for switch ordering information.
G23
GH ADDER
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
HushStop™ SHOCK PADS
ON RETRACTION
A
.625
WITH PROVISIONS FOR PROXIMITY
SWITCH MOUNTING ON RETRACTION
This option, quieter than the GH option, provides both travel
adjustment and composite shock pads on retraction and provisions
for mounting of proximity switch targets and brackets in the
retraction direction only. Switches and bracket kits must be
ordered separately. See page 5B-58 for bracket/target kits and for
switch ordering information.
close tolerance stop locations, use the GH option.
G23 ADDER
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
5B
A
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENTS, SHOCK
PADS, AND PROVISIONS FOR PROXIMITY
GI
1/2 GI ADDER
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
SWITCHES IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
shock pads in both directions and provisions for mounting of
proximity switch targets and brackets on both ends. Switches and
bracket kits must be ordered separately. See page 5B-58 for
bracket/target kits and for switch ordering information.
1/2 GI ADDER
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
.625
G24
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENTS,
HushStop® SHOCK PADS,
A
AND PROVISIONS FOR PROXIMITY
SWITCHES IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
This option,quieter than the GI option, provides both travel
adjustment and composite shock pads in both directions and
provisions for mounting of proximity switch targets and brackets on
both ends. Switches and bracket kits must be ordered separately.
See page 5B-58 for bracket/target kits and for switch ordering
information.
close tolerance stop locations, use the GI option.
.625
1/2 G24 ADDER
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
1/2 G24 ADDER
.750 (22, 23, 24, 25)
.875 (26)
SLIDE
A
MODEL 8 mm PROX
12 mm PROX
Sxx22
.700
1.500
Sxx23
.700
1.500
Sxx24
.700
1.000
Sxx25
.700
1.000
Sxx26
.830
1.125
5B-48
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
Extremely hard corrosion-resistant coating on the guide shafts
for use in applications where moisture may corrode hardened
ground shafts. End faces of the shafts remain uncoated. Consult
PHD for fully coated shafts.
Q1
CORROSION RESISTANT
GUIDE SHAFTS
V1
FLUORO-ELASTOMER SEALS
Z1
This optional plating can be used for protecting the slide from severe
or corrosive environments. The guide shafts can be made corrosionresistant by specifying the -Q1 shaft option.
Fluoro-Elastomer seals are available for seal compatibility with
certain fluids. Seal compatibility should be checked with the fluid
manufacturer for proper application. Consult PHD for high
temperature applications.
NOTE: Shock absorbers are not plated with -Z1 option.
This option provides for mounting a bracket for a shock
absorber in the extend direction. This includes mounting holes in
the slide body, a shock stop on one shaft, and a stop collar on the
other shaft. The shock absorber and shock mounting kit must be
ordered separately. This arrangement allows the shock absorber to
double as a travel adjustment in the extension direction.
See page 5B-56 for shock mounting kit and shock absorber
ordering information. Shock stop and mounting bracket are supplied
ready for proximity switch bracket and target mounting.
A REF
STOP COLLAR
J
B
D REF
FULLY RETRACTED
PHD SUPPLIED SHOCK
T
GM ADDER
5B
GM
O REF
PROVISIONS FOR SHOCK
ABSORBER MOUNTING
ON EXTENSION
SHOCK STOP
E THREAD
F
G
L REF
SLIDE
MODEL
Sxx22
Sxx23
Sxx24
Sxx25
Sxx26
A REF.
SD
2.390
2.875
3.390
3.650
5.000
SE
4.140
4.765
5.015
5.765
8.000
B
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
GM
ADDER
.750
.750
.750
.750
.875
D
4.00
4.00
4.75
4.75
4.75
E
THREAD
3/4-16 UNF
3/4-16 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
F
2.575
2.875
3.575
4.075
4.875
G
2.450
2.750
3.450
3.950
4.750
J
1.125
1.125
1.650
1.650
2.000
L
REF.
1.200
1.500
1.700
2.200
2.750
O
REF.
.700
.950
.950
1.200
1.450
T
.563
.695
.815
1.050
1.325
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-49
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
GN
GN
ADDER
PROVISIONS FOR
SHOCK ABSORBER
MOUNTING ON
RETRACTION
T
D REF
FULLY RETRACTED
PHD SUPPLIED SHOCK
B J
This option provides for mounting a bracket for
a shock absorber in the retract direction. This
includes mounting holes in the slide body, a shock
stop on one shaft, and a stop collar on the other
shaft. The shock absorber and shock mounting kit
must be ordered separately. This arrangement
allows the shock absorber to double as a travel
adjustment in the retraction direction.
See page 5B-56 for shock mounting kit and
shock absorber ordering information. Shock stop
and mounting bracket are supplied ready for
proximity switch bracket and target mounting.
SHOCK
STOP
A REF
STOP COLLAR
E THD
F
G
L REF
5B
SLIDE
MODEL
Sxx22
Sxx23
Sxx24
Sxx25
Sxx26
GO
A REF.
SD
SE
2.390
4.140
2.875
4.765
3.390
5.015
3.650
5.765
5.000
8.000
B
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
GN
ADDER
.750
.750
.750
.750
.875
E
THREAD
3/4-16 UNF
3/4-16 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
D
4.00
4.00
4.75
4.75
4.75
PROVISIONS FOR SHOCK
ABSORBER MOUNTING ON
EXTENSION AND RETRACTION
F
2.575
2.875
3.575
4.075
4.875
G
2.450
2.750
3.450
3.950
4.750
J
1.125
1.125
1.650
1.650
2.000
L
REF.
1.200
1.500
1.700
2.200
2.750
T
.563
.695
.815
1.050
1.325
A REF
1/2 x (GO ADDER)
STOP COLLAR
T
B
TYP
This option provides for mounting brackets for shock
absorbers in both the extend and retract direction. This includes two
sets of mounting holes in the slide body, shock stops mounted on
the shafts in each direction, and stop collars mounted on the
opposite shafts. The shock absorbers and shock mounting kits
must be ordered separately. This arrangement allows the shock
absorbers to double as travel adjustments in both directions.
See page 5B-56 for shock mounting kit and shock absorber
ordering information. Shock stops and brackets are supplied ready
for proximity switch bracket and target mounting.
J
SHOCK STOP
O REF
D REF
FULLY RETRACTED
PHD SHOCK
1/2 x
(GO ADDER)
G F
TYP TYP
L REF
UNIT
Sxx22
Sxx23
Sxx24
Sxx25
Sxx26
A REF.
SD
SE
2.390
4.140
2.875
4.765
3.390
5.015
3.650
5.765
5.000
8.000
B
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
GO
ADDER
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.750
D
4.000
4.000
4.750
4.750
4.750
E
THREAD
3/4-16 UNF
3/4-16 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
F
2.575
2.875
3.575
4.075
4.875
G
2.450
2.750
3.450
3.950
4.750
J
1.125
1.125
1.650
1.650
2.000
L
REF.
1.200
1.500
1.700
2.200
2.750
O
REF.
.700
.950
.950
1.200
1.450
T
.563
.695
.815
1.050
1.325
5B-50
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
G2
A REF
1/2 x (G2 ADDER)
G12
STOP COLLAR
T
B
TYP
SHOCK ABSORBER AND
PROXIMITY SWITCH READY ON
J
This option provides mounting brackets for shock absorbers
and proximity switches in both directions. This includes mounting
brackets for both shock absorbers and proximity switches,
proximity targets, and mounting hardware with stop collars and
stops mounted on the shafts. The shock absorbers and proximity
switches must be ordered separately. This arrangement allows
the shock absorbers to double as travel adjustments in both
directions.
See page 5B-56 for shock absorbers and page 5B-58 for
proximity switches.
G2 = 8 mm proximity switch
G12 = 12 mm proximity switch
G3
G2/G12
ADDER
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.500
1.750
B
1.000
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
D
4.000
4.000
4.750
4.750
4.750
E
THREAD
3/4-16 UNF
3/4-16 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
SHOCK STOP
1/2 x
(G2 ADDER)
R
TYP
F
G
TYP TYP
P
TYP
L REF
F
2.575
2.875
3.575
4.075
4.875
G
2.450
2.750
3.450
3.950
4.750
L
REF.
1.200
1.500
1.700
2.200
2.750
J
1.125
1.125
1.650
1.650
2.000
O REF
G13
O
REF.
.700
.950
.950
1.200
1.450
P
8 mm 12 mm
3.275 3.875
3.575 4.175
4.275 4.775
4.775 5.275
5.705 6.000
R
8 mm
3.075
3.375
4.075
4.575
5.375
12 mm
3.700
4.000
4.330
4.830
5.625
T
.563
.695
.815
1.050
1.325
5B
A REF.
SD
SE
2.390
4.140
2.875
4.765
3.390
5.015
3.650
5.765
5.000
8.000
UNIT
Sxx22
Sxx23
Sxx24
Sxx25
Sxx26
D REF
FULLY RETRACTED
PHD SHOCK
O REF
STOP COLLAR
A REF
SHOCK ABSORBER & PROXIMITY
SWITCH READY ON EXTENSION
This option provides mounting brackets for a shock absorber
and proximity switch on the extension only. This includes mounting
brackets for both shock absorber and proximity switch, a proximity
target and mounting software, with a stop collar and stop on the
shafts. The shock absorber and proximity switch must be ordered
separately. This arrangement allows the shock absorber to double
as a travel adjustment in the extension direction. See page 5B-56 for
shock absorbers and page 5B-58 for proximity switches.
J
B
T
D REF
FULLY RETRACTED
PHD SUPPLIED SHOCK
G13 ADDER
SHOCK STOP
E THREAD
R
G3 = 8 mm Proximity Switch
F
G
P
L REF
SLIDE
MODEL
A REF.
SD
SE
B
G3/G13
ADDER
D
E
THREAD
F
G
J
L
REF.
O
REF.
8 mm
P
12 mm
8 mm
R
12 mm
T
Sxx22
Sxx23
Sxx24
2.390
2.875
3.390
4.140
4.765
5.015
1.125
1.250
1.500
.750
.750
.750
4.00
4.00
4.75
3/4-16 UNF
3/4-16 UNF
1-12 UNF
2.575
2.875
3.575
2.450
2.750
3.450
1.125
1.125
1.650
1.200
1.500
1.700
.700
.950
.950
3.275
3.575
4.275
3.875
4.175
4.775
3.075
3.375
4.075
3.700
4.000
4.330
.563
.695
.815
Sxx25
Sxx26
3.650
5.000
5.765
8.000
2.000
2.500
.750
.875
4.75
4.75
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
4.075
4.875
3.950
4.750
1.650
2.000
2.200
2.750
1.200
1.450
4.775
5.705
5.275
6.000
4.575
5.375
4.830
5.625
1.050
1.325
SOLUTIONS FOR
CAT-03
5B-51
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
SHOCK ABSORBER &
PROXIMITY SWITCH
READY ON RETRACTION
G4
T
B
G14
A REF.
SD
SE
2.390
4.140
2.875
4.765
3.390
5.015
3.650
5.765
5.000
8.000
B
1.125
1.250
1.500
2.000
2.500
A REF
STOP COLLAR
E THD
R
P
F
G
L REF
5B
J
SHOCK
STOP
This option provides mounting brackets for a
shock absorber and proximity switch on the retraction
only. This includes mounting brackets for both shock
absorber and proximity switch, shaft, a proximity
target and mounting hardware, with a stop collar and
stop on the other shafts. The shock absorber and
proximity switch must be ordered separately. This
arrangement allows the shock absorber to double as a
travel adjustment in the retract direction. See page
5B-56 for shock absorbers and page 5B-58 for
proximity switches.
SLIDE
MODEL
Sxx22
Sxx23
Sxx24
Sxx25
Sxx26
D REF
FULLY RETRACTED
PHD SUPPLIED SHOCK
G4
ADDER
G4/G14
ADDER
.750
.750
.750
.750
.875
D
4.00
4.00
4.75
4.75
4.75
EL
THREAD
3/4-16 UNF
3/4-16 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
F
2.575
2.875
3.575
4.075
4.875
G
2.450
2.750
3.450
3.950
4.750
J
1.125
1.125
1.650
1.650
2.000
REF.
1.200
1.500
1.700
2.200
2.750
P
8 mm 12 mm
3.275 3.875
3.575 4.125
4.275 4.775
4.775 5.275
5.705 6.000
R
8 mm
3.075
3.375
4.075
4.575
5.375
12 mm
3.700
4.000
4.330
4.830
5.625
T
.563
.695
.815
1.050
1.325
SHOCK KITS
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Each shock mounting kit contains one shock bracket with all
necessary hardware for mounting one shock absorber in either
direction. Slide unit must be ordered as provisions for shock
absorber. Shock absorbers must be ordered separately. See page
5B-56 for kit numbers.
Shock absorbers are ordered separately and should be
properly matched to the slide application. See page 5B-55 through
5B-57 for proper shock absorber selection and shock numbers.
BS
SHOCK PADS
ON EXTENSION
BT
The -BT option adds shock pads on retraction to the -GN, -GO,
-G2, -G4, -G12, or -G14 shock absorber option. The shock pads are
assembled between the shock stop (stop collar) and the slide body.
The purpose of this option is to compliment the shock absorber by
eliminating metal to metal contact at the end of slide retraction.
Shock pads do not affect length adders for shock absorber options.
The -BS option adds shock pads on extension to the -GM, -GO,
-G2, -G3, -G12, or -G13 shock absorber option. The shock pads are
assembled between the shock stop (stop collar) and the slide body.
The purpose of this option is to compliment the shock absorber by
eliminating metal to metal contact at the end of slide extension.
BK
SHOCK PADS
ON RETRACTION
HushStop® SHOCK PADS
ON EXTENSION
BL
The -BK option adds composite shock pads on extension to the
-GM, -GO, -G2, -G3, -G12, or -G13 shock absorber option. The
shock pads are assembled between the shock stop (stop collar) and
the slide body. The purpose of this option, quieter than the -BS
option, is to compliment the shock absorber by eliminating metal to
metal contact at the end of slide extension. Shock pads do not affect
length adders for shock absorber options.
close tolerance stop locations, use the -BS option.
HushStop® SHOCK PADS
ON RETRACTION
The -BL option adds composite shock pads on retraction to the
-GN, -GO, -G2, -G4, -G12, or -G14 shock absorber option. The
shock pads are assembled between the shock stop (stop collar) and
the slide body. The purpose of this option, quieter than the -BT
option, is to compliment the shock absorber by eliminating metal to
metal contact at the end of slide retraction. Shock pads do not affect
length adders for shock absorber options.
close tolerance stop locations, use the -BT option.
5B-52
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SIDE MOUNTING HOLES
IN POSITION #2
GV
This option provides an additional mounting pattern on one
side of the slide body. This pattern is ideal if the slide is to be
mounted on edge for applications where a narrow profile is
required.
A REF
B
D
REF
C
E
4X F THREAD
NOTE: MTG HOLES CENTERED
ON CENTERLINE OF UNIT
OPTION ADDERS
H47
A
2.390
4.140
2.875
4.765
3.390
5.015
3.650
5.765
5.000
8.000
B
.750
.750
.937
.937
1.063
1.063
1.313
1.313
1.500
1.500
C
.625
2.375
.875
2.875
1.125
2.875
.875
3.125
2.000
5.000
D
1.200
1.200
1.500
1.500
1.700
1.700
2.200
2.200
2.750
2.750
RODLOK® SLIDE & RODLOK®
PHD’s Rodlok® is ideal for locking the tool plate while in a
static/stationary position. When the pressure is removed from the
port of the Rodlok® , the mechanism will grip the piston rod of the
cylinder and prevent it from moving. The loads are held indefinitely
without power. The Rodlok® may also be used in intermittent
dynamic use as a pressure off piston rod deceleration device.
Rodlok® performance (Accuracy and Stopping distance) is
application and environment sensitive (Cleanliness of rod or
Rodlok® will also affect performance). THE RODLOK® IS NOT
DESIGNED TO BE USED AS A PERSONNEL SAFETY DEVICE.
E
.750
.750
1.062
1.062
1.125
1.125
1.500
1.500
2.000
2.000
F THREAD
10-24 x .375 DP
10-24 x .375 DP
1/4-20 x .375 DP
1/4-20 x .375 DP
1/4-20 x .430 DP
1/4-20 x .430 DP
3/8-16 x .650 DP
3/8-16 x .650 DP
3/8-16 x .750 DP
3/8-16 x .750 DP
5B
MODEL
SDx22
SEx22
SDx23
SEx23
SDx24
SEx24
SDx25
SEx25
SDx26
SEx26
OPERATING PRESSURE
The operating pressure for the locking device is different than
the operating pressure for the slide to which it is attached. The
locking device of the Rodlok is designed with an operating pressure
range of 60 psi [4 bar] minimum to 150 psi [10 bar] maximum. The
Series SD/SE Slide with a Rodlok attached has an operating
pressure range of 40 psi [3 bar] minimum to 150 psi [10 bar]
maximum.
NOTE: When ordering a replacement
cylinder (-H4), Rodlok® must be
ordered separately.
STATIC
LOCKING FORCE*
DYNAMIC LOCKING FORCE
N
lb
SIZE
180
40
22
Actual dynamic locking forces
250
56
23
are application sensitive.
350
79
24
Environmental conditions,
600
135
25
load weights, attitude, pressure,
1500
338
26
and speed influence performance.
DEVICE WEIGHT ADAPTOR WEIGHT TOTAL WEIGHT
BORE
lb
lb
lb
in
0.10
SDx22
0.10
0.22
0.10
SEx22
0.10
0.22
0.14
SD/SEx23
0.18
0.35
0.14
SD/SEx24
0.22
0.41
0.20
SD/SEx25
0.40
0.70
0.58
SD/SEx26
0.70
1.54
NOTE: Total weight includes rod adder for -H46/-H47 cylinder.
NOTE: *Locking force given in table is the actual locking force
with a dry clean rod and does not include any safety factor.
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-53
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
REPLACEMENT RODLOK® KITS
AB + TRAVEL
NN
JJ
MODEL
NO.
SDx22
SEx22
SD/SEx23
SD/SEx24
SD/SEx25
SD/SEx26
MM PORT
LOCKING
DEVICE
KIT
64476
64476
64477
64478
64479
64480
ADAPTOR
KIT*
63931-06
63931-07
63931-08
63931-09
63931-10
63931-05
COMPLETE
RODLOK®*
63935-06
63935-07
63935-08
63935-09
63935-10
63935-05
NOTES:
1) *Kits ship with cylinder mounting hardware.
2) Part numbers listed above are intended for replacement
purposes only and are to be used specifically on slides
with the -H47 option.
SQ LL
KK
5B
The Rodlok locking device and adaptor can be purchased
separately as kits. See chart above. The locking device and adaptor
are not available with a corrosion resistant (-Z1 option) finish.
LETTER
DIM.
KK
LL
MM
NN
JJ
AB
SDxx22
1.319
.709
10-32
1.50
.875
4.570
SExx22
1.319
.709
10-32
1.50
.875
6.320
SDxx23 SExx23
1.319 1.319
.787
.787
10-32 10-32
1.50
1.50
.875
.875
4.760 6.760
MODEL NUMBER
SDxx24 SExx24
1.220
1.220
.787
.787
10-32
10-32
1.50
1.50
.875
.875
7.010
5.250
SDxx25 SExx25
1.260
1.260
.866
.866
10-32 10-32
1.750
1.750
.750
.750
8.620
6.370
SDxx26 SExx26
1.870
1.870
1.260
1.260
1/8 NPT 1/8 NPT
3.000
3.000
1.299
1.299
11.615
8.615
PLUMBING SCHEMATIC EXAMPLE:
H47
(continued)
The pneumatic schematic shows typical valving for cylinder
and Rodlok for both horizontal and vertical operation. The schematic
shows three 3/2 way valves, one for each port on the cylinder and
one for the Rodlok port. The use of two valves on the cylinder allows
for both ports to be pressurized when valves are de-energized. The
use of an in-line regulator allows the cylinder ports to be
pressurized at different pressures. This allows the cylinder to
balance out the opposing pressure and force of the attached load.
Once piston rod motion has stopped, the Rodlok can be engaged by
de-energizing its valve and releasing its pressure. The use of check
valves and built in PHD Port Controls® is recommended. Pressure
switch shown is optional and application specific.
2
1
2
2
3
1
3
1 3
OPTIONAL PRESSURE
SENSOR/SWITCH
5B-54
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SHOCK ABSORBER SELECTION GUIDE: SERIES SD & SE
TABLE 1
From Table 1, determine shaft and tool plate weight (WM).
Multiply the travel by the travel adder + base weight.
Example for SxD22 x 4: WM = (4 X .11) +1.40 = 1.84 lb
Add WM to attached load (payload) = Total Moving Weight (WTM )
1.84 + 3.0 = 4.84 lb
Using Kinetic Energy Graphs below, plot the total moving
weight and velocity. If the value is less than slide with cylinder,
cushion, or travel adjustment curves, that type of deceleration is
adequate. If it is greater than these curves, hydraulic shock
absorbers are required.
To determine the correct hydraulic shock, complete the
calculation on the next page.
PHD suggests hydraulic shock absorbers for all applications
where the center of gravity of the payload is off the slide centerline by
more than 2 inches and travelling at speeds greater than 10 in/sec.
SLIDE
MODEL
BASE WT.
lb
TRAVEL ADDER
lb/in
SxB22 & SxC22
SxD22
SxB23 & SxC23
SxD23
SxB24 & SxC24
SxD24
SxB25 & SxC25
SxD25
SxB26 & SxC26
SxD26
0.95
1.40
1.94
2.50
3.00
3.60
4.90
6.70
9.70
14.60
0.06
0.11
0.11
0.18
0.18
0.25
0.25
0.45
0.45
0.85
CYL. BORE
in
0.750
1.000
1.125
1.375
2.000
Moving weight adders for slide kinetic energy calculation include
tool plate, two shafts, four collars, and P & R.
25.0
B
20.0
15.0
10.0
C
30.0
25.0
B
20.0
15.0
A
10.0
A
5.0
SIZE 25
35.0
VELOCITY (in/sec)
VELOCITY (in/sec)
40.0
SIZE 22
C
30.0
5B
35.0
5.0
0
0
0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
3.5
4.5
5.5
5.0
6.0
6.5
0
7.0
10
20
30
TOTAL MOVING WEIGHT (lb)
40.0
50
60
70
80
VELOCITY (in/sec)
VELOCITY (in/sec)
B
20.0
15.0
10.0
A
5.0
110
C
20.0
B
15.0
10.0
A
5.0
0
0
2.0
0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
0
8.0
40.0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
SIZE 24
35.0
VELOCITY (in/sec)
100
SIZE 26
25.0
30.0
25.0
90
30.0
SIZE 23
C
35.0
40
C
30.0
25.0
B
20.0
15.0
10.0
A = Slide with cylinder
B = Slide with travel adjustments
C = Slide with cylinder with cushions
A
5.0
0
0
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
66
5B-55
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATION CHART
SLIDE
SIZE
22
23
24
25
26
PHD SHOCK
ABSORBER
NO.
57057-02-x
57057-02-x
57057-03-x
STROKE
in
0.75
0.75
THREAD
TYPE
3/4-16 UNF
3/4-16 UNF
1.00
1.00
1.00
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
1-12 UNF
57057-03-x
57057-03-x
ET
TOTAL ENERGY
PER CYCLE
in-lb
40
80
140
220
415
E TC
TOTAL ENERGY
PER HOUR
in-lb/hr
400,000
400,000
600,000
SHOCK
ABSORBER
WEIGHT
lb
0.25
0.25
0.67
600,000
600,000
0.67
0.67
SLIDE
MODEL
SIZE
22, 23
KIT
NUMBER
54108-11
SD/SE 24, 25
54109-11
26
54110-11
Kit contains all components for
standard non-Z1 units for one
direction only.
SYMBOLS DEFINITIONS
C = Number of cycles per hour
d = Cylinder bore diameter (in)
EK = Kinetic energy (in-lb)
ET = Total energy per cycle, EK + EW (in-lb)
ETC = Total energy per hour (in-lb/hr)
EW = Work or drive energy (in-lb)
FD = Propelling force (lb)
P = Operating pressure (psi)
S = Stroke of shock absorber (in)
V = Impact velocity (in/sec)
WTM = Total moving weight (lb)
A. The total moving weight to be stopped in lb (WTM)
B. The slide velocity (V) at impact with the shock absorber in in/sec
C. External propelling force (FD) in lb
D. Number of cycles per hour
E. Orientation of the application’s motion (i.e. horizontal or vertical
application). See next page.
5B
EK =
WTM
x V2
772
PHD SHOCK ABSORBER PERFORMANCE GRAPHS
V IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec)
STEP 3: Calculate the propelling force (FD).
Horizontal application: FD = .7854 x d2 x P
Vertical application: FD = (.7854 x d2 x P) + WTM
Calculate the work energy input (EW) from any external (propelling)
forces acting on the load, using the stroke of the shock absorber
selected.
EW = FD x S
unit has an ET capacity greater then the value just calculated. If not,
reduce velocity, pressure, moving weight, or select a larger slide.
#57057-02-x
80.00
60.00
57057-02-1
40.00
57057-02-2
20.00
0.00
0
10
20
30
40
50
70
60
80
90
ET TOTAL ENERGY (in-lb)
#57057-03-x
STEP 5: Calculate the total energy that must be absorbed per
hour (ETC).
ETC = ET x C
unit has an ETC capacity greater then the value just calculated. If not,
reduce the cycles per hour or select a larger slide.
V IMPACT VELOCITY (in/sec)
120
energy (ET). The area (-1, 2, or 3) that the point falls in is the correct
100
57057-03-1
80
60
57057-03-2
40
57057-03-3
20
0
0
NOTE: The total energy per cycle (ET) is based on the slide and its
components. Applications with ET larger than listed are not
recommended.
80
160
240
320
360
400
440
480
520
ET TOTAL ENERGY (in-lb)
NOTE: Consult PHD for shocks used at cycle rates greater than:
3000/hour on the size 25 slide
1800/hour on the size 26 slide
5B-56
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SIZING EXAMPLES
S
S
LOAD
WM = 3.72 lb
WTM = 3.72 + 4.00
WTM = 7.72
STEP 2: Calculate kinetic energy.
LOAD
Example: SxB24 x 6 in travel with a 8 lb payload
(WTM) Weight = 12.0 lb (Total Moving Weight)
(V) Velocity = 20 in/sec (Speed of Travel)
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = 1.125 in
(P) Operating Pressure = 80 psi
(C) Cycles/Hour = 400 c/hr
EK =
WTM
x V2
772
EK =
7.72
x 40 2
772
EK = WTM x V 2
772
EK = 16 in-lb
STEP 3: Calculate work energy.
FD = .7854 x d2 x P
FD = .7854 x (1.1252) x 80
FD = 79.52 lb
EW = F D x S
EW = 79.52 lb x 1
EW = 79.5 in-lb
STEP 4: Calculate total energy.
ET = EK + EW
ET = 16 + 79.5
ET = 95.5 in-lb
Since 95.5 is less than ET in shock absorber chart, proceed.
STEP 5: Total energy absorbed per hour
ETC = ET x C
ETC = 95.5 x 200
ETC = 19100 in-lb/hr
Since 19100 is less than ETC in shock absorber chart, proceed.
STEP 6: Choose proper damping constant for correct shock
absorber on Shock Absorber Performance Graphs, previous page.
#57057-03-1 is the correct unit for the application.
5B
Example: SxB24 x 4 in travel and 4.0 lb payload
(V) Velocity = 40 in/sec (Speed of Travel)
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = 1.125 mm
(C) Cycles/Hr = 200 c/hr
WM = 3.00 + (.18 x 4 in)
12
x 20 2
772
EK = 6.2 in-lb
EK =
FD = (.7854 x d2 x P) + WTM
FD = 79.5 + 12.0
FD = 91.5 lb
EW = FD x S
EW = 91.5 x 1
EW = 91.5 in-lb
ET = EK + EW
ET = 6.2 + 91.5
ET = 97.7 in-lb
ETC = ET x C
ETC = 97.7 x 400
absorber on Shock Absorber Performance graphs, previous page.
#57057-03-2 is the correct unit for this application.
5B-57
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
ACCESSORIES: SERIES SD & SE SLIDES
STRAIN RELIEF KITS
BRACKETS
SLIDE
SIZE
22
23
24
25
26
Compact switch bracket for sizes 22, 23, 24, and 25 have built in
strain reliefs. Compact Switch Strain Relief Kit for size 26 is 18412.
Consult PHD for availability of other PHD Switches and Brackets.
COMPACT SWITCH
Bracket No.
17000-31-5
17000-32-5
17000-33-5
17000-34-5
58050-02
For use with the following switches:
OPTION
TYPE
-E
HALL
-M
REED
DESCRIPTION
Sink Type 10-30 VDC
Source Type 10-30 VDC
Sink Type 10-30 VDC, Quick Connect
Source Type 10-30 VDC, Quick Connect
Sink or Source Type 4.5-24 VDC
AC Type 110-120 VAC with Current Limit
Sink or Source Type VDC, Quick Connect
AC Type 110-120 VAC, Quick Connect
with Current Limit
PART NO.
17503-2-06
17504-2-06
17523-2
17524-2
17502-2-06
17509-3-06
17522-2
17529-3
5B
See Switches and Sensors section for switch details.
PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET
AND TARGET KITS
PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET &
TARGET KITS
Each kit contains a bracket, target, and hardware for mounting
one threaded proximity switch on an SD or SE Slide. Switches must
be ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for
detailed switch information. Slides must be ordered with
provisions for proximity switches in order for these bracket and
target kits to function.
SLIDE
SIZE
22
23
24
25
26
SWITCH SIZE
8 mm
12 mm
53101-01-1
63998-01-1
53101-01-1
63998-01-1
53101-02-1
63998-02-1
53101-02-1
63998-02-1
53101-03-1
63998-03-1
Kit contains all components for standard
non-Z1 unit for one direction only.
For use with the following switches:
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
51422-005-02 8 mm Inductive Proximity Switch
NPN with 2 meter Cable
PNP with 2 meter Cable
15561-001
12 mm Inductive Proximity Switch
NPN with 3 meter cable
15561-002
PNP with 3 meter cable
15561-003
AC 35-250 VAC with 3 meter cable
See Switches and Sensors section for switch details.
5B-58
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sdse
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B
NOTES
5B-59
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sdse
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Type, Three Position Unit, Slide Size, Slide
Travel, Mid-Position Travel, Tool Plate Extension, and Options.
SLIDE TRAVEL [mm]
3 POSITION DETAIL
SIZE
71
72
73
74
75
76
1 RETRACT
EXTEND 3
(CYL. 1 TRAVEL)
2
MID-POSITION
(CYL. 2 TRAVEL)
PRODUCT
S - Slide
THREE POSITION UNIT
SERIES SK
25 to 300
25 to 300
25 to 300
50 to 450
50 to 450
50 to 550
SERIES SL
25 to 300
25 to 300
25 to 450
50 to 600
50 to 600
50 to 700
Available in 5 mm increments. Minimum travel required
for all SK or SL Slides for use with ISO cylinders is:
Size 71 25 mm
Size 74 50 mm
Size 72 25 mm
Size 75 50 mm
Size 73 25 mm
Size 76 50 mm
5B
S K B E 73 x 100 x 50
SERIES
K - Short Body
L - Long Body
SLIDES WITH LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
SLIDE SHAFT SIZE
TYPE SIZE
DIA. [mm]
B
71
8
B
72
10
B
73
12
B
74
16
B
75
20
B
76
25
MID-POSITION TRAVEL
Travel from retract position 1
to mid-position 2.
SLIDES WITH TC COMPOSITE BUSHINGS
SLIDE SHAFT SIZE
TYPE SIZE
DIA. [mm]
C
71
8
D
71
10 (oversize)
C
72
10
D
72
12 (oversize)
C
73
12
D
73
16 (oversize)
C
74
16
D
74
20 (oversize)
C
75
20
D
75
25 (oversize)
C
76
25
D
76
30 (oversize)
E
76
35 (oversize)
5B-60
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
With Cylinder Example:
SKB73x100- M -AR-GM-BS
Without Cylinder Example: S K B 7 3 x 1 0 0 - H 1 2 - A R - G M - B S
WITH CYLINDER OPTIONS
Cushion controls both directions (standard locations are 1 & 5)
Cushion control extend only (standard in location 1)
Cushion control retract only (standard in location 5)
Hall Effect Magnetic Piston (for size 71 only)
Rodlok® cylinder with locking device adaptor (not available on size 71)
Imperial ports (metric ports standard) (see page 5B-80 for port sizes)
Magnetic Piston for use with PHD Miniature Reed and Magnetoresistive
Switches (Magnetoresistive Switches not available on size 71)
PB - Port controls both directions (standard locations are 1 & 5)
(not available on size 71) (see page 5B-76 for port sizes)
PE - Port controls extend only (standard in location 1) (not available on size 71)
PR - Port control retract only (standard in location 5) (not available on size 71)
UBxx- Ports location (standard locations are 1 & 5)
DB DE DR E H47 L9 M -
WITHOUT CYLINDER OPTION
This option is required for slide with user supplied ISO Cylinder.
H11- Slide for VDMA/ISO cylinders (sizes 74, 75, and 76 only)
H12- Slide for 6432 ISO cylinder (sizes 71, 72, and 73 only)
Additional distance between tool plate and
bearing body in 1 mm increments. Leave
blank if additional extension is not required.
Minimum tool plate extension for all SK
slides only with ISO cylinders is 50 mm, (if
tool extension is required).
AE
AR
BR
BS
BT
GG
-
GH GI -
!
pages for adders.
GM GN GO J3 J8 Q1 -
5B
x 25 – DB – M – AR – GM – BS
SLIDE OPTIONS
Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads on extension*
Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads on retraction*
Shock Pads on retraction*
Shock Pads on extension for use with option -GM or -GO only*
Shock Pads on retraction for use with option -GN or -GO only*
Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads on extension with provisions for
Proximity Switch mounting in both directions*
Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads on retraction with provisions for
Proximity Switch mounting on retract only*
Travel Adjustment and Shock Pads with provisions for Proximity Switch
mounting in both directions*
Provisions for Shock Absorber mounting on extension**
Provisions for Shock Absorber mounting on retraction**
Provisions for Shock Absorber mounting on extension and retraction**
Transitional fit dowel holes (in both tool plate and housing)
Precision fit dowel holes (in both tool plate and housing)
Corrosion resistant guide shafts (ends unplated)
NOTES:
1) -BR and -GG options not available with tool plate extension.
2) * Shock pads come standard with the travel adjustment options and do not need to be specified separately when travel adjustment
is ordered.
3) **Shock absorber ready options include shock absorber stop brackets mounted on the shaft and a stop collar on the
opposite shaft.
4) Shock absorbers, proximity switches, and all mounting kits must be ordered separately. See pages 5B-86 & 5B-87.
5B-61
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
5B
BENEFITS: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
■
All SK and SL Slides can have either linear ball bushings or
TC fluoropolymer composite bushings to provide optimum
performance with minimum slide deflection for all types of
applications.
■
SK and SL Slides are available in six sizes for application to a
wide range of tasks.
■
Four bushings allow the hardened and precision ground shafts
to move smoothly, ensuring rugged, precise linear motion of
the tool plate and load.
■
Oversize guide shafts are available with TC bushings for
maximum rigidity and minimum deflection.
■
Linear ball bushings and TC bushings have internal lubrication
for maximum life.
■
Linear ball bushings provide lowest friction, highest load
capacity, and optimum accuracy of tool plate motion.
■
Units with linear ball bushings have shaft wipers to exclude
external contaminants.
■
Anodized aluminum alloy tool plates with combination tapped
surface permit easy attachment of tooling.
■
Slides are available without a cylinder and supplied with complete
hardware for mounting standard VDMA/ISO cylinders.
■
Series SK and SL Slides are provided with Series CV Cylinders
(sizes 72 - 76 only) which provide the following advantages:
The SK version is compact and ideal for short travel in horizontal or
vertical application, where slide length and weight are critical.
The SL version has a greater distance between bushings
for longer slide travels and greater shaft stability.
✔ Units specified with the Hushcontrol Advantage
provide superb speed and deceleration control and
environmentally friendly noise levels.
®
✔ Internal shock pads are standard.
✔ Wide range of options.
✔ Optional Rodlok®
NEW!
✔ See additional benefits in the Series CV catalog.
■
Provisions for 8 mm or 12 mm proximity switches are standard
on all units.
■
Dowel pin holes are standard on housings and tool plates,
and are available with a variety of optional fits.
■
Units bolt and dowel directly to metric Series SG gantry slides
without need of a transition plate. (sizes 71-75 only)
SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCE
WORKING PRESSURE
GUIDE SHAFTS
BEARINGS
TOOL PLATE
BODY
OPTIONS
SERIES SKB & SLB
SERIES SKC, SKD, SLC, & SLD
PHD Cylinder
10 bar Air
Four Linear Ball Bushings
Four TC Fluoropolymer Composite Bearings
TC Bearings, Port Controls, Cushions, Shock Pads, Magnetic Pistons,
Shock Absorbers, Travel Adjustment
5B-62
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
NEW!
The cylinder features...
The HUSHCONTROL® Advantage
Only PHD Series CV Cylinders are offered with the Hushcontrol®
Advantage. Hushcontrol® is achieved when optional cushions and
Port Controls® are ordered with the standard shock pads. This
combination provides:
PORT CONTROL®
PHD’s Port Control is a built-in flow
control valve for regulating the speed of
the cylinder through its entire stroke.
• Superior speed and deceleration control of piston rod and
attached loads.
CUSHION
Effective cushion up to 30.2 mm
for smooth deceleration at end
of stroke.
• Significantly lowers noise
levels even at high cycle
speeds.
SHOCK PAD
Built-in shock pads are standard
on all sizes. Eliminates metal to
metal contact.
5B
NEW!
(Option -PB,-DB)
Rodlok®
(Option -H47)
Optional Rodlok® securely holds a static piston rod in place at
any point of stroke desired. Ideal for applications where rod drift is
unacceptable due to system leakage, line rupture, or power loss.
■
PHD’s TC fluoropolymer composite bushings are available for
standard diameter guide shafts or the optional oversize shafts.
■
■
Field applications and testing have proved slide life to be
comparable with that of units with traditional ball bushings.
■
Together with cost benefits, slide performance with TC bushings
is enhanced by reduced deflection of the large diameter shafts.
(See page 74 for TC bushing performance data.)
TC BUSHING
BUSHING SLEEVE
SHAFT
SLIDE BODY
5B-63
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SK SLIDES
U+
TRAVEL
A
C
KK + TRAVEL
O
J
HH
4
Ø X1 SHAFT FOR
SKB & SKC UNITS
Ø X2 SHAFT FOR
SKD UNITS*
R
K THREAD
N
2X LL PORT
EE
E
W
F
D B 3
1
E
2X T
4X V THD
2
G
4X Z THREAD
MM + SLIDE TOTAL TRAVEL
AA
L
3 POSITION
DETAIL
L
M
N
O
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X1*
X2
Y
Z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
KK
LL
MM
5B
SKx71
19
65
39
39
90
38.5
88
16.5
29
40
M4 x 0.7 x
6.5 mm DP
31
1
5
23.5
M3
20
6.4
15.4
39
M4 x 0.7 x
8 mm DP
61.5
8
10
M4 x 0.7
M4 x 0.7 x
7 mm DP
14
38.5
23
M5
80
4
M4 x 0.7 x
8 mm DP
9
103
1/8 BSPP
158
SKx72
20
82.5
38.5
51
107
50
105
23
38
45
M4 x 0.7 x
10 mm DP
40
1
5
24
M4
23
11
19.1
39
M5 x 0.8 x
9.5 mm DP
76
10
12
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8 x
9 mm DP
12
50
30
M6
95
5
M5 x 0.8 x
12 mm DP
9.5
116
G 1/8 BSPP
206
MODEL NO.
SKx74
SKx73
32
25
100
90
47.5
50
70
51
143
122
58
47.5
141
120
32
30
48
43
48
51
M4 x 0.7 x
M4 x 0.7 x
11 mm DP
6.5 mm DP
50.5
45.5
1
1
5.8
11
25
22
M6
M5
22
16
8.1
6.4
27.0
19.1
45
45
M6 x 1.0 x
M5 x 0.8 x
15 mm DP
9.5 mm DP
97
81
16
12
20
16
M8 x 1.25
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25 x
M6 x 1.0 x
16 mm DP
10 mm DP
31.5
25.5
58
47.5
36
32
M10
M8
128
110
7
6.5
M8 x 1.25 x
M6 x 1.0 x
16 mm DP
15 mm DP
15.5
14.5
148
125
G 1/4 BSPP
G 1/8 BSPP
260.0
218
SKx75
40
115
58
63
173
65
171
36
60
55
M4 x 0.7 x
11 mm DP
62
1
5.8
30
M8
22.5
9.5
27.0
45
M6 x 1.0 x
15 mm DP
117
20
25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5 x
19 mm DP
33
65
45
M12
154
8.5
M10 x 1.5 x
20 mm DP
18.5
166
G 1/4 BSPP
289
BB
SKx76
50
150
65
100
215
80
213
45
70
66
M4 x 0.7 x
11 mm DP
73
1.5
5.8
35
M10
25.5
12.4
34.9
51
M8 x 1.25 x
16 mm DP
143
25
30
M12 x 1.75
M12 x 1.75 x
20 mm DP
44.5
65
50
M12
197
11.5
M12 x 1.75 x
20 mm DP
27
178
G 1/4 BSPP
324
2X S
FF
H
CC
M
Third Angle Projection
LETTER
DIM.
BORE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
2X Ø THRU &
COUNTERBORE
FOR DD SHCS
SIDE C'BORE FROM THE
4X GG THREAD
SIZE
71
72
73
74
75
76
BR
6
6
6
6
6
6
OPTION ADDERS
AR, GH, GI, GN, GO H47 DE, DR
19
—
12.7
19
40
—
22
44
—
22
48
—
22
55
—
25
70
—
DB
25.4
—
—
—
—
—
For options BR, AR, GH, GI, GN, and G0, add between dimensions
O and A. For H47, DE, DR, and DB options, add to KK + Stroke
Dimension
3 POSITION TRAVEL OPTION ADDER
SLIDE
MODEL
SKxE71
MM
158
DE, DR
12.7
DB
25.4
NOTES:
1) DIMENSIONS MAY BE AFFECTED BY OPTIONS. FOR OPTION
DIMENSIONS SEE PAGES 5B-75 to 5B-85.
2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CENTERED ON THE CENTERLINE OF
THE SLIDE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
3) * FOR SIZE 76 ONLY WITH SKE DOUBLE OVERSIZE SHAFT =
35 mm
4) FOR PORT AND NEEDLE LOCATIONS, SEE OPTION PAGES
5B-75, 5B-76, AND 5B-81.
5) ALL UNITS, EXCEPT PORT WITH PORT CONTROL ON SAME
SIDE, COMPLY WITH DIN 3852 PART 2 PORT
SPECIFICATIONS FOR SHORT STUD AND LARGE SEALING
SURFACE.
6) DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm
7) NUMBERS ENCLOSED BY A CIRCLE INDICATE POSITION
8) FOR DOWEL HOLE LOCATIONS, SEE PAGE 5B-85.
5B-64
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SL SLIDES
U+
TRAVEL
A
C
KK + TRAVEL
O
K THREAD
HH
P
N
4
Ø X1 SHAFT FOR
SLB & SLC UNITS
Ø X2 SHAFT FOR
SLD UNITS*
J
R
EE
E F
W
D
B 3
1
E
2X LL
PORT
2X T
2
G
2X Ø THRU &
COUNTERBORE FOR
DD SHCS
SIDE C'BORE FROM THE OPPOSITE
SIDE FOR Q SHCS
AA
3 POSITION
DETAIL
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X1*
X2
Y
Z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
KK
LL
MM
SLx71
19
90
39
64
90
38.5
88
16.5
29
67
M4 x 0.7 x
6.5 mm DP
31
1
5
23.5
34.5
M3
20
6.4
15.4
39
M4 x 0.7 x
8 mm DP
61.5
8
10
M4 x 0.7
M4 x 0.7 x
7 mm DP
14
38.5
23
M5
80
4
M4 x 0.7 x
8 mm DP
9
130
1/8 BSPP
185
2X S
FF
BB
L H
MM + SLIDE TOTAL TRAVEL
LETTER
DIM.
BORE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
4X V THD
SLx72
20
110
38.5
78.5
107
50
105
23
38
77
M4 x 0.7 x
10 mm DP
40
1
5
24
35
M4
23
11
19.1
39
M5 x 0.8 x
9.5 mm DP
76
10
12
M5 x 0.8
M5 x 0.8 x
9 mm DP
12
50
30
M6
95
5
M5 x 0.8 x
12 mm DP
9.5
148
G 1/8 BSPP
238
MODEL NO.
SLx74
SLx73
32
25
130
125
47.5
50
96
94
143
122
58
47.5
141
120
32
30
48
43
85
86
M4 x 0.7 x
M4 x 0.7 x
11 mm DP
6.5 mm DP
50.5
45.5
1
1
5.8
11
25
22
36
39
M6
M5
22
16
8.1
6.4
27.0
19.1
45
45
M6 x 1.0 x
M5 x 0.8 x
15 mm DP
9.5 mm DP
97
81
16
12
20
16
M8 x 1.25
M6 x 1.0
M8 x 1.25 x
M6 x 1.0 x
16 mm DP
10 mm DP
31.5
25.5
58
47.5
36
32
M10
M8
128
110
7
6.5
M8 x 1.25 x
M6 x 1.0 x
16 mm DP
15 mm DP
15.5
14.5
185
160
G 1/4 BSPP
G 1/8 BSPP
297
253
SLx75
40
145
58
105
173
65
171
36
60
95
M4 x 0.7 x
11 mm DP
62
1
5.8
30
40.5
M8
22.5
9.5
27.0
45
M6 x 1.0 x
15 mm DP
117
20
25
M10 x 1.5
M10 x 1.5 x
19 mm DP
33
65
45
M12
154
8.5
M10 x 1.5 x
20 mm DP
18.5
206
G 1/4 BSPP
329
CC
M
4X GG THREAD
SLx76
50
200
65
150
215
80
213
45
70
116
M4 x 0.7 x
11 mm DP
73
1.5
5.8
35
55
M10
25.5
12.4
34.9
51
M8 x 1.25 x
16 mm DP
143
25
30
M12 x 1.75
M12 x 1.75 x
20 mm DP
44.5
65
50
M12
197
11.5
M12 x 1.75 x
20 mm DP
27
228
G 1/4 BSPP
374
SIZE
71
72
73
74
75
76
BR
6
6
6
6
6
6
OPTION ADDERS
AR, GH, GI, GN, GO H47 DE, DR
19
—
12.7
19
40
—
22
44
—
22
48
—
22
55
—
25
70
—
DB
25.4
—
—
—
—
—
For options BR, AR, GH, GI, GN, and G0, add between dimensions
O and A. For H47, DE, DR, and DB options, add to KK + Stroke
Dimension
3 POSITION TRAVEL OPTION ADDER
SLIDE
MODEL
SLxE71
MM
185
DE, DR
12.7
DB
25.4
NOTES:
1) DIMENSIONS MAY BE AFFECTED BY OPTIONS. FOR OPTION
DIMENSIONS SEE PAGES 5B-75 to 5B-85.
2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CENTERED ON THE CENTERLINE OF
THE SLIDE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
3) * FOR SIZE 76 ONLY WITH SLE DOUBLE OVERSIZE SHAFT =
35 mm
4) FOR PORT AND NEEDLE LOCATIONS, SEE OPTION PAGES
5B-75, 5B-76, AND 5B-81.
5) ALL UNITS, EXCEPT PORT WITH PORT CONTROL ON SAME
SIDE, COMPLY WITH DIN 3852 PART 2 PORT
SPECIFICATIONS FOR SHORT STUD AND LARGE SEALING
SURFACE.
6) DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm
7) NUMBERS ENCLOSED BY A CIRCLE INDICATE POSITION
8) FOR DOWEL HOLE LOCATIONS, SEE PAGE 5B-85.
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-65
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
5B
4X Z THREAD
www.phdinc.com/sksl
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
SHAFT
[mm]
EFFECTIVE
SHAFT DIAMETER (mm)
PISTON AREA FOR
SxB & SxC
PHD CYLINDERS
UNIT (BALL BUSHING SxD SxE
[mm 2]
(TC) (TC) DIRECTION
SIZE
or TC)
285
10 —
71
extend
8
236
retract
314
12 —
72
extend
10
264
retract
491
16 —
73
extend
12
412
retract
804
20 —
74
extend
16
691
retract
1257
25 —
75
extend
20
1056
retract
1963
30 35
76
extend
25
1649
retract
PRESSURE RATINGS
All SK and SL Slides with PHD Cylinders have a maximum
working pressure of 10 bar and are for pneumatic use only.
BREAKAWAY
SLIDE
MODEL
SKx71/SLx71
SKx72/SLx72
SKx73/SLx73
SKx74/SLx74
SKx75/SLx75
SKx76/SLx76
ISO CYLINDER SPECIFICATIONS
(OPTION -H11 OR -H12)
Ø 16 mm per ISO/6432 Standard
Ø 32 mm per VDMA 24562/ISO 6431
ISO CYLINDER NOTES (-H11 or -H12 option):
1) Cylinder supplied by user.
2) Cylinder rod extensions are not required. Slide units have a rod
adaptor coupling standard for each specific unit at the correct
length (-H11, -H12).
3) For repeatability, consult the cylinder manufacturer.
4) Minimum travel required for all Series SK or SL Slides with ISO
cylinders is:
Size 71 25 mm
74 50 mm
72 25 mm
75 50 mm
73 25 mm
76 50 mm
5) Slide travel will be 0.5 to 1.0 mm less than the ISO cylinder
stroke on -H11 or -H12 units when properly adjusted.
5B
Units with linear ball bushings will have 1.4 bar breakaway with
zero applied load. Units with TC bushings see chart on page 5B-74.
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH
Standard SK and SL Slides are recommended for use in
temperatures from –29° to +82°C. Consult PHD for temperatures
beyond this range.
Tolerance on nominal travel length is +2.5 mm/- 0 mm.
Tolerance on 3-position travel length is ±1 mm.
+2.5/-.000 mm
STANDARD
UNITS
LUBRICATION
All slides are permanently lubricated at the factory for service
under normal conditions. PHD Cylinders can be used with
unlubricated air. Life can be extended by periodic lubrication of the
shafts and the use of lubricated air with the cylinders. Silicon-based
lubricants should not be used with PHD’s TC bushings.
The slide body and tool plate are anodized aluminum alloy. The
guide shafts are hardened and ground steel. Bushings are either
linear ball bushings or PHD TC fluoropolymer material.
+2.5/-.000 mm
END PLAY
Axial end play is eliminated on slides with either PHD Cylinders
or slides with VDMA/ISO cylinder and travel adjustments. End play
on units with VDMA/ISO cylinders without travel adjustments is
0.05-0.15 mm (-H11 or -H12 option only).
Maximum velocity for Series SK and SL slides with PHD
Cylinders is 2 m/s on all sizes. The above figures are based on
optimum operating conditions and no load with 6 bar working
pressure. Consult ISO cylinder suppliers for units with -H11 and
-H12 options. Many factors affect slide velocity such as air line size,
valve port size, and variations of slide manufacturing tolerances.
Contact PHD customer service for assistance with high velocity
applications.
See kinetic energy and shock absorber graphs for specific
velocities.
+3.5/-.000
mm
5B-66
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
SLIDE SELECTION
MAXIMUM STATIC LOAD CAPACITY
10000
8000
SHAFT DEFLECTION
Use the Deflection Graphs (next 6 pages) to determine if the
slide has acceptable deflection for the application.
3
76
7000
Weight [N]
2
SERIES SLD
9000
Use the Maximum Rolling load graphs for the relevant
bushing (next 6 pages) and the maximum static side load
calculation (below) to determine if the slide bushings can
handle the total payload. Bushing loads shown are based on
a service life of 5,000 kilometers of slide travel.
AIR CYLINDER THRUST
Use the effective piston area (see chart on previous page) of
the slide’s cylinder to determine if thrust is sufficient for the
applied load.
6000
75
5000
4000
3000
74
2000
73
1000
72
0
71
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
Travel [mm]
(The graphs on next 6 pages provide complete sizing
information.)
SK AND SL MAXIMUM LOADS & UNIT WEIGHTS
T = Travel in mm
UNIT
SIZE
SLIDE
MODEL
71
SKB
71
SKC
71
SKD
72
SKB
72
SKC
72
SKD
73
SKB
73
SKC
73
SKD
74
SKB
74
SKC
74
SKD
75
SKB
75
SKC
75
SKD
76
SKB
76
SKC
76
SKD
76
SKE
MAX. STATIC
SIDE LOAD
N
UNIT WEIGHT*
kg
UNIT
SIZE
SLIDE
MODEL
159300
T + 95.4
14560
T + 52.3
28500
T + 52.3
0.80 + (0.0018 x T)
71
SLB
0.80 + (0.0018 x T)
71
SLC
0.86 + (0.0022 x T)
71
SLD
29260
T + 118
28500
T + 57.8
49000
T + 57.8
42900
T + 117
48900
T + 50.5
116300
T + 50.5
1.52 + (0.003 x T)
72
SLB
1.52 + (0.003 x T)
72
SLC
1.60 + (0.0035 x T)
72
SLD
1.87 + (0.0035 x T)
73
SLB
1.87 + (0.0035 x T)
73
SLC
2.05 + (0.005 x T)
73
SLD
3.05 + (0.007 x T)
74
SLB
3.05 + (0.007 x T)
74
SLC
3.35 + (0.010 x T)
74
SLD
4.79 + (0.010 x T)
75
SLB
4.79 + (0.010 x T)
75
SLC
5.26 + (0.013 x T)
75
SLD
8.62 + (0.013 x T)
76
SLB
8.62 + (0.013 x T)
76
SLC
9.34 + (0.016 x T)
76
SLD
10.09 + (0.020 x T)
76
SLE
124400
T + 122
116300
T + 53.8
195100
T + 53.8
242000
T + 133
227000
T + 54.2
325000
T + 54.2
435000
T + 115
444000
T + 64.6
687000
T + 64.6
765000
T + 64.6
MAX. STATIC
SIDE LOAD
N
13510
T + 52.7
14560
T + 52.3
28500
T + 52.3
21080
T + 58.7
28500
T + 57.8
49000
T + 57.8
55070
T + 152
48900
T + 50.5
116300
T + 50.5
94000
T + 63.5
116300
T + 53.8
226000
T + 53.8
219000
T + 79
227000
T + 54.2
360000
T + 54.2
443000
T + 89
444000
T + 64.6
767000
T + 64.6
868000
T + 64.6
UNIT WEIGHT*
kg
1.05 + (0.0018 x T)
1.05 + (0.0018 x T)
5B
1
1.11 + (0.0022 x T)
1.92 + ( 0.003 x T)
1.92 + (0.003 x T)
1.60 + (0.0035 x T)
2.44 + (0.0035 x T)
2.44 + (0.0035 x T)
2.69 + (0.005 x T)
3.70 + (0.007 x T)
3.70 + (0.007 x T)
4.09 + (0.010 x T)
5.83 + (0.010 x T)
5.83 + (0.010 x T)
6.39 + (0.013 x T)
10.81 + (0.013 x T)
10.81 + (0.013 x T)
11.69 + (0.016 x T)
12.64 + (0.020 x T)
*Slide weights shown are calculated using a PHD Cylinder as the power source. Weight of unit with ISO cylinder would be similar.
5B-67
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES, SIZE 71
The following graphs are designed to provide a quick and
easy method of selecting and comparing each SK and SL Slide.
Maximum load versus travel is shown with various deflection
curves to determine shaft deflection for the application. The linear
ball bushing load ratings shown are derated by a factor of 1.2 from
the bearing manufacturer’s ratings to provide a design safety
factor. Consult PHD for applications which exceed maximum load
ranges shown. Maximum loads are based on a service life of 5,000
kilometers of linear travel at .6 meter/sec average velocity.
effect of external loads. Shaft straightness, shaft weight, and
bearing alignment will affect the accuracy of the tool plate location.
Consult PHD for applications
requiring high precision tool plate
location.
When the
load is attached to
the face of the tool
plate, add the distance
between load center of
TRAVEL [mm]
gravity and tool plate to the
ADDED DISTANCE
travel length and use the total
TO LOAD
as the travel length in the
following graphs.
SKB71
SLB71
DEFLECTION
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
80
LOAD VS. LIFE
100
80
0
25
150
200
250
75
LOAD (N)
300
TRAVEL (mm)
50
.80
100
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
20
0
300
0
0
.10
.05
50
0
25
50
75
100
5B
14 19 29 60
LOAD VS. LIFE
125
A- 2.54 Million Meters Life
B- 5.08 Million Meters Life
A
B
8 14 30
9 20
0
0
4 10
0
0
0
40
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
.05
TRAVEL (mm)
20
0
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
0
25
50
75
100
125
3
5
8 20
0
0
3 10
0
0
0
250
275
300
19
26
39
80
17
22
34
70
14
18
29
60
11
15
23
50
8
11
18
40
5
8
13
30
2
3
10
20
0
0
4
10
0
0
0
0
LOAD VS. LIFE
A
B
50
100
150
200
250
300
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
70
60
50
40
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
30
.05
TRAVEL (mm)
20
10
LOAD VS. LIFE
50
100
.10
.05
0
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
35 40 65 120
23 34 49 110
23 34 49 100
21 29 44 90 A
19 26 39 80
17 22 34 70
14 18 29 60
11 15 23 50 B
8 11 18 40
5 8 13 30
2 3 10 20
0 0 4 10
0 0 0 0
0
LOAD (N)
80
1
9 13 30
.10
20
B
8 13 18 40
5
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
10 16 24 50
.20
.20
30
90
13 18 30 60
.40
.80
.40
40
100
.80
1
50
110
A
16 24 35 70
LOAD (N)
DEFLECTION
120
18 30 40 80
70
300
SLD71
LOAD VS. LIFE
22 40 50 90
60
250
TRAVEL (mm)
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
80
200
TRAVEL (mm)
SKD71
DEFLECTION
225
0
TRAVEL (mm)
90
90
.10
.05
0
44
.80
4
29
.40
.20
.20
3
60
10
0
200
21
1
LOAD (N)
6
.10
20
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
80
8 12 18 40
.40
30
175
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4
3
2 1
23 34 49 100
DEFLECTION
12 16 24 50
.80
40
150
100
1
LOAD (N)
50
150
SLC71
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
17 25 34 70
60
100
TRAVEL (mm)
SKC71
70
50
TRAVEL (mm)
TRAVEL (mm)
DEFLECTION
40
20
.40
.20
.20
0
0
60
1
.80
.40
40
.05
0
60
C- 5.08 Million Meters Life
A
B
C
80
20
.10
20
80
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
40
100
C- 5.08 Million Meters Life
A
B
C
60
1
LOAD (N)
60
40
MAX. LOAD
[N]
150
200
250
300
TRAVEL (mm)
10
0
0
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
0
25
50
TRAVEL (mm)
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
TRAVEL (mm)
LOAD VS. LIFE VELOCITY (mm/sec)
1 = 300 2 = 600 3 = 900 4 =1200
The scales of the load and travel axes change
from graph to graph for maximum clarity.
5B-68
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SKB72
SLB72
LOAD VS. LIFE
LOAD VS. LIFE
100
LOAD (N)
100
80
50
B
3
100
100
150
200
250
300
75
50
100
150
200
250
300
1
.75
TRAVEL (mm)
.50
.25
.10
0
.1
.05
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
0
25
50
75
100
28 38 58 120
LOAD (N)
120
225
250
275
300
18 25 39 80
19 40
3
5
10 20
0
0
0
B
140
200
250
300
0
6 13 20
0
0
0
1
150
B
80
0
0
50
.50
150
200
250
300
.10
.25
.10
.25
60
100
TRAVEL (mm)
.50
.75
TRAVEL (mm)
2
100
100
.75
1
50
LOAD (N)
3
2
0
22 30 48 100
18 24 39 80
6 12 20 40
120
0
A
28 39 59 120
12 18 28 60
3
8 11
39 51 80 160
160
12 18 28 60
LOAD VS. LIFE
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
45 57 92 180
33 45 68 140
180
40
.05
.05
20
200
DEFLECTION
A
22 31 49 100
100
40
175
SLC72
LOAD VS. LIFE
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
34 45 67 140
DEFLECTION
140
60
150
LOAD (N)
SKC72
80
125
TRAVEL (mm)
TRAVEL (mm)
20
0
0
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
0
300
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
SKD72
160
140
35
47 70 140
30
40 60 120
23
33 50 100
A
200
15
25 45
80
18 40
60
180
160
15 40
0
5
10 20
0
0
0
2
0
0
50
100
200
250
300
300
A
B
2
50
100
150
200
250
300
TRAVEL (mm)
.10
.05
.25
60
40
20
0
LOAD VS. LIFE
.50
.25
20
120
100
80
.10
.05
40
275
1
.75
.50
60
150
TRAVEL (mm)
LOAD (N)
140
3
10
B
3
5
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
65 70 115 220
55 60 100 200
45 55 90 180
35 50 80 160
32 45 70 140
30 37 60 120
22 30 50 100
15 22 40 80
10 15 30 60
0 5 20 40
0 0 10 20
0 0 0 0
0
DEFLECTION
220
10
1
.75
80
250
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
DEFLECTION
100
225
SLD72
LOAD VS. LIFE
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4
3 2 1
40 55 80 160
120
200
TRAVEL (mm)
TRAVEL (mm)
0
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
TRAVEL (mm)
TRAVEL (mm)
1 = 300 2 = 600 3 = 900 4 =1200
The scales of the load and travel axes change from graph to graph for maximum clarity.
5B-69
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
5B
0
LOAD (N)
B
50
0
50
25
0
LOAD (N)
A
75
0
2
1
.75
TRAVEL (mm)
100
25
3
50
LOAD (N)
2
0
.05
20
125
125
.25
40
DEFLECTION
25
0
60
.50
LOAD (N)
75
A
LOAD (N)
DEFLECTION
SKB73
SLB73
LOAD VS. LIFE
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
DEFLECTION
150
100
150
A
B
50
100
B
2
1
.2 5
75
150
225
300
375
50
450
0
0
75
150
.2 5
.0 5
0
.7 5
.5 0
0
.1 0
50
100
A
50
3
.7 5
.5 0
LOAD (N)
1
LOAD (N)
2
LOAD (N)
3
100
150
LOAD (N)
150
225
300
375
450
TRAVEL (mm)
.1 0
TRAVEL (mm)
.0 5
0
0
25
50
75
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
0
25
50
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
75
TRAVEL (mm)
TRAVEL (mm)
SKC73
180
220
A
33 45 65 140
LOAD (N)
120
28 35 60 120
180
21 30 45 100
160
B
17 25 35 80
10 15 25 60
3 10 15 40
0
75
150
225
300
375
60
450
TRAVEL (mm)
25
50
40
20
75
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
5 10 20 40
0
25
50
75
3
240
5 15 40
0 5 20
0 0 0
220
200
75
150
225
325
400
450
180
75
20
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
75
150
225
325
400
450
TRAVEL (mm)
.25
50
B
.50
25
.10
.05
0
450
.75
.75
60
40
.05
20
375
1
1
80
.10
40
300
140
100
.25
60
A
160
120
.50
80
225
LOAD VS. LIFE
2
TRAVEL (mm)
3
2
LOAD (N)
280
260
0
100
0
0
0
0
DEFLECTION
B
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
65 90 140 280
60 80 125 260
55 75 115 240
50 70 105 220
45 65 95 200
40 60 90 180
35 55 80 160
30 45 65 140
25 35 55 120
20 30 45 100
10 20 35 80
5 15 25 60
0 10 15 40
0 5 10 20
0 0
0 0
0
LOAD (N)
220
10 15 25 60
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
20 30 45 100
15 25 35 80
120
150
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
LOAD VS. LIFE
A
40 55 85 180
35 50 75 160
30 40 65 140
25 35 55 120
240
160
75
SLD73
45 60 100 200
180
0
TRAVEL (mm)
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
60 85 125 240
50 70 110 220
140
0 0
TRAVEL (mm)
SKD73
200
5 10 20
0
0
TRAVEL (mm)
DEFLECTION
0
.10 5
.0
0
B
10 20 30 60
2
80
0
.05
0
0 0
.10
20
120
.25
40
5 5 20
0
25 35 55 120
20 30 45 100
15 25 40 80
1
.75 0
.5
1
.75
.50
.25
60
0
30 45 65 140
140
100
2
80
35 50 80 160
3
3
100
LOAD VS. LIFE
A
40 55 85 180
200
LOAD (N)
140
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
50 70 100 220
45 65 95 200
DEFLECTION
38 50 75 160
160
LOAD (N)
LOAD VS. LIFE
LOAD (N)
DEFLECTION
5B
SLC73
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
43 55 85 180
0
25
50
75
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450
TRAVEL (mm)
TRAVEL (mm)
1 = 300 2 = 600 3 = 900 4 =1200
5B-70
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SKB74
SLB74
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
400
LOAD VS. LIFE
DEFLECTION
350
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
B
150
200
100
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
0
1
.75
.50
50
100
TRAVEL (mm)
0
300
400
500
600
TRAVEL (mm)
100
200
150
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
0
600
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
SKC74
300
20 35 60 125
275
B
3
5
15 20 50
200
0
5
0
0
10 25
0
200
400
500
600
5
0
5 10 25
0 0 0
150
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
TRAVEL (mm)
.25
.25
100
75
.10
.05
50
.05
25
10 15 20 50
175
125
.10
50
B
.50
.50
75
300
TRAVEL (mm)
30 40 70 150
1
100
35 50 80 175
.75
.75
0
40 60 90 200
15 20 30 75
2
1
225
20 25 40 100
3
2
10 20 30 75
0
LOAD VS. LIFE
45 70 110 225
25 30 60 125
250
LOAD (N)
200
DEFLECTION
LOAD (N)
25 40 70 150
15 25 45 100
100
600
A
50 80 120 250
30 55 80 175
LOAD (N)
225
125
550
60 100 140 300
55 90 130 275
A
40 60 90 200
DEFLECTION
175
500
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
LOAD VS. LIFE
50 70 110 225
150
450
SLC74
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
60 80 130 250
250
400
TRAVEL (mm)
5B
50
TRAVEL (mm)
LOAD (N)
200
.10
.05
0
25
0
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
450
400
500
550
0
600
50
100
150
200
TRAVEL (mm)
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
TRAVEL (mm)
SLD74
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
100 120 170 325
80 100 150 300
65 85 135 275
55 80 120 250
50 70 110 225
40 60 95 200
30 50 85 175
25 40 70 150
20 35 60 125
15 20 45 100
10 15 35 75
2 5 15 50
0
0
DEFLECTION
325
0
0
LOAD VS. LIFE
A
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
SKD74
B
5 25
0 0
DEFLECTION
0
100
200
300
300
400
500
375
600
LOAD VS. LIFE
100
200
300
400
500
600
TRAVEL (mm)
325
3
300
3
250
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
100 130 180 375
85 115 170 350
75 105 160 325
65 95 145 300 A
60 85 130 275
55 75 120 250
45 65 110 225
40 55 95 200
35 45 80 175
30 35 70 150 B
25 30 55 125
20 25 40 100
10 15 30 75
5 10 20 50
0 5 10 25
0 0 0 0
0
350
TRAVEL (mm)
275
275
.75
.50
.75
225
200
1
1
175
150
2
200
250
175
.50
LOAD (N)
2
225
LOAD (N)
100
0
0
150
125
.10
100
.05
75
.05
50
.10
75
.25
.25
125
100
50
25
0
B
2
100
300
200
.25
.10 5
.0
50
200
.25
100
250
3
2
150
1
.75
.50
LOAD (N)
3
200
A
300
LOAD (N)
A
300
250
400
350
300
25
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
0
600
0
50
100
TRAVEL (mm)
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
TRAVEL (mm)
1 = 300 2 = 600 3 = 900 4 =1200
5B-71
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
SKB75
SLB75
LOAD VS. LIFE
600
400
1
.75
1
300
400
500
.50
200
600
0
200
300
400
500
600
TRAVEL (mm)
100
50
150
200
250
300
350
450
400
500
550
0
600
50
100
150
200
250
TRAVEL (mm)
300
350
SLC75
40 60
90 200
30 40
70 150
10 20
40 100
450
90 140 300
50 70 120 250
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
DEFLECTION
500
70
0
0
0
DEFLECTION
50
70 120 250
30
50 90 200
20
40 70 150
10
20 40 100
B
500
5 10 20 50
450
0
0
0
0
100
200
400
100
200
300
400
500
350
300
500
600
1
1
.75
.75
250
.50
.50
200
.25
.25
150
.10
.10
100
.05
.05
50
0
400
2
2
LOAD (N)
3
TRAVEL (mm)
300
TRAVEL (mm)
600
3
350
50
90 140 300
0
0
0
100
60
B
5 10 20 50
400
70 110 160 350
A
80 110 170 350
150
600
90 130 190 400
90 130 190 400
200
550
LOAD VS. LIFE
A
110 140 220 450
LOAD VS. LIFE
100 150 210 450
250
500
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
120 160 240 500
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
110 170 240 500
300
450
400
TRAVEL (mm)
SKC75
LOAD (N)
100
0
0
0
0
100
50
150
200
250
300
350
450
400
500
550
600
0
50
100
150
200
250
TRAVEL (mm)
350
300
400
450
500
550
600
TRAVEL (mm)
SKD75
SLD75
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4 3 2 1
165 180 270 550
LOAD VS. LIFE
135 160 245 500
A
110 140 220 450
75 110 170 350
60 90 145 300
B
45 70 120 250
35 60
90 200
25 45
70 150
10 20
40 100
0
5
20 50
0
0
DEFLECTION
0
550
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
1
4
3 2
150 210 310 650
140 190 290 600
130 170 270 550
120 150 240 500
100 130 220 450
80 110 190 400
70 90 160 350
60 70 140 300
45 55 110 250
30 40 90 200
20 30 60 150
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
B
0
650
TRAVEL (mm)
10 20 40 100
0 10 20 50
0 0 0 0
DEFLECTION
0
500
LOAD VS. LIFE
A
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
90 125 190 400
100
200
300
400
500
600
TRAVEL (mm)
600
550
450
450
2
2
350
3
3
500
400
400
.05
50
.10
LOAD (N)
150
.05
100
.75
200
.10
150
300
250
.25
.25
200
350
.50
.50
250
1
1
300
.75
LOAD (N)
B
.05
100
0
5B
A
.10
200
TRAVEL (mm)
1100
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
.25
100
.05
100
500
300
0
.25
.10
200
B
2
2
.75
.50
300
700
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
500
800
A
3
3
LOAD (N)
700
600
1000
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
LOAD (N)
800
400
LOAD VS. LIFE
DEFLECTION
900
DEFLECTION
900
100
50
0
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
0
600
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
TRAVEL (mm)
TRAVEL (mm)
1 = 300 2 = 600 3 = 900 4 =1200
5B-72
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SKB76
SLB76
LOAD VS. LIFE
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
DEFLECTION
1400
1400
1600
LOAD (N)
1000
B
3
400
200
100
200
.50
400
300
400
500
600
700
TRAVEL (mm)
400
200
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
0
700
50
100
150
200
250
400
500
600
700
300
350
SKC76
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4
3
2 1
600
650
700
170 250 380 800
110 150 240 500
800
80 120 190 400
50
90 200
10
20
45 100
700
100 150 230 500
50 70 130 300
500
20 40 80 200
10 20 40 100
1
0
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
.75
0
400
.10
.05
0
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
TRAVEL (mm)
.10
.05
200
100
0
0
.25
.25
300
TRAVEL (mm)
0
.50
.50
0
B
70 100 180 400
600
2
30
B
130 180 280 600
3
2
.75
80 130 300
LOAD (N)
3
1
50
A
150 220 330 700
900
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
500
LOAD VS. LIFE
210 280 430 900
1000
A
130 180 290 600
600
100
550
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
1
4
3 2
230 300 480 1000
DEFLECTION
160 210 340 700
200
500
LOAD VS. LIFE
180 240 390 800
700
300
450
SLC76
DEFLECTION
800
400
400
TRAVEL (mm)
TRAVEL (mm)
0
0
50
100
200
150
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
0
700
50
100
150
200
250
300
TRAVEL (mm)
350
SKD76
800
700
1100
130 190 290 600
1000
100 150 240 500
B
70 110 180 400
80 200
20
40 100
0
0
1
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
70 100 180 400
40 70 130 300
25 50 80 200
700
500
.50
.50
TRAVEL (mm)
5 20 30 100
600
400
0
0
0
0
0
.75
.75
0
LOAD (N)
2
0
B
90 140 220 500
800
3
40
5
220 180 280 600
900
1
15
A
150 210 330 700
2
80 130 300
3
40
LOAD VS. LIFE
180 250 390 800
DEFLECTION
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
TRAVEL (mm)
.25
.25
300
.10
.10
.05
200
.05
100
650
200 280 440 900
A
160 220 340 700
600
300
600
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
1
4
3 2
260 360 540 1100
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
900
200
550
230 320 490 1000
190 250 380 800
DEFLECTION
1000
400
500
LOAD VS. LIFE
230 330 500 1000
210 290 440 900
500
450
SLD76
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4
3
2 1
700
400
TRAVEL (mm)
5B
LOAD (N)
300
TRAVEL (mm)
0
0
LOAD (N)
200
.10
.05
200
0
100
0
0
0
50
100
200
150
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
0
700
50
100
150
200
250
TRAVEL (mm)
300
350
400
450
500
SLE76
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
4
3
2 1
260 350 540 1100
A
150 210 340 700
90 140 220 500
5 40
90 200
0 10
50 100
3
0
0
100
200
300
400
2
700
500
600
LOAD VS. LIFE
700
0
0
0
0
B
0
900
800
1
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
TRAVEL (mm)
.50
.50
.75
.75
1
700
600
500
.25
.25
400
.10
300
.05
.05
200
100
0
A
2
TRAVEL (mm)
.10
100
1000
DEFLECTION
1200
0
0
800
200
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
3
0
LOAD (N)
1000
400
380
320
270
220
180
120
80
40
1300
35 70 140 300
300
240
200
170
120
100
60
40
20
B
60 100 180 400
1100
600
1100
180
140
110
80
60
30
5
0
120 180 280 600
DEFLECTION
500
650
250 340 540 1100
220 310 480 1000
200 280 430 900
LOAD (N)
LOAD (N)
180 250 390 800
700
600
VELOCITY (mm/sec)
1
4
3
2
300 420 620 1300
270 380 580 1200
LOAD VS. LIFE
230 320 490 1000
200 290 440 900
900
550
TRAVEL (mm)
SKE76
LOAD (N)
100
.25
.25
.10
.05
200
400
1
.75
.50
1
.75
0
600
800
600
0
B
800
2
600
1000
3
LOAD (N)
600
800
1200
1000
800
A
1400
1200
2
LOAD (N)
1000
A
1200
LOAD (N)
1400
1200
1600
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
0
700
50
100
150
200
TRAVEL (mm)
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
TRAVEL (mm)
1 = 300 2 = 600 3 = 900 4 =1200
5B-73
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
PHD’S TC BUSHING: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
PHD offers the unique TC bushings as an alternative to
traditional linear ball bushings. TC bushings offer the following
advantages.
TC BUSHING
BUSHING SLEEVE
■
■
The bushing design permits oversize shafts to be used in the
slide body, saving space, and decreasing shaft deflection.
■
The ability to carry static loads up to 2 times greater than
traditional linear bushings.
■
SLIDE BODY
particles, and metal cutting fluids can damage or destroy
other bushings.
FRICTION
■
TC bushings are almost impervious to static shock loads —
there are no ball bushings to damage or Brinell the shafts.
■
End-of-travel shaft vibration is minimal compared to ball
bushings (see graph below).
■
SHAFT
In horizontal applications, a TC bushing has a higher breakaway
pressure required than a linear bushing. Breakaway pressure is
affected by several factors including the load at the tool plate, slide
travel and the total moving load. The following formulas yield
approximate maximum breakaway pressure for the SK/SL Slides.
1.38 + (
5B
+ LTM) B = Breakaway Pressure (bar)
T=Total travel + tool plate extension (mm)
LTP=Load at tool plate (N)
LTM=Total moving load (N)
TOOL PLATE VIBRATION
MODEL
SKC71 &SKD71
SLC71 &SLD71
SKC72 &SKD72
SLC72 &SLD72
SKC73 &SKD73
SLC73 &SLD73
SKC74 &SKD74
SLC74 &SLD74
SKC75 &SKD75
SLC75 &SLD75
SKC75, SKD76 & SKE76
SLC75, SLD76 & SLE76
Tool plate vibration occurs on all slides when the tool plate
reaches full extension and the sudden stop causes the shafts to
oscillate. Vibration is measured by the amplitude of the oscillation and
its duration. This vibration may be critical in applications where
precise tool plate location and fast cycle times are required.
Tests have shown that compared with linear ball bushings, PHD
TC bushings with oversize shafts damp out this vibration in 1/3 to 1/2
the time with 1/3 less overall tool plate movement. The graphs below
show an actual comparison for a PHD size 73 slide between the TC
bushings with oversize shafts and linear ball bushings.
The test was run with a 150 mm travel slide in a vertical
application with a 2.3 kilogram off-center load. The unit was cycled in
170 milliseconds using stop collars with no cushions.
0.375
T x LTP
A
A
46
71
60
87
67
102
77
107
84
114
127
177
B
0.0136
0.0136
0.0121
0.0121
0.0073
0.0073
0.0041
0.0041
0.0025
0.0025
0.0015
0.0015
PHD TC BUSHINGS WITH 16 mm DIAMETER SHAFTS
0.250
0.125
AMPLITUDE OF 0.000
OSCILLATION
[mm]
0.125
0.250
0.375
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600
4000
0.375
LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS WITH 12 mm DIAMETER SHAFTS
0.250
0.125
AMPLITUDE OF 0.000
OSCILLATION
[mm]
0.125
0.250
OSCILLATION
0.375
400
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600
4000
5B-74
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
CYLINDER OPTIONS: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
DB
CUSHION CONTROL
IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
DE
CUSHION CONTROL
ON EXTEND ONLY
DR
CUSHION CONTROL
ON RETRACT ONLY
Unit shown is -DB17, cushion in location
1 (standard) on extend end and cushion
in location 7 on retract end. Ports are
shown in locations 3 & 5. (-UB35)
(standard location 1 & 5)
5
RETRACT END
1
(standard location 1)
7
PHD cushions are designed for smooth deceleration at the
ends of cylinder stroke. When the cushion is activated, the
remaining volume in the cylinder must exhaust past an adjustable
needle valve which controls the amount of deceleration. The
effective cushion length for each bore size is shown in the table
below. To specify alternative cushion control locations on the head
or cap, see the option code below right.
Note: Cushions add 12.7 mm to the cylinder length for each
direction ordered on size 71 units.
EXTEND END
3
CUSHION CONTROL OPTIONS
-D x x x
Retract Location
(5, 7)
Omit if -DEx
Cushion Control Locations
B - Both ends
E - Extend end only
R - Retract end only
DE
DH HEX
ACROSS FLATS
5B
Extend Location
(1, 3)
Omit if -DRx
DE
VA
DC
DC
SOME PORT CONTROL & CUSHION
OPTION COMBINATIONS WILL MOVE
CUSHION CONTROLS TO THIS LOCATION
MODEL NUMBER
Sxx71 Sxx72 Sxx73 Sxx74 Sxx75 Sxx76
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
LETTER DIMENSION
4
4.8
5.2
9.0
9.5
7.0
DC
6.4
14.8
14.2
26.5
27.5
24.5
DE
—
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
DH
—
2
2
4
4
4
VA
20
11.2
11.9
22.1
20.5
15.2
EFFECTIVE CUSHION LENGTH*
*-AE and -AR options may decrease effective cushion length depending on position of
stop collars.
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-75
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
FOR SIZES 72 - 76
PB
Unit shown is -PB17, port control in
location 1 on extend end and port
control in location 7 on retract end.
Ports shown in locations 3 & 5.
(-UB35)
®
PORT CONTROLS ON BOTH ENDS
5
RETRACT
END
1
PE
PORT CONTROLS® ON EXTEND ONLY
PR
PORT CONTROLS® ON
RETRACT ONLY (standard location 5)
7
PHD’s Port Control® is a built-in flow control for regulating the
speed of the slide through its entire stroke. The Port Control
operates on the “meter-out” principle and features an adjustable
needle in a cartridge with a check seal. The self-locking needle has
micrometer threads and is adjustable under pressure. The needle
determines the orifice size which controls the exhaust flow rate of
the actuator. The check seal expands while air is exhausting from
the actuator, forcing the air to exhaust past the adjustable needle.
The check seal collapses to allow a free flow of incoming air. The
PHD Port Control saves space and eliminates the cost of fittings and
installation for external flow control valves. Refer to the option code
to specify port control locations.
EXTEND END
3
PORT CONTROL OPTIONS
-P x x x
Port Control Locations
B - Both ends
E - Extend end only
Retract Location
(5, 7)
Omit if -PEx
5B
Extend Location
(1, 3)
Omit if -PRx
PLS*
SR1 (ALL UNITS WITH BSPP PORTS, EXCEPT PORT
WITH PORT CONTROLS ON SAME SIDE, COMPLY
WITH DIN 3852 PART 2 FOR LARGE SEALING SURFACES.)
SR2 (UNITS WITH PORT CONTROLS AND PORT
ON SAME SIDE. ALL BSPP PORTS COMPLY WITH
DIN 3852 PART 2 FOR SMALL SEALING SURFACES.)
PLS*
DP
PCS*
PCS*
EE PORT
VA
PH HEX ACROSS FLATS
LETTER
DIM.
EE*
PCS*
PH
PLS*
SR1
SR2
DP
VA
Sxx72
mm
M5
7.0
2.5
14.5
8.1
—
1.7
2
5B-76
MODEL NUMBER
Sxx73 Sxx74 Sxx75
mm
mm
mm
M5
G 1/4
G 1/8
7.0
6.0
5.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
14.5
23.5
22.0
8.1
25.0
19.0
—
21.0
16.7
0.7
3.1
3.8
2
4
4
Sxx76
mm
G 1/4
6.0
2.5
23.0
25.0
24.0
0.6
4
*Dimensions shown are for units with port and port control in
the same location. For units with other port and port control
combinations, standard port location dimensions apply. Ports
may be located on either side of the slide centerline depending
on port control and cushion option combinations.
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
FOR SIZE 71 ONLY
E
HALL EFFECT SWITCHES
piston for use with PHD Hall Effect Switches.
M
REED SWITCHES
Cylinder-mounted switches are an easy and convenient way of
interfacing the slide to various programmable controllers or logic
systems. See the Switch section for specific Hall Effect and Reed
Switch information.
-E
HALL
-M
REED
PART NO.
17503-2-06
17504-2-06
17523-2
17524-2
17502-2-06
17509-3-06
17522-2
17529-3
SERIES 1750 COMPACT PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET
DESCRIPTION
Sink Type 10-30 VDC
with Current Limit
1.0 [25]
.472 [12]
5B
OPTION
Kit contains all components for standard non-Z1 units for one direction only.
Unit size 71 uses switch bracket part no. 17000-31-5.
FOR SIZES 72 - 76
M
MINIATURE REED AND
MAGNETORESISTIVE SWITCHES
piston for use with PHD Miniature Reed and Magnetoresistive
Switches listed below. These switches mount easily to the cylinder
using “T” slots in the body. See the Switch section for complete
switch information.
Connector Detail
.236 [6]
COLOR
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
62505-1-02 NPN (Sink) DC Magnetoresistive, 2 m cable Brown
62506-1-02 PNP (Source) DC Magnetoresistive, 2 m cable Tan
Brown
62515-1 NPN (Sink) DC Magnetoresistive,
Quick Connect
Tan
62516-1 PNP (Source) DC Magnetoresistive,
Quick Connect
PART NO.
62507-1-02
62517-1
DESCRIPTION
AC/DC Reed, 2 m cable
AC/DC Reed, Quick Connect
COLOR
Silver
Silver
.200 [5.1]
.170 [4.3]
.525 [13.3]
D
F
D
.870
[22.1]
CABLE
LETTER
DIM.
B
F
B
SGxx2
.236
[6.0]
.228
[5.8]
.374
[9.5]
MODEL NUMBER
SGxx3
SGxx5
SGxx4
.236
.276
.236
[6.0]
[7.0]
[6.0]
.228
.228
.228
[5.8]
[5.8]
[5.8]
.374
.374
.374
[9.5]
[9.5]
[9.5]
SGxx6
.197
[5.0]
.228
[5.8]
.374
[9.5]
5B-77
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
FOR SIZES 72 - 76
H47
without power. The Rodlokâ may also be used in intermittent
DESIGNED TO BE USED AS A PERSONNEL SAFETY DEVICE.
SIZE
72
73
74
75
76
RODLOK® KITS
STATIC LOCKING FORCE*
DYNAMIC
(N)
LOCKING FORCE
350
Actual dynamic locking forces
400
are application sensitive.
600
Environmental conditions,
1000
load weights, attitude, pressure,
1500
and speed influence performance.
SIZE
72
73
74
75
76
5B
NOTE: *Locking force indicated above is the actual locking force with
a dry clean rod and does not include any safety factor.
LOCKING
DEVICE
KIT
63459-07-1
63459-08-1
63459-01-1
63459-02-1
63459-03-1
ADAPTOR
KIT*
63460-07-1
63460-08-1
63460-01-1
63460-02-1
63460-03-1
COMPLETE
RODLOK®*
63461-07-1
63461-08-1
63461-01-1
63461-02-1
63461-03-1
NOTES:
2) Part numbers listed above are intended for replacement
purposes only and are to be used specifically on slides
with the -H47 option.
OPERATING PRESSURE
range of 4 bar minimum to 10 bar maximum. The Series SK/SL
Slide with a Rodlok attached has an operating pressure range of
3 bar minimum to 10 bar maximum.
SIZE
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
2
0.06
0.14
0.06
0.31
0.14
0.14
3
0.06
0.16
0.07
0.36
0.16
0.14
4
0.09
0.28
0.13
0.57
0.26
0.20
5
0.14
0.44
0.20
0.93
0.42
0.30
6
0.24
0.84
0.38
1.76
0.80
0.54
AA + TRAVEL
E SQ
L5
G3 PORT
H
L8
LETTER
DIM.
H
E
G3
L5
L8
AA
Sxx72
mm
40.2
20.5
M5
40
13
156
Sxx73
mm
37.2
20.5
M5
44
13
169
MODEL NUMBER
Sxx75
Sxx74
mm
mm
44.0
45.5
27.7
22.7
G 1/8
M5
55
48
19.5
16
221
196
Sxx76
mm
56.0
32.7
G 1/8
70
21
248
5B-78
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
H47
PLUMBING SCHEMATIC EXAMPLE:
(continued)
The pneumatic schematic shows typical valving for cylinder
and Rodlok for both horizontal and vertical operation. The schematic
shows three 3/2 way valves, one for each port on the cylinder and
one for the Rodlok port. The use of two valves on the cylinder allows
for both ports to be pressurized when valves are de-energized. The
2
1
2
2
3
1
3
1 3
5B
OPTIONAL PRESSURE
SENSOR/SWITCH
5B-79
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
H11
SLIDE ONLY (WITHOUT CYLINDER)
SIZES 74, 75, & 76
H12
SIZES 71, 72, & 73
for VDMA/ISO Cylinders 32, 40, & 50 mm Bores
for ISO 6432 Cylinders 16, 20, & 25 mm Bores
These options provide the slide mechanism only without a
cylinder. Included with options -H11 and -H12 is all the hardware
required for mounting standard ISO cylinders to the slide. A selfaligning rod coupling and rod length adapter are also provided,
making it easy to attach the appropriate ISO cylinder. (No extra rod
extension required.)
L9
NPT PORTS
STANDARD PORT LOCATIONS
This option provides NPT ports on metric units instead of the
standard BSPP ports. The NPT ports are located in the same
location as the BSPP ports.
PL
5B
PC
OPTIONAL STANDARD
NPT PORT BSPP PORT
SIZE
G 1/8
1/8
71
G 1/8*
1/8*
72
G 1/8*
1/8*
73
G 1/8
1/8
74
G 1/4
1/4
75
G 1/4
1/4
76
*When port controls are specified on the
same face as ports, the standard metric
port is M5 and the -L9 option provides
a 10-32 port.
VA
SIZE
72
73
74
75
76
PC
4.2
4.5
5.0
6.0
6.0
PL
9.0
9.0
16.0
18.5
18.5
VA
2
2
4
4
4
For size 71, ports are on centerline of cylinder.
5B-80
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
UB
ALTERNATE PORT LOCATION
Unit shown is -UB17, port in
location 1 on extend end and
port in location 7 on retract end.
With this option, alternate port locations can be specified,
providing increased flexibility and user convenience. See option
code below to specify port locations.
5
RETRACT END
1
7
EXTEND END
3
PORT LOCATION OPTIONS
-UB x x
Retract Location
(Cap)
(5,7)
5B
Extend Location
(Head)
(1,3)
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-81
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
SLIDE OPTIONS: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
AE
Two travel adjustment stop collars with polyurethane shock
pads are used for adjustment of slide extension. The travel
adjustment stop collars allow precise adjustment while the shock
pads eliminate metal-to-metal contact, thereby reducing noise.
LETTER DIMENSION
ØB
MODEL SxB, SxC SxD SxE
SxB, SxC
22.0
9.0
25.0 —
Sxx71
25.0
10.0
28.0 —
Sxx72
28.0
11.0
35.0 —
Sxx73
35.0
13.0
42.0 —
Sxx74
42.0
15.0
48.0 —
Sxx75
48.0
15.0
55.0 63.0
Sxx76
AR
C
SxD SxE
10.0 —
11.0 —
13.0 —
15.0 —
15.0 —
15.0 19.0
ØB
6.0
C
This option provides two travel adjustment collars with
polyurethane shock pads for retraction only. The travel adjustment
stop collars allow precise adjustment while the shock pads eliminate
metal-to-metal contact.
5B
MODEL
Sxx71
Sxx72
Sxx73
Sxx74
Sxx75
Sxx76
ØB
SxB, SxC SxD
22.0 25.0
25.0 28.0
28.0 35.0
35.0 42.0
42.0 48.0
48.0 55.0
BR
SxE
—
—
—
—
—
63.0
LETTER DIMENSION
C
AR ADDER
R
SxB, SxC SxD SxE SxB, SxC SxD SxE SxB, SxC SxD SxE
9.0
10.0 —
19.0 —
19.0
20.0 20.0 —
10.0 11.0 —
19.0 —
19.0
20.0 20.0 —
11.0 13.0 —
22.0 —
22.0
23.0 23.0 —
13.0 15.0 —
22.0 —
22.0
23.0 23.0 —
15.0 15.0 —
22.0 —
22.0
23.0 23.0 —
15.0 15.0 19.0
25.0 25.0
25.0
26.0 26.0 26.0
6.0
C
R+
TRAVEL
AR ADDER
This option provides polyurethane shock pads on retraction
only, eliminating metal-to-metal contact as the tool plate reaches the
slide body. This option greatly reduces noise and shock upon slide
retraction. Not available with tool plate extension.
MODEL
Sxx71
Sxx72
Sxx73
Sxx74
Sxx75
Sxx76
BS
ØB
ØA
LETTER DIMENSION
X
ØA
SxB, SxC SxD SxE
22.0
22.0 — 33.0
22.0
28.5 — 33.0
28.5
35.0 — 39.0
35.0
41.0 — 39.0
41.0
47.5 — 39.0
47.5
51.0 51.0 45.0
6.0
BT
The -BS option adds shock pads on extension to either the -GM
or -GO shock absorber option. The shock pads are assembled
between the shock stop (and stop collar) and the slide body. The
purpose of this option is to complement the shock absorber by
eliminating metal-to-metal contact at the end of slide extension.
X+
TRAVEL
The -BT option adds shock pads on retraction to either the -GN
or -GO shock absorber option. The shock pads are assembled
between the shock stop (and stop collar) and the slide body. The
purpose of this option is to complement the shock absorber by
eliminating metal-to-metal contact at the end of slide retraction.
5B-82
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
GG
This is the same as option -AE, but also includes provision for
8 mm proximity switch targets and brackets on both ends. Switches
and bracket kits must be ordered separately. See page 5B-86 for
bracket/target kits and for 8 or 12 mm switch ordering information.
Not available with tool plate extension. With tool plate
extension use -GH option.
GH
This option provides both travel adjustment and provision for
an 8 mm proximity switch in the retract direction only. Switches and
bracket kits must be ordered separately. See page 5B-86 for
bracket/target kits and for 8 or 12 mm switch ordering information.
Same as -AR option with switch brackets and target.
GH
19.0
19.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
25.0
R
20.0
20.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
26.0
GH ADDER
R + TRAVEL
5B
MODEL
Sxx71
Sxx72
Sxx73
Sxx74
Sxx75
Sxx76
GI
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENTS,
SHOCK PADS ON BOTH ENDS
R + TRAVEL
This option provides the ultimate in adjustability, noise
absorption, and proximity switch capability in both extension and
retraction. Switches and bracket kits must be ordered separately.
See page 5B-86 for bracket/target kits and for 8 or 12 mm switch
ordering information.
MODEL
Sxx71
Sxx72
Sxx73
Sxx74
Sxx75
Sxx76
GI
19.0
19.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
25.0
R
20.0
20.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
26.0
GI ADDER
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-83
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
SHOCK ABSORBER READY
ON EXTENSION
GM
O
absorber in the extension direction. This includes mounting holes in
the slide body, a shock absorber stop on one shaft, and a stop collar
on the other shaft. The shock absorber and shock mounting kit must
be ordered separately. This arrangement allows the shock absorber
to double as a travel adjustment in the extension direction.
See pages 5B-87 to 5B-90 for shock kit and shock absorber
B
MODEL A
13 22
Sxx71
Sxx72 14.5 28.5
18 32
Sxx73
22 39
Sxx74
27 51
Sxx75
34 63.5
Sxx76
A
13
14.5
18
22
27
34
GO
B
22
28.5
32
39
51
63.5
C
D
12 95
12 115
12 115
12 148
16 148
19 164.5
E THREAD
F
G
GN
M14 x 1.5 55
56.5 19
M20 x 1.5 71
71.5 19
M20 x 1.5 76
77 22
M25 x 1.5 92.5 93.5 22
M25 x 1.5 104.5 105.5 22
M25 x 1.5 121.5 123.5 25
G
F
C
A
B
C
D
12 95
12 115
12 115
12 148
16 148
19 164.5
E THREAD
F
G GO
M14 x 1.5 55
56.5 19
M20 x 1.5 71
71.5 19
M20 x 1.5 76
77 22
M25 x 1.5 92.5 93.5 22
M25 x 1.5 104.5 105.5 22
M25 x 1.5 121.5 123.5 25
FULLY RETRACTED
PHD SUPPLIED
SHOCK
J
O
E THREAD
H
G
F
R+
TRAVEL
C
GO ADDER
A
B
This option provides for mounting brackets for shock
absorbers in both the extension and retraction directions. This
includes two sets of mounting holes in the slide body, shock
absorber stops mounted on the shafts in each direction, and stop
collars mounted on the opposite shafts. The shock absorbers and
shock mounting kits must be ordered separately. This arrangement
allows the shock absorbers to double as travel adjustments in both
directions.
B
MODEL A
Sxx71 13 22
Sxx72 14.5 28.5
Sxx73 18 32
Sxx74 22 39
Sxx75 27 51
Sxx76 34 63.5
D
GN
ADDER
H
J
O R
25.5 23.5 23.5 20
31.5 30 24 20
30 22 23
32
44.5 43 25 23
44.5 43 30 23
76.5 51 35 26
SHOCK ABSORBER READY ON
A
H
E THREAD
H
J
O
25.5 23.5 23.5
31.5 30
24
32
30
22
44.5 43
25
44.5 43
30
76.5 51
35
absorber in the retraction direction. This includes mounting holes in
the slide body, a shock absorber stop on one shaft, and a stop collar
on the other shaft. The shock absorber and shock mounting kit must
be ordered separately. This arrangement allows the shock absorber
to double as a travel adjustment in the retraction direction.
MODEL
Sxx71
Sxx72
Sxx73
Sxx74
Sxx75
Sxx76
B
D
SHOCK ABSORBER READY ON
RETRACTION
GN
5B
C
D
E THREAD
F
G
M14 x 1.5
12
95
55
56.5
71
71.5
12 115 M20 x 1.5
76
77
12 115 M20 x 1.5
12 148 M25 x 1.5 92.5 93.5
16 148 M25 x 1.5 104.5 105.5
19 164.5 M25 x 1.5 121.5 123.5
J
J
O
D
E THREAD
H
J
O
R
25.5 23.5 23.5 20
31.5 30
24 20
32
30
22 23
44.5 43
25 23
44.5 43
30 23
76.5 51
35 26
FULLY RETRACTED
PHD SUPPLIED
SHOCK
H
F
G
C
R+
TRAVEL
5B-84
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
TRANSITIONAL FIT
DOWEL PIN HOLES
2X SS DOWEL HOLE
NN
R
important, but a small amount of clearance or interference is
permissible.
J8
OO QQ
±.02 ±.02
PRECISION FIT DOWEL HOLES
2X TT
DOWEL HOLE
R
NN
20 17.25
17.5
23
19.5
16
18
22
22.5 20.25
38
25.5
OO
49
50
64
75
90
—
PP
39
49
50
64
75
90
QQ
66
76.5
100.5
114
139.5
197
RR
11.5
15
16
18
22.5
—
RR
2X UU
DOWEL HOLE
This option provides an H7 tolerance precision fit with dowel
importance, and for parts requiring rigidity and alignment.
MODEL
Sxx71
Sxx72
Sxx73
Sxx74
Sxx75
Sxx76
PP
±.02
SS
Ø 5 x 6 mm DP
Ø 5 x 8 mm DP
Ø 5 x 12 mm DP
Ø 6 x 10 mm DP
Ø 8 x 10 mm DP
Ø 10 x 12 mm DP
TT
Ø 5 x 4 mm DP
Ø 5 x 6 mm DP
Ø 6 x 8 mm DP
Ø 8 x 8 mm DP
Ø 10 x 10 mm DP
—
UU
Ø 5 x 4 mm DP
Ø 8 x 5 mm DP
Ø 8 x 8 mm DP
Ø 8 x 8 mm DP
Ø 8 x 8 mm DP
Ø 10 x 12 mm DP
5B
J3
NOTE: Dowel holes are centered on centerline of slide and located to the nominal values shown within ±.05 unless otherwise specified.
Ø HOLE
5 mm
6 mm
8 mm
10 mm
Q1
STANDARD J3 OPTION
J8 OPTION
TOLERANCE TOLERANCE TOLERANCE
+.010/-.024 +.037/-.011 +.012/-.000
+.010/-.024 +.038/-.013 +.012/-.000
+.013/-.020 +.041/-.016 +.015/-.000
+.013/-.020 +.041/-.016 +.015/-.000
CORROSION RESISTANT
GUIDE SHAFTS
hardened and ground shafts. End faces of the shafts remain
uncoated. Consult PHD for totally coated shafts.
SOLUTIONS FOR
5B-85
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
ACCESSORIES: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
15561-001* 12 mm Inductive Proximity Switch
NPN with 3 meter cable
PNP with3 meter cable
AC 35-250 VAC with 3 meter cable
* See Switches section for switch details.
Two models of inductive proximity switches are available for
use with PHD Models SK and SL Slides (-GG, -GH, -GI options).
PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET &
TARGET KITS
5B
Each kit contains a bracket, target, and hardware for mounting
one 8 mm or 12 mm threaded proximity switch on an SK or SL
Slide. Switches must be ordered separately. See the Switches
section for detailed switch information.
A
D
KIT NUMBERS
STANDARD PLATING
Z1 PLATING
SIZE
8 mm
8 mm
12 mm
12 mm
71 56848-05
58243-05
—
—
72 56848-06 65561-02-1 58243-06 65561-02-2
73 56848-01 65561-02-1 58243-01 65561-02-2
74 56848-02 65561-03-1 58243-02 65561-03-2
75 56848-03 65561-03-1 58243-03 65561-03-2
76 56848-04 65561-04-1 58243-04 65561-04-2
Kit contains all components for one direction only.
A
E
D
E
C
C
C
B
B
A
B
B
B
A
A
G
UNIT IS SHOWN WITH -GG OPTION AND 2 PROXIMITY SWITCH AND TARGET KITS
UNIT IS SHOWN WITH -GM OPTION AND 2 PROXIMITY SWITCH AND TARGET KITS
8 mm PROXIMITY SWITCH
MODEL
Sxx71
Sxx72
Sxx73
Sxx74
Sxx75
Sxx76
C
B
A
20 25.5
15
16 28.5
18
20.5 16 28.5
42
25.5 16
42
25.5 16
27.5 16.5 51
D
8
8
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
E
8
8
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
F
F
55
71
77
92.5
104.5
121.5
G
56.5
71.5
77
93.5
105.5
123.5
MODEL
Sxx71
Sxx72
Sxx73
Sxx74
Sxx75
Sxx76
A
—
38.1
38.1
25.4
25.4
28.6
C
B
—
—
31.8 28.5
31.8 28.5
22.5 38
22.5 38
22.5 51
D
—
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
E
—
8
8
9.5
9.5
9.5
G
F
—
—
71.5
71
77
77
92.5 93.5
104.5 105.5
121.5 123.5
5B-86
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ACCESSORIES: SERIES SK & SL SLIDES
SHOCK ABSORBERS
See individual shock ready options for shock absorber
dimensions. For exact shock absorber sizing, see Shock Absorber
Selection Guide on the next 3 pages.
SIZE
71
72 & 73
74 & 75
76
PHD NO.
57056-01-1, -2, -3
57056-02-1, -2, -3
57056-03-1, -2, -3
57056-04-1, -2, -3
SHOCK ABSORBER MOUNTING KITS
Each mounting kit contains one shock absorber mounting
bracket with all necessary hardware for mounting one shock
absorber in either direction. Slide unit must be ordered with the
shock ready option -GM, -GN, or -GO. Shock absorbers must be
ordered separately, see chart.
5B
SIZE KIT NUMBER
71
57034-04
72
57034-01
73
57034-01
74
57034-02
75
57034-02
76
57034-03
Kit contains all components
for standard non-Z1 units
for one direction only.
5B-87
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
SHOCK ABSORBER SELECTION GUIDE: SERIES SK & SL
From Table 1, determine shaft and tool plate weight (WM).
Multiply the travel by the travel adder + base weight.
Example for SxB73 x 100: WM = (100 x 0.0023) + 0.76 = 0.99 kg
Add WM to attached load (payload) = Total Moving Weight (WTM )
0.99 + 5.0 = 5.99 kg
Using Kinetic Energy Graphs below, plot the total moving
cushion, or travel adjustment curves, that type of deceleration is
where the center of gravity of the payload is off the slide centerline by
more than 50 mm and travelling at speeds greater than 0.25 m/sec.
TABLE 1
BASE WT. TRAVEL ADDER CYL. BORE CYL. BORE
SLIDE
kg/mm
kg
SIZE
(PHD)
H11/H12
0.0012
0.38
SxB & SxC 71
19
16
0.0016
0.41
SxD 71
0.0018
0.58
SxB & SxC 72
20
20
0.0023
0.67
SxD 72
0.0023
0.76
SxB & SxC 73
25
25
0.0037
1.08
SxD 73
0.0047
1.37
SxB & SxC 74
32
32
0.0065
1.75
SxD 74
0.0065
2.26
SxB & SxC 75
40
40
0.0093
2.88
SxD 75
0.0093
3.95
SxB & SxC 76
50
50
0.0127
4.95
SxD 76
0.0167
6.02
SxE 76
Moving weight adders for slide kinetic energy calculation include tool
plate, coupling, two collars, and shafts.
2.3
1.6
C
1.4
2.0
SIZE 71
SIZE 72
C
1.8
VELOCITY (m/sec)
VELOCITY (m/sec)
1.5
1.0
0.8
B
0.6
A
0.4
0.2
1.0
.76
B
.51
A
0
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
TOTAL MOVING WEIGHT (kg)
4.5
5.0
5.5
0
6.0
1.1
2.3
3.4
4.5
5.7
6.8
7.9
9.1
2.3
2.0
C
2.0
SIZE 73
1.8
SIZE 74
C
1.8
VELOCITY (m/sec)
1.5
VELOCITY (m/sec)
1.3
.25
0.0
1.3
1.0
B
A
.76
.51
1.5
1.3
1.0
B
A
.76
.51
.25
.25
0
0
0
2.3
4.5
6.8
9.1
11
14
0
2.3
4.5
6.8
9.1
11
14
16
18
20
23
41
47
53
59
2.0
2.0
1.8
SIZE 75
C
1.8
1.5
SIZE 76
C
1.5
VELOCITY (m/sec)
VELOCITY (m/sec)
5B
1.2
1.3
1.0
.76
B
.51
A
1.3
1.0
B
A
.76
.51
.25
.25
0
0
0
4.5
9.1
14
18
23
27
32
0
36
A = Slide with cylinder
5.9
12
18
24
30
36
B = Slide with travel adjustments
C = Slide with cylinder with cushions
5B-88
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATIONS
STROKE
m
0.016
0.022
0.022
0.025
0.025
0.040
THREAD
TYPE
M14 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
d = Cylinder bore diameter [mm]
EK = Kinetic energy [Nm]
ET = Total energy per cycle, EK + EW [Nm]
ETC = Total energy per hour [Nm/hr]
EW = Work or drive energy [Nm]
FD = Propelling force [N]
P = Operating pressure [bar]
S = Stroke of shock absorber [m]
V = Impact velocity [m/sec)
WTM = Total moving weight [kg]
PHD SHOCK ABSORBER PERFORMANCE GRAPHS
#57056-01-x
3.0
V Impact Velocity [m/sec]
A. The total moving weight to be stopped in kg (WTM)
B. The slide velocity (V) at impact with the shock absorber in m/sec
C. External propelling force (FD) in N
D. Number of cycles per hour (C)
2.5
2.0
57056-01-1
1.5
57056-01-2
1.0
57056-02-3
0.5
0.0
E. Orientation of the application’s motion (i.e., horizontal or vertical
application). See next page.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.5
3.0
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
ET Total Energy [Nm]
#57056-02-x
2.5
WTM
EK =
x V2
2
Horizontal application: FD = 0.0785 x d2 x P
Vertical application: FD = (0.0785 x d2 x P) + 9.8 x WTM
selected.
EW = FD x S
5B
PHD SHOCK
SLIDE ABSORBER
SIZE
NO.
71
57056-01-x
72
57056-02-x
73
57056-02-x
74
57056-03-x
75
57056-03-x
76
57056-04-x
SYMBOLS DEFINITIONS
ET
FG
ETC
SHOCK
TOTAL ENERGY TOTAL ENERGY PROPELLING ABSORBER
WEIGHT
PER HOUR
PER CYCLE
FORCE
kg
Nm
Nm
N
0.07
34000
3.5
530
0.20
53700
8.5
890
0.20
53700
13.5
890
0.28
70000
25.0
1500
0.28
70000
44.0
1500
0.45
75000
98.0
2200
57056-02-1
2.0
1.5
57056-02-2
1.0
57056-02-3
0.5
0.0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
#57056-03-x
reduce velocity, pressure, moving weight, or select a larger slide.
hour (ETC).
ETC = ET x C
reduce the cycles per hour or select a larger slide.
2.5
57056-03-1
2.0
57056-03-2
1.5
1.0
57056-03-3
0.5
0.0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
#57056-04-x
2.0
NOTE: The total energy per cycle (ET) is based on the slide and its
components. Applications with ET larger than listed are not
recommended.
57056-04-1
1.5
57056-04-2
1.0
57056-04-3
0.5
0.0
0
5
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
5B-89
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
SIZING EXAMPLES
S
S
LOAD
LOAD
Example: SxB74 x 100 mm travel and 2 kg payload
(WTM) Weight = 3.84 kg (Total Moving Weight)
(V) Velocity = 2.0 m/sec (Speed of Travel)
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = 32 mm
(P) Operating Pressure = 6 bar
WM = 1.37 + (0.0047 x 100 mm)
Example: SxB74 x 160 mm travel with a 4 kg payload
(WTM) Weight = 6.12 kg (Total Moving Weight)
(V) Velocity = 0.50 m/sec (Speed of Travel)
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = 32 mm
(P) Operating Pressure = 6 bar
WM = 1.84 kg
5B
WTM = 1.84 + 2 kg
EK = WTM x V2
2
WTM = 3.84 kg
EK =
EK =
WTM
x V2
2
EK =
3.84
x 2.02
2
EK = 7.68 Nm
FD = 0.0785 x d2 x P
FD = 0.0785 (322) x 6
FD = 482.3 N
EW = FD x S
EW = 482.3 N x 0.025
EW = 12.06 Nm
ET = EK + EW
ET = 7.3 + 12.06
ET = 19.36 Nm
ETC = ET x C
ETC = 19.36 x 200
ETC = 3872 Nm/hr
6.12
x 0.502
2
EK = 0.76 Nm
FD = (0.07854 x d2 x P) + 9.8 x WTM
FD = 482.5 + 59.98
FD = 542.5 N
EW = FD x S
EW = 542.5 x 0.025
EW = 13.6 Nm
ET = EK + EW
ET = 0.76 + 13.6
ET = 14.36 Nm
ETC = ET x C
ETC = 14.36 x 400
ETC = 5744 Nm/hr
absorber on Shock Absorber Performance graphs, previous page.
absorber on Shock Absorber Performance Graphs, previous page.
5B-90
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sksl
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
APPLICATIONS: SERIES SK & SL
The modular design of the SK/SL housing allows the unit
to bolt and dowel directly to the saddle of the metric Series
SG gantry slide without the need for a transition plate. See
the chart below for slide compatibility and hardware required.
Each kit includes 4 SHCS and 2 dowel pins. PHD
recommends ordering a -J3 option.
SHCS REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 1
CANTILEVER SLIDE
SEE TABLE 1
DOWEL PINS
REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 1
TABLE 1: SERIES SK/SL SLIDE TO SERIES SG
WITH RODLESS CYLINDER SLIDE
HARDWARE KITS
STANDARD -Z1 OPTION
65578-02-1 65578-02-2
65578-03-1 65578-03-2
65578-04-1 65578-04-2
65578-05-1 65578-05-2
5B
MODULAR DESIGN
CANTILEVER GANTRY
SGxx63
SK/SLxx72
SGxx64
SK/SLxx73
SGxx65
SK/SLxx74
SGxx66
SK/SLxx75
GANTRY SLIDE
SEE TABLE 1
SHCS REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 1
Modular design of the SK/SL housing and toolplate allows
the units to bolt and dowel together without the need for
a transition plate. See chart for slide compatibility and
hardware required. Each kit includes 2 SHCS and 2 dowel
pins. PHD recommends that a -J3 option be ordered for
the units to dowel together properly.
CANTILEVER SLIDE
SEE TABLE 1 & 2
DOWEL PINS REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 1
DOWEL PINS
REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 2
TABLE 2: SERIES SK/SL SLIDE TO SERIES SK/SL SERIES SLIDE
MODULAR DESIGN
CANTILEVER CANTILEVER
TOOL PLATE
HOUSING
SK/SLxx72
SK/SLxx71
SK/SLxx73
SK/SLxx72
SK/SLxx74
SK/SLxx73
SK/SLxx75
SK/SLxx74
SK/SLxx76
SK/SLxx75
CANTILEVER SLIDE
SEE TABLE 2
SHCS REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 2
HARDWARE KITS
STANDARD -Z1 OPTION
65547-01-1 65547-01-2
65547-02-1 65547-02-2
65547-03-1 65547-03-2
65547-04-1 65547-04-2
65547-05-1 65547-05-2
5B-91
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sksl
PRODUCT
S - Slide
www.phdinc.com/scv
SLIDE TRAVEL
TRAVEL
in
mm
1-6
25-150
1-6
25-150
1-8
25-200
1-8
25-200
1-10 25-250
1-10 25-250
1-12 25-300
1-12 25-300
Available in 1" [25 mm] increments.
Minimum travel required for all Series
SCV Slides is 1" [25 mm]. Consult
PHD for other stroke lengths.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SIZE
Additional distance between tool plate
and bearing body in 1" [25 mm] increments.
Leave blank if additional extension is not required.
SLIDE OPTIONS
AE - Travel adjustment and shock pads on extension**
AR - Travel adjustment and shock pads on retraction**
Z1 - Corrosion resistant; guide shafts are hard chrome
plated stainless steel or specially coated hardened
steel, and appropriate coating on ferrous parts.
CYLINDER
C - CV Series
Compatible
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
!
pages for adders.
NOTES:
1) **Affects unit length. See option drawings for
complete details. Options may decrease effective
cushion length depending on position of stop collars.
2) -Z1 option may have reduced cylinder performance
due to chrome-plated stainless steel rod in place of
chrome-plated alloy steel.
3) -H4 and -H47 are not available in -Z1.
4) ***Rodlok locking device is not available with -Z1.
5) Rodlok must be ordered separately when a replacement
cylinder (-H4) is ordered with -H47 unit.
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
TYPE
SLIDES WITH LIGHT DUTY BUSHINGS
SHAFT SIZE
BORE
SLIDE
mm
in
mm
in
SIZE
10
20
0.394
2
0.787
12
0.472
25
0.984
3
0.630
16
1.260
32
4
20
0.787
40
1.575
5
25
50
0.984
6
1.969
25
0.984
63
2.480
7
1.181
30
3.150
80
8
30
3.937 100 1.181
9
3
1
WITHOUT CYLINDER OPTIONS
H1 - No cylinder, slide section only
Sizes 2 and 3 require a Series CVB Cylinder only.
Sizes 4 through 9 use an
ISO 6432/VDMA 24562 compliant cylinder.
*Standard ports, cushion controls, and port
controls are in locations 1 & 5. See diagram above.
Sizes 2 and 3 use 10-32 [M5] ports when
combined with port controls on the same surface.
RETRACT END
(5,7)
Retract Location
(Cap)
(5 & 7)
DESCRIPTION
NPN (Sink) DC Magnetoresistive,
2 m cable
PNP (Source) DC Magnetoresistive,
2 m cable
Quick Connect
Quick Connect
62507-1-02
62517-1
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
Tan
Brown
Tan
Brown
COLOR
Silver
Silver
COLOR
62516-1
62515-1
62506-1-02
62505-1-02
PART NO.
SERIES 6250 MAGNETORESISTIVE SWITCHES
Extend Location
(1 & 3)
Omit if -DRx
Retract Location
(5 & 7)
Omit if -DEx
-D x x x
Extend Location
(Head)
(1 & 3)
-UB x x
Location definition for
ports, cushion controls,
and port controls
7
5
B - Both ends
E - Extend end only
Retract Location
(5 & 7)
Omit if -PEx
Extend Location
(1 & 3)
Omit if -PRx
B - Both ends
E - Extend end only
-P x x x
EXTEND END
(1,3)
- Cushion controls on both ends (locations 1 & 5)
- Cushion controls on extend only (location 1)
- Cushion control retract only (location 5)
- Slide ready cylinder (CVxS cylinder only)
replacement (see note 5)
H47 - Rodlok® unit includes rodlok, adaptor, cylinder,
and slide preassembled (see note 5)
L9 - NPT Ports (NPT-standard on imperial units
BSPP-standard on metric units)
M
- Magnetic piston for use with PHD Miniature Reed
and Magnetoresistive Switches
*PB - Port controls on both ends (locations 1 & 5)
*PE - Port controls on extend only (location 1)
*PR - Port control on retract only (location 5)
UBxx - Optional port location
*DB
*DE
*DR
H4
S C V 5 3 x 25 x 25 - DB-M - AR-Z1
DESIGN NO.
1 - Imperial
5 - Metric
TO ORDER, SPECIFY:
Product, Cylinder, Type, Design No.,
Slide Size, Slide Travel, Tool Plate
Extension, and Options.
5B
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SCV SLIDES
5B-92
SOLUTIONS FOR
■
Ideal for non-rotating vertical applications or light duty
horizontal applications where some deflection can be tolerated.
■
Available in 8 bore sizes from 20 mm to 100 mm, and standard
travel lengths up to 12 in [300 mm] to suit a wide range of
applications.
■
Available in both imperial and metric versions for applications
in world-wide markets.
■
Units are powered by PHD’s rugged Series CV Cylinders.
■
When specified with the Hushcontrol ® Advantage, superb
speed control, deceleration control, and environmentally
friendly noise levels are achieved.
■
Ports, cushion controls, and port controls can be specified in
any combination and in several locations on the cylinder head
and cap for easy accessibility.
■
Optional NPT ports are available on metric units to meet
specific customer requirements.
■
Optional PHD Reed and Magnetoresistive Switches are
available for simple interfacing to electronic system controls.
■
Standard internal shock pads on the cylinder eliminate metal to
metal contact at ends of cylinder stroke.
■
Optional travel adjustment with shock pads provides versatility
and eliminates metal to metal contact at ends of slide travel.
■
Anodized aluminum alloy tool plate with combination tapped
surface make tooling attachment simple.
■
Optional Rodlok® securely holds a static tool plate in place at
any point of travel desired. Ideal for applications where rod
drift due to system leakage, air-line rupture, or electric power
loss is unacceptable. See page 5A-104.
5B
BENEFITS: SERIES SCV SLIDES
Rodlok®
Rodlok kits and
dimensions can
be found on
page 5B-104.
featuring…
SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCE
WORKING PRESSURE
TEMPERATURE RANGE
LUBRICATION
GUIDE SHAFTS
PISTON RODS
BEARINGS
TOOL PLATE
BODY
SCVx2 - SCVx7
SCVx8 & SCVx9
Series CV Cylinder
35 psi min. - 150 psi max. at zero load
[2.4 bar min. - 10 bar max. at zero load]
-20° to +180°F [-29° to +82°C]
Permanent for Non-Lube Air
or Lubricated Air
Ground & Hardened Steel
Self-Lubricating bronze
The HUSHCONTROL®
Advantage
Only PHD Series CV Cylinders are
offered with the Hushcontrol ® Advantage.
Hushcontrol ® is achieved when optional
cushions and Port Controls® are ordered
with the standard shock pads. This
• Superior speed and deceleration
control of slide tool plate and
attached loads.
• Significantly lower noise
levels even at high cycle speeds.
(See note on page 5B-102 when
specifying optional stop collars.)
5B-93
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/scv
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SCV SLIDES
K MIN
A
N MIN
R
4
2X THRU
DIA & C’BORE
FOR DD SHCS
U + TRAVEL
HH
ØW
2X AA
2X BB
V
F
3
D B
1
E
LL PORT
2
KK MAX + TRAVEL
4X Y THREAD
THRU FROM THIS SIDE
C’BORE FROM OPPOSITE
SIDE FOR P SHCS
G
C
U
L H
5B
M
NOTES:
1) FOR OPTION DIMENSIONS SEE PAGES 5B-88 THROUGH 5B-106.
2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CENTERED ON CENTERLINE OF UNIT
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
3) UNIT TRAVEL = STROKE + TOOL PLATE EXTENSION. THE TOTAL
UNIT TRAVEL SHOULD NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM
RECOMMENDED TRAVEL.
4) *PORTS MAY APPEAR ON EITHER SIDE OF THE SLIDE CENTERLINE
BASED ON OPTION COMBINATIONS.
5) **ALL UNITS, EXCEPT PORT WITH PORT CONTROL ON SAME SIDE,
COMPLY WITH DIN 3852 PART 2 PORT SPECIFICATIONS FOR SHORT
STUD AND LARGE SEALING SURFACE. SEE PAGE 5B-105.
(N)
EXTENSION
SCVx2
in
mm
LETTER
DIM
PHD CYL.
BORE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
K MIN
L
M
N MIN
P
R
U
V
W
Y
AA*
BB*
DD
HH
KK
LL**
0.787
1.102
1.516
0.630
4.409
1.969
4.252
0.906
1.417
0.098
1.575
0.079
0.728
#8
0.630
0.394
2.992
0.394
10-32
0.433
0.167
1/4
0.709
3.819
1/8
20.0
SCVx3
in
mm
0.984
28.0
1.299
38.5
1.969
16.0
0.669
112.0
4.783
50.0
1.870
108.0
4.626
23.0
1.181
36.0
1.614
2.5
0.098
40.0
1.772
2.0
0.079
18.5
0.768
M4
#10
16.0
0.709
10.0
0.394
76.0
3.189
10.0
0.472
M5 x 0.8 1/4-20
11.0
0.433
4.2
0.177
M6
5/16
18.0
0.797
97.0
4.134
G 1/8
1/8
5B-94
25.0
SCVx4
in
mm
1.260
32.0
33.0
1.220
31.0
50.0
1.870
47.5
17.0
0.709
18.0
121.5
5.787
147.0
47.5
2.283
58.0
117.5
5.630
143.0
30.0
1.260
32.0
41.0
1.890
48.0
2.5
0.118
3.0
45.0
2.047
52.0
2.0
0.079
2.0
19.5
0.827
21.0
M5
1/4
M6
18.0
0.709
18.0
10.0
0.394
10.0
81.0
3.819
97.0
12.0
0.630
16.0
M6 x 1 5/16-24 M8 x 1.25
11.0
0.630
16.0
4.5
0.197
5.0
M8
3/8
M10
20.25
0.984
25.0
105.0
5.079
129.0
G 1/8
1/8
G 1/8
MODEL NUMBER
SCVx5
SCVx6
in
mm
in
mm
1.575
40.0
1.417
36.0
2.283
58.0
0.906
23.0
6.929
176.0
2.559
65.0
6.772
172.0
1.417
36.0
2.283
58.0
0.118
3.0
2.441
62.0
0.079
2.0
1.024
26.0
5/16
M8
0.906
23.0
0.394
10.0
4.606
117.0
0.787
20.0
3/8-24 M10 x 1.5
0.728
18.5
0.236
6.0
7/16
M12
1.161
29.5
5.709 145.00
1/4
G 1/4
1.969
50.0
in
SCVx7
mm
2.480
63.0
SCVx8
SCVx9
mm
in
mm
in
3.150
80.0
3.937
100.0
2.205
2.402
56.0
61.0
45.0
1.772
45.0
1.772
3.543
4.724
90.0
120.0
80.0
2.559
65.0
3.150
1.732
1.732
44.0
44.0
31.0
1.220
31.0
1.220
10.748 273.0
11.339
288.0
217.5
8.563
217.5
8.563
4.724
5.315
120.0
135.0
3.150
80.0
90.0
3.543
10.591 269.0
11.181
284.0
8.406
213.5
8.406
213.5
1.496
1.969
38.0
50.0
1.772
45.0
1.417
36.0
3.937
4.921
100.0
125.0
2.717
69.0
3.386
86.0
0.118
0.118
3.0
3.0
0.118
3.0
0.118
3.0
4.331
5.315
110.0
135.0
2.874
73.0
3.543
90.0
0.197
0.197
5.0
5.0
0.079
2.0
0.079
2.0
1.850
1.850
47.0
47.0
1.339
34.0
1.339
34.0
7/16
7/16
M12
M12
3/8
M10
3/8
M10
1.299
1.299
33.0
33.0
1.063
27.0
1.063
27.0
0.394
0.394
10.0
10.0
0.394
10.0
0.394
10.0
7.283
7.874
185.0
200.0
5.630
143.0
5.630
143.0
1.181
1.181
30.0
30.0
0.984
25.0
0.984
25.0
7/16-20 M12 x 1.75 7/16-20 M12 x 1.75 5/8-18 M16 x 2.0 5/8-18 M16 x 2.0
0.709
0.866
18.0
22.0
.728
18.5
0.787
20.0
0.394
0.472
10.0
12.0
0.236
6.0
0.394
10.0
3/4
3/4
M20
M20
7/16
M12
5/8
M16
1.732
1.732
44.0
44.0
1.467
37.3
1.467
37.3
7.402
7.992
188.0
203.0
6.102
155.0
6.693
170.0
3/8
1/2
G 3/8
G 1/2
1/4
G1/4
3/8
G 3/8
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/scv
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SCV SLIDES
PRESSURE RATINGS
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH
All Series SCV Slides have an operating pressure range of
35 psi minimum to 150 psi maximum [2.4 to 10 bar]. The optional
Rodlok® locking device has an operating pressure of 60 psi
minimum to 150 psi maximum [4 to 10 bar].
Tolerance on nominal travel length is shown in the following
table:
NOMINAL
TRAVEL
in
mm
UNIT
SIZE
SEALS
Series SCV Slides utilize urethane and Nitrile seals which are
2&3
4&5
6
7
8&9
LUBRICATION
The slide body and tool plate are anodized aluminum alloy. On
standard units, the guide shafts are hard chrome plated steel or
ground and hardened steel. On corrosion resistant units, the guide
shafts are hard chrome plated stainless steel or specially coated
hardened steel.
L≤4
L ≤ 100
4 < L ≤ 6 100 < L ≤ 150
L≤8
L ≤ 200
L ≤ 10
L ≤ 250
L ≤ 10
L ≤ 250
L ≤ 12
L ≤ 300
0.059
0.079
0.079
0.079
0.098
0.098
1.50
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.50
2.50
MAINTENANCE
In common with most PHD products, these slides are fully
field repairable. Repair kits, piston and rod assemblies, port control
cartridge assemblies, and main structural components are available
TEMPERATURE LIMITS
Series SCV Slides are designed for use in temperatures
between -20° to 180°F [-29° to 82°C]. For temperatures outside
this range, consult PHD.
5B
All units are prelubricated at the factory for service under
normal operating conditions. Slides can be used with non-lubricated
air; however, the use of lubricated air will extend life.
NOMINAL
TRAVEL TOLERANCE
in
mm
IMPERIAL
F=PxA
METRIC
F = 0.1 x P x A
lbs
psi
in2
N
bar
mm2
F = Cylinder Thrust
A = Effective Area
(Push or Pull)
SPECIFICATIONS AND UNIT WEIGHTS
UNIT
SIZE
2
GUIDE SHAFT
DIAMETER
in
mm
10
0.394
CYLINDER BORE
DIAMETER
in
mm
0.787
20
CYLINDER ROD
DIAMETER
in
mm
0.315
8
3
0.472
12
0.984
25
0.394
10
4
0.630
16
1.260
32
0.472
12
5
0.787
20
1.575
40
0.630
16
6
0.984
25
1.969
50
0.787
20
7
0.984
25
2.480
63
0.787
20
8
1.181
30
3.150
80
0.984
25
9
1.181
30
3.937
100
0.984
25
ROD
DIRECTION
PUSH
PULL
PUSH
PULL
PUSH
PULL
PUSH
PULL
PUSH
PULL
PUSH
PULL
PUSH
PULL
PUSH
PULL
EFFECTIVE
PISTON AREA
mm2
in2
0.49
314
0.41
264
0.76
491
0.64
412
1.25
804
1.07
691
1.95
1257
1.64
1056
3.04
1963
2.56
1649
4.83
3117
4.34
2803
7.79
5027
7.03
4536
12.17
7854
11.41
7363
BASE WEIGHT
lb
kg
1.75
0.80
TRAVEL WEIGHT
ADDER
lb/in
kg/mm
0.17
0.003
2.38
1.08
0.22
0.004
3.95
1.79
0.35
0.006
6.26
2.84
0.50
0.009
11.37
5.16
0.75
0.013
14.30
6.49
0.79
0.014
26.67
12.11
1.14
0.020
35.83
16.27
1.22
0.022
5B-95
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/scv
SLIDE SELECTION: SERIES SCV SLIDES
SLIDE SELECTION
There are four major factors to consider when selecting a slide.
1
4
MAXIMUM ROLLING LOAD (Horizontal Applications Only)
The maximum rolling load graphs (pages 5B-98 to 5B-100) are
based on the load capacity of the bearings. These graphs show total
travel (see definition at right), attached load, and speed. By plotting
any two of these three parameters it is possible to determine the
maximum allowable value of the third for a specific slide.
2
Use the effective piston area (see cylinder thrust calculation and
specifications table on page 5B-95) to determine if the cylinder has
sufficient thrust to move the total moving load as calculated at left.
Maintain a minimum ratio of thrust to total moving load of 2 to 1.
MAXIMUM KINETIC ENERGY
To determine the appropriate type of deceleration for the application,
first, calculate total moving load.
a) Determine guide shaft and tool plate moving load WM from
the table below.
b) Total Moving Load = WM + Attached Load
Next, plot the total moving load and velocity on the kinetic energy
graphs (pages 5B-98 to 5B-100). The line(s) above the point
represent the acceptable means of decelerating the load. If the point
falls above all three lines, choose a larger slide or modify the
application parameters.
5B
3
AIR CYLINDER THRUST
ATTACHED
LOAD C.G
TRAVEL
TOTAL
TRAVEL
DISTANCE
TO ATTACHED
LOAD C.G.
SHAFT DEFLECTION
Use the deflection graphs (page 5B-101) to determine if the deflection
of the slide is within acceptable limits for the application. The
deflection graphs for horizontal applications account for bearing and
shaft clearances, tool plate and guide shaft weight, and are based on
representative loads within the range of each slide. The graphs for
vertical applications account for bearing and shaft clearances only.
DEFINITION OF TOTAL TRAVEL:
When the center of gravity (c.g.) of the attached load is located
at a distance in front of the face of the slide tool plate, this distance
should be added to the slide stroke length and any tool plate
extension to establish the total travel. This total travel should be used
in the maximum rolling load graphs.
Total Travel = Slide Travel + Tool Plate Extension
+ Distance to Attached Load c.g.
GUIDE SHAFT AND TOOL PLATE MOVING LOAD (WM) lb [kg]
MODEL
SCVx2
SCVx3
SCVx4
SCVx5
SCVx6
SCVx7
SCVx8
SCVx9
1
[25]
0.55
[0.25]
0.78
[0.36]
1.9
[0.8]
3.2
[1.4]
5.7
[2.6]
6.3
[2.9]
11.4
[5.2]
13.9
[6.3]
2
[50]
0.63
[0.29]
0.91
[0.41]
2.1
[0.9]
3.5
[1.6]
6.1
[2.8]
6.7
[3.1]
12.0
[5.5]
14.5
[6.6]
3
[75]
0.71
[0.32]
1.03
[0.47]
2.2
[1.0]
3.7
[1.7]
6.5
[3.0]
7.2
[3.3]
12.7
[5.7]
15.1
[6.9]
4
[100]
0.79
[0.36]
1.15
[0.52]
2.4
[1.1]
4.0
[1.8]
7.0
[3.2]
7.6
[3.4]
13.3
[6.0]
15.7
[7.1]
TRAVEL in [mm]
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
[125] [150] [175] [200] [225] [250] [275] [300]
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.87 0.94
–
–
–
–
–
–
[0.39] [0.43]
–
–
–
–
–
–
1.27 1.39
–
–
–
–
–
–
[0.58] [0.63]
–
–
–
–
3.1
3.0
2.8
2.6
–
–
–
–
[1.2] [1.3] [1.3] [1.4]
–
–
–
–
5.1
4.8
4.5
4.3
–
–
–
–
[1.9] [2.1] [2.2] [2.3]
–
–
9.5
9.1
8.7
8.2
7.8
7.4
–
–
[3.3] [3.5] [3.7] [3.9] [4.1] [4.3]
–
–
10.2
9.8
9.3
8.9
8.5
8.0
–
–
[3.6] [3.8] [4.0] [4.2] [4.4] [4.6]
13.9 14.5 15.1 15.8 16.4 17.0 17.6 18.2
[6.3] [6.6] [6.9] [7.1] [7.4] [7.7] [8.0] [8.3]
16.4 17.0 17.6 18.2 18.8 19.5 20.1 20.7
[7.4] [7.7] [8.0] [8.3] [8.5] [8.8] [9.1] [9.4]
5B-96
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/scv
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
(Reference Slide Selection Section)
(Reference Slide Selection Section)
ATTACHED
LOAD C.G.
3 in [75 mm]
TOTAL TRAVEL
4 in [100 mm]
APPLICATION DATA:
Slide Travel = 3 in [75 mm]
Required Speed = 20 in/sec [.51 m/sec]
Attached Load = 12 lb [ 5.4 kg], c.g. of load is 1 in [25 mm] from
face of tool plate (c.g. location is needed to calculate total travel)
Operating Pressure = 60 psi [ 4 bar]
SLIDE SIZING
1. Determine Maximum Rolling Load
a) Calculate Total Travel = Slide Travel + Distance to Load c.g.
= 3 in + 1 in = 4 in
[= 75 mm + 25 mm = 100 mm]
b) Plot total travel and required speed on maximum rolling
load graphs (pages 5B-98 to 5B-100). The SCVx6 is
acceptable, because for these parameters the slide can carry
an attached load of 13 lb [5.9 kg] larger than the actual 12 lb
[5.4 kg] load for this application.
2. Determine Maximum Kinetic Energy
a) Guide shaft and tool plate moving load is 6.5 lb [3.0 kg]
(from table on previous page for SCVx6 with 3 in
[75 mm] travel)
b) Total Moving Load = 6.5 lb + 12 lb (attached load) = 18.5 lb
[= 3.0 kg + 5.4 kg = 8.4 kg]
c) Plot total moving load and velocity on the kinetic energy
graph for the SCVx6 (pages 5B-98 to 5B-100). Since the point
falls above the line for the cylinder only, appropriate
deceleration methods would be either travel adjustment with
shock pads or a cylinder with cushions.
3. Shaft Deflection
a) Using the deflection graphs for horizontal applications (page
5B-101), verify that for the total travel of the selected slide the
deflection is acceptable.
4. Air Cylinder Thrust
a) Using the effective piston area and the operating pressure,
verify that the cylinder has sufficient thrust for the application.
Effective Piston Area = 2.56 in2 [1649 mm2] (from
specifications on page 5B-95)
Cylinder Thrust = 2.56 in2 x 60 psi = 154 lb
[= .1 x 1649 mm2 x 4 = 660 N]
Total Moving Weight = 18.5 lb [8.4 kg x 9.8 m/sec2 = 82 N]
The cylinder thrust is significantly more than the total moving
weight and is therefore acceptable.
APPLICATION DATA:
Slide Travel = 10 in [250 mm]
Required Speed = 40 in/sec [1 m/sec]
Attached Load = 5 lb [ 2.3 kg]
Operating Pressure = 60 psi [ 4 bar]
SLIDE SIZING
The required slide travel is 10 in [250 mm], and therefore an SCVx6
or larger slide must be used.
1. Determine Maximum Rolling Load
a) Since the application is vertical, this step is not necessary.
2. Determine Maximum Kinetic Energy
Without knowing which specific slide is going to be used, this
step may require some iterations. Start with the SCVx6 since it is
the smallest Series SCV Slide with the necessary travel.
a) The guide shaft and tool plate moving load is 9.5 lb
[4.3 kg] (from table on previous page for SCVx6 with 10 in
[250 mm] travel).
b) Total Moving Load = 9.5 lb + 5 lb = 14.5 lb[= 4.3 kg + 2.3 kg = 6.6 kg]
c) Plot total moving load and velocity on the kinetic energy
graph for the SCVx6 (page 5B-101)
d) The point is below the “cylinder with cushion” curve but above
the other two curves. Therefore to use the SCVx6, a cylinder
with cushions would be required to decelerate the load. (A
larger slide could be used if desired but the total moving load
would need to be adjusted to determine the appropriate
deceleration method using the kinetic energy graphs.)
3. Shaft Deflection
a) Using the vertical application deflection graphs (page 5B-101),
verify that for the total travel of the selected slide the
deflection is acceptable. Note that the deflection shown on this
graph represents the total side play of the slide with no load
applied.
4. Air Cylinder Thrust
a) Using the effective piston area and the operating pressure,
verify that the cylinder has sufficient thrust for the application.
Effective Piston Area = 2.56 in2 [1649 mm2] (from
specifications on page 5B-95)
Cylinder Thrust = 2.56in2 x 60psi = 154lb [= .1 x 1649mm2 x 4 = 660N]
Total Moving Weight = 14.5 lb [6.6 kg x 9.8 m/sec2 = 65 N]
The cylinder thrust is significantly more than the total moving
weight and is therefore acceptable.
5B-97
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/scv
5B
1 in [25 mm]
KINETIC ENERGY GRAPHS
MAXIMUM ROLLING LOAD GRAPHS
A = 10 in/sec [.25 m/sec]
B = 15 in/sec [.38 m/sec]
F = Cylinder with cushion
G = Travel adjustment and shock pad
H = Cylinder only
C = 20 in/sec [.51 m/sec]
D = 25 in/sec [.64 m/sec]
E = 30 in/sec [.76 m/sec]
SCVx2
12
[5.4]
Velocity in/sec [m/sec]
Attached Load lbs [Kg]
90
[2.3]
SCVx2
14
[6.4]
A
B
10
[4.5]
C
D
8
[3.6]
E
6
[2.7]
4
[1.8]
F
70
[1.8]
50
[1.3]
G
30
[.76]
H
10
[.25]
0
2
[.9]
0
0
0
2
[50]
1
[25]
3
[75]
4
[100]
5
[125]
6
[150]
2
[.91]
4
[1.8]
6
[2.7]
8
[3.6]
10
[4.5]
12
[5.4]
Total Moving Load lb [kg]
(= Attached Load + Shaft and Tool Plate Load)
Total Travel inch [mm]
SCVx3
SCVx3
18
[8.2]
A
B
14
[6.4]
C
D
E
10
[4.5]
6
[2.7]
2
[.9]
0
F
60
[1.5]
40
[1.0]
G
H
20
[.51]
0
0
0
2
[50]
1
[25]
3
[75]
4
[100]
5
[125]
6
[150]
5
[2.3]
10
[4.5]
15
[6.8]
20
[9.1]
SCVx4
90
[2.3]
SCVx4
20
[9.1]
5B
80
[2.0]
A
15
[6.8]
B
C
D
10
[4.5]
E
5
[2.3]
F
70
[1.8]
50
[1.3]
G
H
30
[.76]
10
[.25]
0
0
0
0
1
[25]
2
[50]
3
[75]
4
[100]
5
[125]
6
[150]
7
[175]
8
[200]
5
[2.3]
10
[4.5]
15
[6.8]
20
[9.1]
5B-98
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/scv
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
H = Cylinder only
A
SCVx5
80
[2.0]
SCVx5
40
[18]
35
[16]
30
[14]
25
[11]
B
C
D
E
20
[9]
15
[6.8]
10
[4.5]
5
[2.3]
F
70
[1.8]
60
[1.5]
50
[1.3]
40
[1.0]
G
H
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
10
[.25]
0
0
0
2
[50]
1
[25]
3
[75]
4
[100]
5
[125]
6
[150]
7
[175]
8
[200]
0
5
[2.3]
10
[4.5]
15
[6.8]
20
[9]
25
[11]
30
[14]
35
[16]
40
[18]
SCVx6
A
B
50
[23]
C
D
40
[18]
E
30
[14]
20
[9]
10
[4.5]
F
G
H
5B
60
[27]
SCVx6
70
[32]
80
[2.0]
70
[1.8]
60
[1.5]
50
[1.3]
40
[1.0]
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
10
[.25]
0
0
0
0
1
[25]
2
[50]
3
[75]
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
[100] [125] [150] [175] [200] [225] [250]
10
[4.5]
20
[9]
30
[14]
40
[18]
50
[23]
60
[27]
70
[32]
SCVx7
60
[27]
SCVx7
70
[32]
45
[1.1]
A
B
50
[23]
C
D
40
[18]
E
30
[14]
20
[9]
F
35
[.89]
G
25
[.64]
H
15
[.38]
5
[.13]
0
10
[4.5]
0
0
0
1
[25]
2
[50]
3
[75]
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
[100] [125] [150] [175] [200] [225] [250]
10
[4.5]
20
[9]
30
[14]
40
[18]
50
[23]
60
[27]
70
[32]
5B-99
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/scv
H = Cylinder only
SCVx8
90
[41]
80
[36]
70
[32]
60
[27]
50
[23]
40
[18]
30
[14]
20
[9]
10
[4.5]
0
A
B
C
D
SCVx8
35
[.89]
E
F
G
30
[.76]
H
25
[.64]
20
[.51]
15
[.38]
10
[.25]
5
[.13]
0
0
0
2
[50]
4
[100]
6
[150]
8
[200]
10
[250]
12
[300]
20
[9]
10
[4.5]
30
[14]
40
[18]
50
[23]
60
[27]
70
[32]
80
[36]
SCVx9
80
[36]
70
[32]
60
[27]
50
[23]
40
[18]
30
[14]
20
[9]
10
[4.5]
0
5B
SCVx9
A
B
C
D
E
35
[.89]
F
30
[.76]
G
25
[.64]
H
20
[.51]
15
[.38]
10
[.25]
5
[.13]
0
0
0
2
[50]
4
[100]
6
[150]
8
[200]
10
[250]
12
[300]
10
[4.5]
20
[9]
30
[14]
40
[18]
50
[23]
60
[27]
70
[32]
80
[36]
5B-100
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/scv
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DEFLECTION GRAPHS:
HORIZONTAL APPLICATIONS
Deflections shown below are for representative light and heavy
loads for each size slide.
TOOL PLATE
DEFLECTION
SCVx4 & SCVx5
0.035
[.89]
0.030
[.76]
Tool Plate Deflection in [mm]
SCVx2, 8 lb [3.6 kg] load
0.025
[.64]
0.020
[.51]
SCVx2, 2 lb [.9 kg] load
0.015
[.38]
0.010
[.25]
0.005
[.13]
0.000
0.035
[.89]
0.030
[.76]
0.025
[.64]
0.020
[.51]
0.015
[.38]
0.010
[.25]
0.005
[.13]
0.000
0
1
[25]
2
[50]
3
[75]
4
[100]
5
[125]
0
6
[150]
1
[25]
Slide Travel inch [mm]
4
[100]
5
[125]
6
[150]
7
[175]
8
[200]
SCVx8 & SCVx9
0.030
[.76]
40 lb [18 kg] load
0.020
[.51]
3
[75]
SCVx6 & SCVx7
0.025
[.64]
2
[50]
10 lb [4.5 kg] load
0.015
[.38]
0.010
[.25]
0.005
[.13]
0.000
0.035
[.89]
0.030
[.76]
5B
SCVx2 & SCVx3
60 lb [27 kg] load
0.025
[.64]
10 lb [4.5 kg] load
0.020
[.51]
0.015
[.38]
0.010
[.25]
0.005
[.13]
0.000
0
1
[25]
2
[50]
3
[75]
0
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
[100] [125] [150] [175] [200] [225] [250]
2
[50]
4
[100]
6
[150]
8
[200]
10
[250]
12
[300]
DEFLECTION GRAPHS:
VERTICAL APPLICATIONS
TOTAL SIDE PLAY
.050
[1.3]
SCVx2, SCVx3, SCVx4
.040
[1.0]
SCVx5
.030
[.76]
SCVx6, SCVx7,SCVx8
.020
[.51]
.010
[.25]
0.000
0
1
[25]
2
[50]
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
[75] [100] [125] [150] [175] [200] [225] [250] [275] [300]
Slide Travel in [mm]
TOTAL SIDE PLAY
5B-101
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/scv
OPTIONS: SERIES SCV SLIDES
AE
AR
pads are used for adjustment of slide extension. The travel
pads eliminate metal to metal contact, thereby reducing noise levels.
pads are used for adjustment of slide retraction. The travel
pads eliminate metal to metal contact, thereby reducing noise levels.
.39 [10]
ØB
ØB
.23 [6]
C
.23 [6]
C
.39 [10]
(N)
5B
.98 [25]
LETTER
DIM
SCVx2
SCVx3
SCVx4
.98 [25]
MODEL NUMBER
SCVx5
SCVx6
SCVx7
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
1.890
48
1.890
42
1.654
35
1.378
0.984
28
ØB
25
1.102
0.591
15
0.591
15
0.591
13
0.512
0.394
11
10
0.433
C
1.339
34
1.339
26
1.024
21
0.827
0.728 18.5
0.768 19.5
N
NOTE: -AE and -AR options may decrease effective cushion length depending on position of stop collars.
L9
NPT PORTS
MODEL
OPTIONAL
NPT PORT
SCVx8
in
2.165
0.591
1.850
mm
55
15
47
SCVx9
in
2.165
0.591
1.850
mm
55
15
47
STANDARD
BSPP PORT
G 1/8*
1/8*
SCVx2
G 1/8*
1/8*
SCVx3
G 1/8
1/8
SCVx4
G 1/4
1/4
SCVx5
G 1/4
1/4
SCVx6
G 3/8
3/8
SCVx7
G 3/8
3/8
SCVx8
G 1/2
1/2
SCVx9
a 10-32 port.
This option provides NPT ports on metric (SCV5x) units
instead of the standard BSPP ports. The NPT ports are located in
the same location as the BSPP ports.
Z1
mm
48
15
34
This option provides a stainless steel piston rod with hard
chrome plating in place of the standard hard chrome plated steel
material. Guide shafts are hard chrome plated stainless steel or
coated hardened steel in place of the standard material. An
appropriate corrosion resistant treatment is applied to ferrous parts.
CORROSION RESISTANT
5B-102
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/scv
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DB
CUSHION CONTROL
IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
DE
CUSHION CONTROL
ON EXTEND ONLY
DR
Unit shown is -DB17, cushion in location 1
(standard) on extend end and cushion in
location 7 on retract end. (Ports are shown
in locations 3 & 5.)
5
RETRACT
END
1
7
CUSHION CONTROL
ON RETRACT ONLY
PHD cushions are designed for smooth deceleration at the ends
of cylinder stroke. When the cushion is activated, the remaining
volume in the cylinder must exhaust past an adjustable needle valve
which controls the amount of deceleration. The effective cushion
length for each bore size is shown in the table below. To specify
alternative cushion control locations on the head or cap, see the
option code below right.
EXTEND
END
3
-D x x x
B - Both ends
E - Extend end only
Retract Location
(5, 7)
Omit if -DEx
DE
DH HEX
ACROSS FLATS
5B
Extend Location
(1, 3)
Omit if -DRx
DE
DC
DC
SOME PORT CONTROL & CUSHION
OPTION COMBINATIONS WILL MOVE
CUSHION CONTROLS TO THIS LOCATION
LETTER
DIM
SCVx2
in
mm
SCVx3
in
mm
SCVx4
in
mm
MODEL NUMBER
SCVx5
SCVx6
in
mm
in
mm
9.0
4.8
.354
.190
9.5
5.2 .276
.374
.206
DC
7.0
14.8
.581
14.2 .965
.561
DE
24.5 1.083 27.5 1.043 26.5
2.5
2.5
—
—
2.5
2.5
—
—
—
DH
2.5
EFFECTIVE
22.1
11.2
.441
20.5 .871
11.9 .599
.468
15.2 .808
CUSHION LENGTH*
*-AE and -AR options may decrease effective cushion length depending on position of stop collars.
SCVx7
in
mm
SCVx8
in
mm
in
SCVx9
mm
.354
1.201
—
9.0
30.5
2.5
.591
1.181
—
15.0
30.0
3.0
.630
1.339
—
16.0
34.0
3.0
.805
20.4
.892
22.7
1.190
30.2
5B-103
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/scv
H47
RODLOK® KITS
without power. The Rodlok® may also be used in intermittent
DESIGNED TO BE USED AS A PERSONNEL SAFETY DEVICE
SIZE
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SIZE
350
400
600
1000
1500
2200
3000
5000
Actual dynamic
locking forces are
application sensitive.
Environmental
conditions, load weights,
attitude, pressure,
and speed
influence performance.
NOTE: *Locking force indicated above is the actual locking force
5B
ADAPTOR
KIT*
COMPLETE
RODLOK®*
IMPERIAL
PORT
ADAPTOR
63459-07-1 63460-07-1
2
—
63461-07-1
63459-08-1 63460-08-1
3
—
63461-08-1
63459-01-1 63460-01-1
4
—
63461-01-1
63459-02-1 63460-02-1
5
63465-1
63461-02-1
63459-03-1 63460-03-1
6
63465-1
63461-03-1
63459-04-1 63460-04-1
7
63465-1
63461-04-1
63459-05-1 63460-05-1
8
63465-1
63461-05-1
63459-06-1 63460-06-1
9
63465-1
63461-06-1
NOTES:
1)*Kits ship with cylinder mounting hardware.
2) Part numbers listed above are intended for replacement purposes
only and are to be used specifically on slides with the -H47 option.
3) Imperial port adaptor converts port from G 1/8 to 1/8 NPT.
4) When ordering a replacement cylinder (-H4), Rodlok® must be ordered
separately.
DYNAMIC
lb
N
LOCKING FORCE
79
90
135
225
337
495
674
1124
LOCKING
DEVICE
KIT
SIZE
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
OPERATING PRESSURE
range of 60 psi minimum to 150 psi maximum [4 to 10 bar]. The
Series SCV Slide with a Rodlok attached has an operating pressure
range of 45 psi minimum to 150 psi maximum [3 to 10 bar].
DEVICE WEIGHT
lb
kg
0.14
0.06
0.14
0.06
0.20
0.09
0.30
0.14
0.54
0.24
0.88
0.40
1.40
0.64
2.12
0.96
ADAPTOR WEIGHT
lb
kg
0.14
0.06
0.16
0.07
0.28
0.13
0.44
0.20
0.84
0.38
1.3
0.59
2.88
1.31
4.76
2.16
TOTAL WEIGHT
lb
kg
0.31
0.14
0.36
0.16
0.57
0.26
0.93
0.42
1.76
0.80
2.56
1.16
5.04
2.29
7.66
3.47
L5
E SQ
L8
H
G3 PORT
AA MAX + TRAVEL
LETTER
DIM
H
E
G3
L5
L8
AA
SCVx3
SCVx2
in
1.280
.787
10-32
1.575
0.512
4.291
mm
32.5
20.0
M5
40
13
109
in
1.181
.787
10-32
1.732
0.512
4.567
5B-104
SCVx4
mm
30.0
20.0
M5
44
13
116
in
1.339
.866
10-32
1.890
0.630
6.969
mm
34.0
22.0
M5
48
16
177
MODEL NUMBER
SCVx5
SCVx6
in
1.476
1.024
1/8
2.165
0.768
7.874
mm
37.5
26.0
G 1/8
55
19.5
200
in
1.811
1.260
1/8
2.756
0.827
8.858
mm
46.0
32.0
G 1/8
70
21
225
SCVx7
in
1.811
1.535
1/8
2.756
0.827
9.449
mm
46.0
39.0
G 1/8
70
21
240
SCVx8
in
mm
2.520 64.0
1.732 44.0
G 1/8
1/8
90
3.543
28
1.102
10.945 278
SCVx9
in
2.224
1.929
1/8
3.622
1.063
1.1614
mm
56.5
49.0
G 1/8
92
27
295
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/scv
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
PB
PORT CONTROLS® ON BOTH ENDS
PE
PORT CONTROLS® ON
EXTEND ONLY (standard location 1)
PR
PORT CONTROLS® ON
installation for external flow control valves. Refer to option code
below left to specify port control locations.
5
RETRACT
END
location 1 on extend end and port control
in location 7 on retract end. (Ports
shown in locations 3 & 5.)
1
-P x x x
7
Retract Location
(5, 7)
Omit if -PEx
B - Both ends
E - Extend end only
EXTEND
END
5B
Extend Location
(1, 3)
Omit if -PRx
3
WITH PORT CONTROLS ON SAME SIDE, COMPLY
WITH DIN 3852 PART 2 FOR LARGE SEALING SURFACES.)
SR2 (UNITS WITH PORT CONTROLS AND PORT
ON SAME SIDE. ALL BSPP PORTS COMPLY WITH
DIN 3852 PART 2 FOR SMALL SEALING SURFACES.)
DP
PLS*
PLS*
PCS*
PCS*
EE PORT
SIDE VIEW
PH HEX
ACROSS
FLATS
LETTER
DIM
EE*
PCS*
PH
PLS*
SR1
SR2
DP
SCVx2
in
10-32
.276
—
.571
.320
—
.066
mm
M5
7.0
2.5
14.5
8.1
—
1.7
SCVx3
in
10-32
.276
—
.571
.320
—
.026
MODEL NUMBER
SCVx5
SCVx6
SCVx4
mm
M5
7.0
2.5
14.5
8.1
—
0.7
in
mm
G 1/8
5.0
.197
2.5
—
22.0
.867
19.0
.748
16.7
.657
5.3
.209
in
mm
G 1/4
6.0
.236
2.5
—
23.5
.925
25.0
.984
21.0
.827
3.1
.122
in
mm
G 1/4
6.0
.236
2.5
—
23.0
.905
25.0
.984
24.0
.945
0.6
.024
SCVx8
SCVx7
in
mm
G 3/8
11.4
.450
3.0
—
25.0
.984
28.0
1.102
24.0
.945
0.1
.004
in
mm
G 3/8
13.0
.512
3.0
—
26.0
1.024
28.0
1.102
27.0
1.063
-5.1
-.201
SCVx9
in
mm
G 1/2
23.0
.906
6.0
—
29.0
1.142
34.0
1.339
33.0
1.299
-4.8
-.189
*Dimensions shown are for units with port and port control in the same location. For units with other port and port control combinations, standard port
location dimensions apply. Ports may be located on either side of the slide centerline depending on port control and cushion option combinations.
5B-105
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/scv
5
UB
RETRACT
END
1
providing increased flexibility and customer convenience. See option
7
-UB x x
Retract Location
(Cap)
(5, 7)
Extend Location
(Head)
(1, 3)
3
using “T” slots in the body. See the Switch section for complete
switch information.
MAGNET FOR PHD MINIATURE
REED AND MAGNETORESISTIVE
SWITCHES
M
Unit shown is -UB17, port in
in location 7 on retract end.
EXTEND
END
SERIES 6250 MAGNETORESISTIVE SWITCHES
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
2 m cable
2 m cable
Quick Connect
Quick Connect
5B
62505-1-02
62506-1-02
62515-1
62516-1
PART NO.
62507-1-02
62517-1
COLOR
Brown
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
Silver
Silver
Tan
Brown
G
F
D
Tan
B C
D
Connector Detail
B
C
.236
Connector Detail
F
.200
.170
H
CABLE
.525
H
I
I
TOP OF HOUSING
TOP OF HOUSING
LETTER
DIM
B
C
D
F
G
H
I
SIZES 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 ONLY
SCVx3
SCVx2
in
.223
.302
.228
.373
—
.870
1.113
mm
5.7
7.7
5.8
9.5
—
22.1
28.3
in
.223
.302
.228
.373
—
.870
1.113
SCVx4
mm
5.7
7.7
5.8
9.5
—
22.1
28.3
in
.187
.266
.228
.373
—
.870
1.077
mm
4.8
6.8
5.8
9.5
—
22.1
27.3
SIZES 7, 8, & 9 ONLY
MODEL NUMBER
SCVx5
SCVx6
in
.138
.217
.228
.373
—
.870
1.008
mm
3.5
5.5
5.8
9.5
—
22.1
25.6
in
.187
.266
.228
.373
—
.870
1.037
mm
4.8
6.8
5.8
9.5
—
22.1
26.3
SCVx7
in
.138
.217
.228
.373
17°
.831
.969
mm
3.5
5.5
5.8
9.5
17°
21.1
24.6
SCVx8
in
.059
.256
.228
.373
20°
.819
.878
mm
1.5
6.5
5.8
9.5
20°
20.8
22.3
SCVx9
in
mm
-.079* -2.0*
0.0
.000
5.8
.228
9.5
.373
24°
24°
20.2
.795
18.2
.717
*Dimension is below the indicated surface.
5B-106
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/scv
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
APPLICATION EXAMPLES: SERIES SCV SLIDES
The following are typical applications using the
Series SCV Slide with other PHD actuators
providing effective automation.
SKx55
SCVx4
This is an example of a Series SCV Slide in a typical pick-andplace application. A Series SK Slide is mounted to a tabletop or
rigid frame with a Series SCV Slide attached to the tool plate. A
Series 190/191 Gripper with tooling grips the parts off of the
conveyor and assembles them with the parts on the adjacent
conveyor.
5B
The SCV Slide has ports located in positions 3 and 7 to allow
the air lines to be plumbed out the back of the unit. This allows easy
access to the port and cushion controls which are located in the
standard positions 1 and 5. The full unit description for the SCV
slide shown is: SCV52x150-DA-PA-UB37-AE
In this application, one PHD Series SCV Slide, one Series SD
Slide, and one Series 8400 Angular Gripper create a simple and
cost-effective automated machine loader. The part is fed by a
gravity conveyor. The Series SCV Slide extends down and the
angular gripper grips the part. Then the SCV Slide retracts, while
the Series SD Slide extends over the placement dowel inside the
machine. The SCV Slide extends down again and the gripper
releases the part for processing. The Series SCV unit has the same
unit description as above.
5B-107
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/scv
PRODUCT VARIATIONS: SERIES SCV SLIDES
The following are examples of Series SCV Slide
variations which can be easily configured.
Contact PHD for additional information on
these or other configurations.
Shown is a version that produces a base type slide. The
cylinder, bearing housings, and base plate move and the two
tool plates remain fixed.
5B
This Series SCV Slide is fitted with travel adjustment on extend
and metal sensing proximity switches in both directions of travel.
These switches can easily be adapted to the SCV Slide in place of
PHD’s Series 6250 Switches.
This Series SCV Slide has extended guide shafts and a
second bearing housing attached to the cylinder cap. This
configuration provides a higher load carrying capability while
reducing wear.
This is another variation where a second bearing
housing is combined with a tool plate extension. This also
provides a more rigid bearing base for higher load carrying
capability.
5B-108
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/scv
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SLIDES
INDEX:
Series SM
Ordering Data
Page 5C-2
SERIES SM & C
Benefits
Page 5C-3
Dimensions
Page 5C-4
SERIES SM
Engineering Data
Pages 5C-5 to 5C-9
Options
Accessories
Page 5C-15
Stopping Capacity
Page 5C-16
Shock Absorber
Selection Guide
Page 5C-17
Slide Sizing Example
Page 5C-18
5C
Series C
Ordering Data
Page 5C-20
Benefits
Page 5C-21
Dimensions
Page 5C-22
Engineering Data
Page 5C-23
Maintenance
Information
Page 5C-24
SERIES C
Accessories & Option
Page 5C-25
Selection Guide
5C-1
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
BORE
SIZE
08
12
16
25
32
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT OPTION
AE - Travel adjustment and shock pad in position 6
AR - Travel adjustment and shock pad in position 5
MISCELLANEOUS OPTIONS
J3 - Transitional fit dowel holes
J8 - Precision fit dowel holes
M - Magnetic piston for use with PHD
Series 6790 Switches
Q6 - Corrosion resistant shaft complete
UB55 - Ports in shafts located in position 5
UB66 - Ports in shafts located in position 6
See Notes 1, 2, & 3
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
DESIGN NO.
1 - Imperial
5 - Metric
SHOCK ABSORBER
REPLACEMENTS
BORE SIZE PART NO.
68149-01-x
08
68149-02-x
12
68015-01-x
16
67127-01-x
25
71451-01-x
32
SERIES 6790 SWITCHES
DESCRIPTION
SHOCK ABSORBER INSTALLED OPTION
NEx - Shock absorber installed in
position 6
NRx - Shock absorber installed in
position 5
“x” indicates shock absorber damping
constant which must be specified by the
customer. (See page 5C-17)
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
BORE
TRAVEL
SIZE IMPERIAL (in) METRIC (mm)
08
1, 2, 3
25, 50, 75
12
1, 2-1/2, 4
25, 60, 100
16
1-1/2, 3, 5
38, 75, 125
25
2, 4, 6
50, 100, 150
32
3, 6
75, 150
NOTE:
1) UBxx options include NPT port adaptors for imperial units
and BSPP port adaptors for metric units on SMxx25,
SMxx32 units, and barb fittings on SMxx12 units.
2) -UB and -Q6 options not available on Series SMxx08 units.
3) -Q6 options not available on Series SMxx12 units. For ball
bushings on Series SMxx12 units, consult your local PHD
distibutor.
SERIES
M - Modular
Base
S M B 5 25 x 50 – AR – NEx – M – Q6
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Type, Design No., Bore
Size, Travel, Travel Adjustment, Shock
Absorber Installed, and Miscellaneous
Options.
TYPE
B - Ball Bushing
(Not Available on Sizes
8 & 12)
PRODUCT
H - Polymer Bushing
S - Slide
5C
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SM SLIDES
5C-2
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES SM SLIDES
BENEFITS
Series SM Slides provide smooth linear motion at twice the
thrust of a single bore cylinder.
■
Available in five bore sizes with a choice of travel lengths to fit a
wide range of applications. Optional travel adjustments and
shock absorbers can provide precise adjustment of travel.
■
Units with precision ball bushings provide more rigidity and can
also carry a heavier load at higher velocities.
■
Units with polymer bushings cost less and provide quieter
operation.
■
worldwide markets.
■
Fully integrated shock absorbers or travel adjustments with
shock pads allow easy adjustment of travel without increasing
overall package length. External shock absorbers and travel
adjustments available on size 08.
■
Slide body incorporates twin switch slots for
flush installation of PHD’s new Series 6790
Reed and Solid State Switches.
■
All units are 8 mm proximity switch ready
using external mounting kits. This prevents
flexing of the electrical connectors of the
switches. Refer to page 5C-15 for proximity switch
mounting kits.
■
Modular mounting pattern on slide body allows quick
connect with Series STP slides without the need for transition
plates. Refer to page 5C-15 for modular mounting details
and kits.
■
Standard stainless steel fasteners eliminate the need for costly
corrosion resistant options. Combined with -Q6 shaft option
provides a completely corrosion resistant unit.
■
Optional porting through the guide shafts allows the slide body
to move without flexing the incoming air lines. Not available on
size 08.
■
Wider shaft spacing increases stability and reduces the amount
of deflection in roll moment applications.
SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCE
WORKING PRESSURE
TEMPERATURE RANGE
LUBRICATION
GUIDE SHAFTS
BUSHINGS
TOOL PLATE
BODY
5C
■
Modular Mounting Kits
See page 5C-15
SMHx08 AND SMHx12
SMxx16, SMxx25 AND SMxx32
Two cylinders built into the slide body
20 psi min - 150 psi max at zero load [1.4 to 10 bar]
-20° to +180°F [-29° to 82°C]
Permanent for Non-Lubricated or Lubricated Air
Stainless Steel
Internally Lubricated Engineered Polymer
or Recirculating Ball Bushings
5C-3
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SM SLIDES
A
B
TRAVEL
C
R
4
Q
1/2 Q
3
1 D
5
6
N P E
Q
X ±.001 [±.025]
DOWEL SLOT
R
W ±.0005 [±.013]
DOWEL HOLE
4X S1 THD AND C’BORE
FOR S2 SHCS FROM
OPPOSITE SIDE
2
C’BORE & THRU
FOR M SHCS
4X U DOWEL
HOLE
4X T THD
H
K
J
L
F
G
Z PORT
Y
Y
5C
NOTE:
1) NUMBERS ENCLOSED BY A HEX INDICATE POSITION
LETTER
DIM.
08
in
mm
in
12
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
4
100
75
3
1
25
2-1/2 60
2
25
1
50
5.551 141.0 7.559 192.0 9.527 242.0 6.614 168.0 9.606 244.0 12.64 321.0
5.236 133.0 7.244 184.0 9.212 234.0 6.220 158.0 9.212 234.0 12.24 311.0
3.878 98.5 4.882 124.0 5.866 149.0 4.803 122.0 6.299 160.0 7.815 198.5
2.638 67.0
2.165 55.0
2.638 67.0
2.126 54.0
0.874 22.2
0.610 15.5
0.807 20.5
0.590 15.0
0.795 20.2
0.551 14.0
0.236 6.0
0.157 4.0
0.394 10.0
0.315 8.0
0.457 11.6
0.315 8.0
M4
M3
#8
#5
1.496 38.0
1.142 29.0
2.048 52.0
1.575 40.0
0.670 17.0
0.551 14.0
1.496 38.0
1.102 28.0
8-32 x .315 DP [M4 x 0.7 x 8 DP]
10-24 x .375 [M5 x 0.8 x 9.5 DP]
#5 [M3]
#8 [M4]
5-40 x .236 DP [M3 x 0.5 x 6 DP]
6-32 x .400 DP [M4 x 0.7 x 10 DP]
3 mm x 3 mm DP
4 mm x 4 mm DP
.1182 x .118 DP [3.002 x 3 DP]
.1576 x .157 DP [4.003 x 4 DP]
.1191 x .118 DP [3.025 x 3 DP]
.1586 x .157 DP [4.028 x 4 DP]
1.416 36.0
0.925 23.5
10-32 PORT [M5 x 0.8 PORT]
10-32 PORT [M5 x 0.8 PORT]
* SEE OPTIONS PAGE 11 FOR J3 AND J8 OPTIONS FOR AVAILABLE TOLERANCE RANGES.
TRAVEL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S1
S2
T
U*
W
X
Y
Z
in
mm
BORE SIZE
16
in
mm
25
in
mm
in
mm
in
32
mm
in
mm
4
2
50
125
5
100
150
6
3
1-1/2 38
75
8.032 204.0 11.024 280.0 15.040 382.0 9.922 252.0 13.938 354.0 17.914 455.0
7.599 193.0 10.591 269.0 14.607 371.0 9.292 236.0 13.308 338.0 17.284 439.0
5.630 143.0 7.126 181.0 9.134 232.0 6.634 168.5 8.642 219.5 10.630 270.0
4.488 114.0
3.504 89.0
4.409 112.0
3.425 87.0
1.497 38.0
0.984 25.0
1.437 36.5
0.945 24.0
1.418 36.0
0.906 23.0
0.472 12.0
0.315 8.0
0.630 16.0
0.433 11.0
0.709 18.0
0.531 13.5
M5
1/4
M6
#10
2.684 68.2
1.969 50.0
3.623 92.0
2.638 67.0
1.260 32.0
0.905 23.0
2.677 68.0
1.929 49.0
5/16-18 x .625 DP [M8 x 1.25 x 16 DP]
1/4-20 x .500 DP [M6 x 1.0 x 12 DP]
1/4 [M6]
#10 [M5]
1/4-20 x .500 DP [M6 x 1.0 x 12 DP]
10-24 x .375 DP [M5 x 0.8 x 10 DP]
6 mm x 6 mm DP
5 mm x 5 mm DP
.2363 x .236 DP [6.002 x 6 DP]
.1969 x .197 DP [5.001 x 5 DP]
.2372 x .236 DP [6.025 x 6 DP]
.1979 x .197 DP [5.027 x 5 DP]
1.634 41.5
1.437 36.5
10-32 PORT [M5 x 0.8 PORT]
in
mm
in
mm
150
75
6
473.0
321.0
18.622
454.0
302.0
17.874
282.0
206.0
11.102
147.0
5.788
143.0
5.630
45.5
1.790
42.5
1.673
42.5
1.673
16.0
0.630
19.0
0.748
24.2
0.954
M8
5/16
88.5
3.486
118.0
4.646
40.0
1.575
86.0
3.386
3/8-16 x .750 DP [M10 x 1.5 x .20 DP]
[M8]
5/16
5/16-18 x .750 DP [M8 x 1.25 x 20 DP]
8 mm x 8 mm DP
.3152 x .315 DP [8.006 x 8 DP]
.3162 x .315 DP [8.031 x 8 DP]
51.0
2.008
3
12.638
11.890
8.110
5C-4
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SM SLIDES
PRESSURE RATINGS
LUBRICATION
All Series SM Slides have an operating pressure range of
20 psi minimum to 150 psi maximum [1.4 to 10 bar].
BREAKAWAY
Units have less than 20 psi [1.4 bar] breakaway with zero load.
Typical breakaway pressures at zero load are as follows:
Size 08 = 20 psi [1.4 bar]
Size 12 = 15 psi [1 bar]
Size 16, 25 and 32 = 7 psi [.5 bar]
Maximum slide velocity is 60 in/sec [1.5 m/sec]. This value is
based on an unloaded slide at 87 psi [6 bar] operating pressure. All
units are capable of higher velocities. However, PHD recommends
using external flow controls to limit the velocity.
MAINTENANCE
Series SM Slides are designed for use in temperatures between
20° to 180° F [-6° to 82° C]. For temperatures outside this range,
consult PHD or your local distributor.
SEALS
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH
Series SM Slides utilize urethane and Nitrile seals which are
pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD
or your local distributor.
Tolerance on specified minimum travel length is +.098/-.000
[+2.5 mm/-0 mm].
UNIT WEIGHT
08
12
16
25
32
BASE WEIGHT
kg
lb
0.25
0.55
0.30
0.65
0.34
0.75
0.91
2.0
1.14
2.5
1.36
3.0
0.91
2.0
1.14
2.5
1.36
3.0
2.09
4.6
2.68
5.9
3.18
7.0
3.97
8.8
5.31
11.7
OPTION ADDERS
-AR OR -AE
-NEx OR -NRx
lb
kg
lb
kg
SIZE
0.06
0.03
0.06
0.03
08
0.03
0.01
0.05
0.02
12
0.12
0.05
0.14
0.06
16
0.29
0.13
0.34
0.15
25
0.2
0.09
0.35
0.16
32
MINIMUM
TRAVEL
in
mm
1
25
51
2
3
76
25
1
2-1/2 63.5
4
102
1-1/2 38
76
3
5
127
2
51
102
4
152
6
3
76
6
152
5C
SIZE
TRAVEL
in
mm
1
25
2
50
75
3
1
25
2-1/2 60
4
100
1-1/2 38
75
3
5
125
50
2
100
4
6
150
3
75
6
150
MOUNTING THE UNIT
IMPORTANT! Units must be mounted and used as a gantry/
base slide. Units cannot be mounted and used as a cantilever slide.
Consult PHD or your local distributor for a cantilever unit.
MOUNTED CORRECTLY
MOUNTED INCORRECTLY
USED AS A GANTRY/BASE SLIDE
NOT TO BE USED AS A CANTILEVER SLIDE.
5C-5
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
SLIDE SELECTION
THRUST SPECIFICATIONS
thrust capacity, allowable static and dynamic moment capacity, and
table deflection (as either pitch, yaw, or roll).
1
SHAFT
DIAMETER
mm
in
0.157 4
0.236 6
0.315 8
0.472 12
0.630 16
SIZE
08
12
16
25
32
THRUST CAPACITY
Use the effective piston area (see thrust specifications) of the
slide to determine if thrust is sufficient for the applied load. In
horizontal applications, a slide with polymer bushings
requires a higher breakaway pressure than a slide with
linear ball bushings.
Approximate breakaway pressure for polymer bushings due
to additional load is calculated as follows:
BORE
DIAMETER
mm
in
8
0.315
12
0.472
16
0.630
25
0.984
1.260
32
TOTAL EFFECTIVE
PISTON AREA
in2
mm2
0.12
75
0.27
172
0.47
302
1.17
756
1.87 1206
psi or bar = L x .15 / A, where
L = Load on saddle lb [N]
A = (SMHx08) = .15 [9.7]
A = (SMHx12) = .37 [24]
A = (SMHx16) = .59 [38]
A = (SMHx25) = 1.04 [67]
A = (SMHx32) = 2.5 [161]
F = Cylinder Force
A = Effective Area
2
IMPERIAL
F=PxA
lb
psi
in2
METRIC
F = 0.1 x P x A
N
bar
mm2
STATIC AND DYNAMIC MOMENT CAPACITY
Use the following graphs and equations to determine the
static and dynamic load capacities of the units.
(Continued on pages 5C-7 to 5C-9)
Approximate breakaway pressure under load:
(L x .15 / A) + Zero Load Breakaway measured in psi or bar.
5C
The above equations apply for direct loading only and are to
be used as guidelines only.
MOMENT ORIENTATIONS
LL+
Mp
Mp
Mr
L-
My
L+
My
Mr
My
Mr
L+
L-
Mp
LOADING DIAGRAMS
LOAD
LOAD
LOAD
CG
DIST
LOAD
LOAD
CG
DIST
CG
DIST
CG
DIST
CG
DIST
CG
DIST
LOAD
ROLL LOADS (Mr)
PITCH LOADS (Mp)
YAW LOADS (My)
5C-6
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
B and C = Constants
CG = Distance to Load in [mm]
L = Max Load at CG Distance lb [N]
L = C / (CG + B)
MOMENT CAPACITY
Use the following equations to determine the load capacity for
moment orientations. The load placed on the unit must be ≤ the
value calculated. If load is ≥ L, review the next larger size
of actuator.
POLYMER BUSHING MAX DYNAMIC PITCH AND YAW LOADS (Mp) (My)
SMHx08
SMHx12
SMHx16
SMHx25
SMHx32
B
in
1.60
2.10
2.50
2.04
2.54
3.55
2.53
3.03
4.03
2.45
3.46
4.45
3.32
4.81
C in-lb [Nmm]
10 in/sec [.25 m/sec] 20 in/sec [.51 m/sec] 30 in/sec [.76 m/sec] 60 in/sec [1.5 m/sec]
mm
4
438
2
280
1
140
8
904
40.6
5
579
3
370
2
185
10
1130
53.3
706
6
4
452
2
226
1468
13
63.5
1844
16
10
1152
6
691
3688
33
51.8
2296
20
13
1435
8
861
4592
41
64.5
3209
28
18
2005
11
1203
6418
57
90.2
43
4861
3326
1535
29
14
86
9714
64.3
57
6466
39
4424
18
2042
115 12989
76.9
76
8618
5897
2722
52
24
153 17281
102.5
89 10064
6709
3355
59
30
178 20105
62.2
125 14146
84
9431
42
4716
251 28350
87.8
161 18188
107 12125
54
6062
322 36370
112.9
205 23214
139 15714
63
7143
411 46429
84.3
303 34201
205 23151
93 10523
605 68402
122.2
MAX STATIC PITCH AND YAW
LOAD CALCULATIONS (Mp) (My)
BALL BUSHING MAX DYNAMIC PITCH
AND YAW LOADS (Mp) (My)
TRAVEL
B
C
in
mm
in
mm in-lb Nmm
2.53 64.3
77
8697
1-1/2 38
3.03 76.9 109 12255
SMBx16
3
75
4.03 102.5 145 16333
5
125
2.45 62.2 149 16773
2
50
3.46 87.8 209 23573
SMBx25
4
100
4.45 112.9 268 30316
6
150
3.32 84.3 253 28585
3
75
SMBx32
4.81 122.2 373 42143
6
150
Reduce loads by 30% for SMB units with -Q6 option.
SIZE
SIZE
SMxx08
SMxx12
SMxx16
SMxx25
SMx32
TRAVEL
in
mm
1
25
50
2
75
3
25
1
2-1/2 60
100
4
1-1/2 38
3
75
5
125
2
50
100
4
150
6
75
3
150
6
C
B
in
1.60
2.10
2.50
2.04
2.54
3.55
2.53
3.03
4.03
2.45
3.46
4.45
3.32
4.81
mm in-lb
41
40
36
53
33
64
51.8 126
64.5 109
90.2 117
64
364
77
303
102
286
931
62
88
900
113
881
84.3 2058
122.2 2020
Nmm
4519
4067
3728
14290
12340
13236
41126
34234
32314
105189
101686
99540
232568
228252
5C
SIZE
TRAVEL
in
mm
25
1
50
2
3
75
25
1
2-1/2 60
4
100
1-1/2 38
3
75
5
125
2
50
4
100
150
6
3
75
150
6
POLYMER BUSHING MAX DYNAMIC ROLL LOADS (Mr)
B
SIZE
SMHx08
SMHx12
SMHx16
SMHx25
SMHx32
in
0.642
0.746
0.969
1.184
1.716
mm 10 in/sec [.25 m/sec]
16.3
2.9
328
18.9
12
1356
24.6
37
4179
30.1
97
10956
43.6
225
25422
C in-lb [Nmm]
20 in/sec [.51 m/sec] 30 in/sec [.76 m/sec] 60 in/sec [1.5 m/sec]
1.4
158
0.9
102
0.5
56
6
678
4
452
2
226
19
2146
13
1468
6
678
48
5422
32
3614
16
1807
113
12767
76
8587
38
4293
BALL BUSHING MAX
DYNAMIC ROLL LOADS (Mr)
B
MAX STATIC ROLL LOADS (Mr)
SIZE
C
SIZE
in
mm
in-lb Nmm
35
3954
SMBx16 0.969 24.6
71
8022
SMBx25 1.184 30.1
137 15479
SMBx32 1.716 43.6
Reduce loads by 30% for SMB units with -Q6 option.
SMxx08
SMxx12
SMxx16
SMxx25
SMxx32
TRAVEL
in
mm
1
25
2
50
3
75
1
25
2-1/2 60
100
4
1-1/2 38
75
3
125
5
2
50
100
4
6
150
3
75
6
150
B
in
0.642
0.642
0.642
0.746
0.746
0.746
0.969
0.969
0.969
1.184
1.184
1.184
1.716
1.716
C
mm
16.3
16.3
16.3
18.9
18.9
18.9
24.6
24.6
24.6
30.1
30.1
30.1
43.6
43.6
in-lb
16
11
8
46
32
25
140
97
69
455
308
234
1064
721
Nmm
1808
1243
904
5226
3624
2781
15813
10956
7794
51392
34789
26430
120207
81430
5C-7
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
CENTERED LOADS (L-) (L+)
Maximum static loads for all units are shown in the table at
right. Maximum dynamic load for SMBxxx (ball bushings) are also
provided in the table. Refer to graphs for maximum dynamic loads
for polymer bushings.
SIZE
08
12
16
25
32
MAX STATIC
LOAD
lb
N
111
25
17
76
13
58
276
62
43
191
33
147
641
144
100
445
316
71
380 1690
260 1156
198
881
620 2758
420 1868
TRAVEL
in
mm
25
1
2
50
3
75
25
1
2-1/2 60
100
4
1-1/2 38
3
75
125
5
50
2
4
100
150
6
3
75
6
150
MAX DYNAMIC
LOAD (SMBxxx)
lb
N
4.5
20
16
71
36
160
60
267
80
356
DYNAMIC CENTERED LOAD GRAPHS FOR POLYMER BUSHING
SMHx08
5
[22.2]
5C
LOAD lb [N]
4
[17.8]
3
[13.3]
2
[8.9]
1
[4.4]
0
0
10
[.25]
20
[.51]
30
[.76]
40
[1.0]
60
[1.5]
50
[1.3]
TRAVEL VELOCITY in/sec [m/sec]
SMHx12
SMHx16
40
[178]
12
[53]
LOAD lb [N]
LOAD lb [N]
16
[71]
8
[36]
4
[17.8]
30
[133]
20
[89]
10
[44]
0
0
0
10
[.25]
20
[.51]
30
[.76]
40
[1.0]
50
[1.3]
60
[1.5]
0
10
[.25]
20
[.51]
SMHx25
40
[1.0]
50
[1.3]
60
[1.5]
SMHx32
60
[267]
140
[xxx]
120
[534]
50
[222]
40
[178]
LOAD lb [N]
LOAD lb [N]
30
[.76]
30
[133]
20
[89]
10
[44]
100
[445]
80
[356]
60
[267]
40
[178]
20
[89]
0
0
10
[.25]
20
[.51]
30
[.76]
40
[1.0]
50
[1.3]
0
60
[1.5]
0
10
[.25]
20
[.51]
30
[.76]
40
[1.0]
50
[1.3]
60
[1.5]
5C-8
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
3
LOAD
DEFLECTION
Use the following graphs and equations to determine the
static and dynamic deflection for a centered load with the
saddle located at mid-travel. Deflections occurring at endof-travel will be less than those indicated. Refer to PHD’s
Selection Software for deflections with pitch, yaw and roll
moment loads.
CENTERED LOAD DEFLECTION
SIZE 08
0.012
[.30]
3" [75 mm]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
0.010
[.25]
0.008
[.20]
2" [50 mm]
0.006
[.15]
0.004
[.10]
1" [25 mm]
0.002
[.05]
0
0
2
[9]
4
[18]
6
[27]
8
[36]
10
[44]
12
[53]
14
[62]
16
[71]
18
[80]
20
[89]
22
[98]
24
[107]
5C
LOAD lb [N]
SIZE 12
SIZE 16
0.016
[.41]
4" [100 mm]
0.010
[.25]
0.014
[.36]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
0.012
[.30]
2-1/2" [60 mm]
0.008
[.20]
0.006
[.15]
0.004
[.10]
1" [25 mm]
0.002
[.05]
5" [125 mm]
0.012
[.30]
0.010
[.25]
0.008
[.20]
0.006
[.15]
3" [75 mm]
0.004
[.10]
1-1/2" [38 mm]
0.002
[.05]
0
0
0
10
[44]
20
[89]
30
[133]
40
[178]
50
[222]
60
[267]
0
20
[89]
40
[178]
LOAD lb [N]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
DEFLECTION in [mm]
0.012
[.30]
0.010
[.25]
4" [100 mm]
0.008
[.20]
100
[445]
120
[534]
140
[623]
SIZE 32
6" [150 mm]
0.012
[.30]
6" [150 mm]
0.014
[.36]
80
[356]
LOAD lb [N]
SIZE 25
0.016
[.41]
60
[267]
0.006
[.15]
2" [50 mm]
0.004
[.10]
0.010
[.25]
0.008
[.20]
3" [75 mm]
0.006
[.15]
0.004
[.10]
0.002
[.05]
0.002
[.05]
0
0
0
50
[222]
100
[445]
150
[667]
200
[890]
250
[1112]
300
[1334]
350
[1557]
400
[1779]
LOAD lb [N]
0
100
[445]
200
[890]
300
[1334]
400
[1779]
500
[2224]
600
[2669]
LOAD lb [N]
5C-9
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
OPTIONS: SERIES SM SLIDES
UNIT
SIZE
08
12
16
25
32
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
SHOCK PAD IN
AE AR AND
POSITION 5 (RETRACT)
OR POSITION 6 (EXTEND)
SMxx12- SMxx32
B HEX
in
mm
.118
3
.500
13
.625
16
.875
23
1.0
26
A
in
.5
.75
.75
1.0
1.5
mm
13
19
19
25
38
-AR OPTION
POSITION 5
These options provide internal travel adjustment with a shock
pad in position 5 (retract) or position 6 (extend). Shock pads
provide excellent noise reduction and energy absorption capability.
Travel can be reduced by a maximum of ‘A’ per end shown in the
table. Adjust travel adjustment screw with ‘B’ hex wrench and lock
into place using ‘C’ hex wrench. A urethane material is provided
under the locking set screw to prevent damage to the travel
adjustment screw.
LOCKING SET SCREW
A
C HEX
in
mm
.438 11
.079
2
.079
2
.079
2
.118
3
-AE OPTION
POSITION 6
S
B HEX
C HEX
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT SCREW
WITH SHOCK PAD
S
VIEW S-S
5C
SMxx08 ONLY
-AR OPTION
POSITION 5
These options provide external travel adjustment with a shock
pad in position 5 (retract) or position 6 (extend). Shock pads
provide excellent noise reduction and energy absorption capability.
Travel can be reduced by a maximum of ‘A’ shown in the table.
Adjust travel adjustment screw with 3 mm hex wrench and lock into
place using 7/16" [11 mm] hex wrench.
-AE OPTION
POSITION 6
B HEX
C HEX
.945 MAX
[24]
A
NEx NRx IN POSITION 5 (RETRACT) OR
POSITION 6 (EXTEND)
SMxx12- SMxx32
These options provide internal shock absorbers and travel
adjustment in position 5 (retract) or position 6 (extend). Travel can
be reduced by a maximum of ‘A’ shown in the table. Adjust travel
with ‘B’ hex wrench and lock into place using ‘C’ hex wrench. A
urethane material is provided under the locking set screw to prevent
damage to the travel adjustment screw.
A
UNIT
SIZE
08
12
16
25
32
in
.5
.75
.75
1.0
1.5
-NRx OPTION
POSITION 5
mm
13
19
19
25
38
.354
[9]
B HEX
in
mm
.118
3
.500
13
.625
16
.875
23
1.0
26
C HEX
in mm
.438 11
.079 2
.079 2
.079 2
.118 3
-NEx OPTION
POSITION 6
A
S
B HEX
C HEX
LOCKING SET SCREW
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT SCREW
WITH SHOCK PAD
SMxx08 ONLY
These options provide shock absorbers and travel adjustment
in position 5 (retract) or position 6 (extend). Travel can be reduced
by a maximum of ‘A’ shown in the table. Adjust travel to the required
position using a large screwdriver and lock into place using 7/16"
[11 mm] hex wrench.
-NRx OPTION
POSITION 5
S
-NEx OPTION
POSITION 6
1.220 MAX
VIEW S-S
SCREWDRIVER
SLOT
C HEX
.354 [9]
5C-10
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
J3
PIN HOLES
J8
important, but a small amount of clearance is permissible.
This option provides a H7 tolerance precision fit with dowel
importance and for parts requiring rigidity and alignment.
SIZE 32
SIZE 08
SIZE 12
SIZE 16
SIZE 25
LETTER
in
mm
in
mm
mm in
mm
in mm
in
mm in mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm in mm
in
mm
in
mm
in mm in
DIM
TRAVEL 1
3
100
6
150
2
50
3
75
1
25 2-1/2 60
4 150 1-1/2 38
3
75
5
125
2
50
4
100
6
150
25
C
3.878 98.5 4.882 124.0 5.866 149.0 4.803 122.0 6.299 160.0 7.815 198.5 5.630 143.0 7.126 181.0 9.134 232.0 6.634 168.5 8.642 219.5 10.630 270.0 8.110 206.0 11.102 282.0
N
1.969 50.0
2.684 68.2
1.142
29.0
3.466 88.0
1.496
38.0
Q
0.905 23.0
1.260 32.0
0.551
14.0
1.575 40.0
0.670
17.0
R
1.929 49.0
2.677 68.0
1.102
28.0
3.386 86.0
1.496
38.0
5 mm x 5 mm DP
U
3 mm x 3 mm DP
8 mm x 8 mm DP
4 mm x 4 mm DP
6 mm x 6 mm DP
* SEE CATALOG DIMENSIONS FOR J3 AND J8 OPTIONS FOR AVAILABLE TOLERANCE RANGES.
Ø U DOWEL
STANDARD
HOLE
+.0004/-.0009
3 mm
[+.010/-.024]
+.0004/-.0009
4 mm
[+.010/-.024]
+.0004/-.0009
5 mm
[+.010/-.024]
+.0004/-.0009
6 mm
[+.010/-.024]
+.0004/-.0009
8 mm
[+.010/-.024]
TOLERANCE
J3 OPTION
+.0013/+.0003
[+.033/+.008]
+.0015/+.0005]
[+.038/+.013]
+.0015/+.0004]
[+.038/+.010]
+.0015/+.0005]
[+.038/+.013]
+.0016/+.0006]
[+.041/+.015]
J8 OPTION
+.0004/-.0000
[+.010/-.000]
+.0005/-.0000
[+.012/-.000]
+.0005/-.0000
[+.012/-.000]
+.0005/-.0000
[+.012/-.000]
+.0006/-.0000
[+.015/-.000]
B
C
5C
R
A
1/2 R
2X Ø SHAFTS
D
1/2 Q
Q
N
R
4X U DOWEL
Ø .0056 [.14] A B D
Ø .0015 [.038] A
SEE NOTES
DIAMETRAL POSITION
TOLERANCE ZONE:
THE ACTUAL AXIS OF
THE HOLE MAY BE
LOCATED OR TILTED
WITHIN THE
DIAMETRAL
TOLERANCE ZONE
STATED.
NOTES:
= POSITION TOLERANCE, THIS TOLERANCE DETERMINES THE LOCATION OF THE HOLES AND THE
PERPENDICULARITY TO THE INDICATED DATUM FEATURES.
1)
2)
3)
4)
DATUM A REFERS TO THE MOUNTING SURFACE OF THE SLIDE BODY.
DATUM B REFERS TO THE THEORETICAL CENTERLINE OF THE LENGTH OF DIMENSION C.
DATUM D REFERS TO THE THEORETICAL CENTERLINE BETWEEN THE SHAFTS.
THE AXIS OF THESE DOWEL HOLES ARE LOCATED TO DATUM A, DATUM B, AND DATUM D WITHIN A
.0056 [.14] DIAMETRAL TOLERANCE ZONE. (SEE FIGURE)
5) THE AXIS OF THESE DOWEL HOLES ARE FURTHER CONTROLLED TO EACH OTHER AND PERPENDICULAR
TO DATUM A WITHIN A .0015 [.038] DIAMETRAL TOLERANCE ZONE.
90°
HOLE Ø
DIAMETRAL ZONE
5C-11
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
M
PART NO.
67902-1-02
67902-1-05
67903-1-02
67903-1-05
67904-1-02
67904-1-05
67922-1
67923-1
67924-1
63549-02
63549-05
STATE SWITCHES
PHD’s Series 6790 Switch. The switch housing is completely
contained by the slide body and provides a very compact switch
design. The switches mount easily into two small grooves located
on the side of the slide body and are locked into place with a
set screw.
DESCRIPTION
5C
REED BENEFITS
END VIEW
■
■
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
CONTACT RESISTANCE
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
SIZE
08
12
16
25
32
REPEATABILITY
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
67902 & 67922
Magnetic Reed
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
Contact Closure
50 mA Max.
.115 Ohm Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
HYSTERESIS
MAXIMUM
.060 [1.5]
.060 [1.5]
.075 [1.9]
.070 [1.8]
.080 [2.0]
■
■
■
■
SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
ACTUATED BY
INPUT VOLTAGE
OUTPUT TYPE
CURRENT RATING
VOLTAGE DROP
SWITCH BURDEN
ENVIRONMENTAL
OPERATING TEMP.
BAND WIDTH
MINIMUM/MAXIMUM
.260 / .450 [6.6 / 11.4]
.260 / .660 [6.6 / 16.8]
.340 / .440 [8.6 / 11.2]
.300 / .425 [7.6 / 10.8]
.290 / .640 [7.4 / 16.3]
1.100 [27.9]
.777 [19.7]
.136 [3.5]
LED
REPEATABILITY
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
± .007 [± .18]
± .005 [± .13]
± .005 [± .13]
SIZE
08
12
16
25
32
67903 & 67923
67904 & 67924
Solid State
Piston Magnet
4.5 - 30 VDC
NPN (Sink)
PNP (Source)
50 mA. Max
.5 VDC
10 mA. Max.
IP67
-20° to 85°C
HYSTERESIS
MAXIMUM
.070 [1.8]
.069 [1.8]
.095 [2.4]
.080 [2.0]
.095 [2.4]
BAND WIDTH
MINIMUM/MAXIMUM
.255 / .550 [6.5 / 14.0]
.260 / .550 [6.6 / 14.0]
.330 / .510 [8.4 / 13.0]
.320 / .470 [8.1 / 11.9]
.280 / .580 [7.1 / 14.7]
.078 [2]
12.0 [305]
1.736 [44]
.095 [2.4]
3-48 x 3/16 [4.8]
SET SCREW*
.108 [2.7] .156 [3.9]
M8 x 1 THREAD
.260 [6.6]
Ø .315 [8]
.236 [6]
.134 [3.4]
.102 [2.6]
.180 [4.6]
63549-xx CORDSET
WITH FEMALE QUICK
CONNECT
PIN 2/4
WIRE COLOR
BLACK
Ø .402
[10.2]
PIN 1
WIRE COLOR
BROWN
1.299
[34.8]
.689
[19.3]
PIN 3
WIRE COLOR
BLUE
BLACK CONNECTOR
BLACK CABLE
MODEL NO.
63549-02
63549-05
LETTER DIM.
L
78.74 [2 m]
196.85 [5 m]
L
5C-12
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SOLID STATE WIRING SCHEMATICS
DC
BROWN
BLACK
MODEL NO. 67904-1 & 67924-1 - PNP (SOURCE)
INPUT: 4.5-30 VDC
(Bi-polar LED emits a red light.)
CABLED MODEL 67904
SWITCH
SWITCH
MODEL NO. 67903-1 & 67923-1 - NPN (SINK)
INPUT: 4.5 - 30 VDC
(Bi-polar LED emits a yellow light)
CABLED MODEL 67903
LOAD
BLUE
DC
BROWN
1
DC
LOAD
PIN 3
SWITCH
SWITCH
PIN 2/4
BLACK
LOAD
BLUE
DC
PIN 1
DC
BROWN
2/4 BLACK
3
BLUE
DC
PIN 1
PIN 2/4
DC
BROWN
1
DC
3
BLUE
LOAD
PIN 3
2/4 BLACK
MODEL NO. 67902-1 & 67922-1 - NPN (SINK) OR PNP (SOURCE)
INPUT: 4.5 - 30 VDC
(LED emits a red light)
LOAD
BROWN
DC
Q6
DC
PIN 3
PIN 2/4
PIN 1
BROWN
1
LOAD
2/4 BLACK
DC
BLACK
LOAD
BLUE
DC
QUICK CONNECT MODEL 67922 - PNP (SOURCE)
SWITCH
SWITCH
QUICK CONNECT MODEL 67922 - NPN (SINK)
DC
BROWN
5C
BLACK
CABLED MODEL 67902 - PNP (SOURCE)
DC
BLUE
SWITCH
SWITCH
CABLED MODEL 67902 - NPN (SINK)
3
BLUE
PIN 1
PIN 2/4
PIN 3
DC
BROWN
1
DC
3
BLUE
LOAD
2/4 BLACK
CORROSION RESISTANT
COMPLETE SHAFTS
This option provides complete corrosion resistant coating on
guide shafts for SMxx16, SMxx25 and SMxx32 units. This is for use
in applications where the standard shaft ends may corrode. SMHx08
and SMHx12 units are completely corrosion resistant including the
shafts as standard.
5C-13
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
UB55
PORTS IN SHAFTS LOCATED
IN POSITION 5
UB66
PORTS IN SHAFTS LOCATED
IN POSITION 6
These options provide porting in the shafts located in the
desired position. The shaft closest to the ports in the saddle will
always be considered the retracted port. SMxx25 & SMxx32 units
include port adaptors to allow the use of 1/8 NPT [1/8 BSPP]
fittings. Not available on SMxx08.
UNIT STANDARD PORT IN STANDARD THREAD PORT ADAPTOR
IN SHAFT
SADDLE
THREAD
A HEX
SIZE
12
M3 x 0.5
M3 BARB
.197 [5]
10-32 [M5 x 0.8]
16
10-32 [M5 x 0.8]
—
—
10-32 [M5 x 0.8]
25
M8 x 1.25
1/8 NPT [1/8 BSPP] .50 [13]
1/8 NPT [1/8 BSPP]
32
M12 x 1.75
1/8 NPT [1/8 BSPP] .625 [16]
1/8 NPT [1/8 BSPP]
B
LENGTH
.394 [10]
—
.551 [14]
.551 [14]
5C
UNIT SHOWN WITH THIS
PORT ENERGIZED OR
EXTEND POSITION
PORTS WIL BE
LOCATED ON THIS
SIDE FOR UB66 OPTION
5
6
PORTS WILL BE
LOCATED ON THIS
SIDE FOR UB55 OPTION
PORT ADAPTOR
PORT ADAPTOR INFORMATION
BARBS FOR USE
WITH 1/8" AIRLINES
PORT ADAPTOR
THREAD
A
A
B
B
SIZE 12
SIZES 25 AND 32
5C-14
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ACCESSORIES: SERIES SM SLIDES
MODULAR MOUNTING KITS
Modular design of the Series SM slide body allows Series STP
Rail Slides to bolt and dowel together without the need for a
transition plate. See chart for slide compatibility and hardware kits
required. Each kit contains 2 dowel pins and 4 SHCS to mount the
units together. PHD recommends that a -J3 option (transitional fit)
be specified with the slide ordering data to allow the units to dowel
together properly.
PRIMARY SECONDARY
SMxx08
STPDx08
SMxx12
STPDx12
SMxx16
STPDx16
SMxx25
STPDx25
SMxx32
STPDx32
KIT NUMBERS
IMPERIAL METRIC
71033
71034
71387
71388
71043
71044
71053
71054
CONSULT PHD
NOTE: CARRIAGE OF SERIES STP SLIDE
MUST BE MOVED FORWARD TO ACCESS
REAR MOUNTING HOLES IN SLIDE BODY
SERIES SM SLIDES
2X DOWEL PINS
4X SHCS
5C
SERIES STP SLIDES
PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET & TARGET KIT (KIT #71032)
Each kit contains a bracket, target and hardware for mounting
one 8 mm threaded proximity switch on an Series SMx Slide.
Switches must be ordered separately. See switches section in
PHD’s main catalog for detailed switch information.
UNIT
SIZE
08
12
16
25
32
A
in
.827
.866
.748
.748
.630
B
mm
21
22
19
19
16
in
.354
.433
.472
.669
.787
mm
9
11
12
17
20
A
TARGET
BRACKET
8mm PROXIMITY SWITCH
NOT INCLUDED IN KIT
.709
[18]
B
DESCRIPTION
51422-005-02
51422-006-02
See Switches and Sensors section of PHD’s main
catalog for switch details.
PART NO.
5C-15
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
STOPPING CAPACITY: SERIES SM SLIDES
STOPPING CAPACITY SELECTION
TABLE 1
From Table 1, determine slide standard moving weight, add any
additional weight adders due to options and add attached payload.
This will be total moving weight WTM .
SIZE
08
Example: SMB125 x 2 -AE-AR with 10 lb load
[SMB525 x 50-AE-AR with 44.5 N load]
12
WTM = 2.8 lb + .34 lb + .34 lb + 10 lb = 13.48 lb
[12.5 N + 1.5 N + 1.5 N + 44.5 N = 60 N]
16
weight against impact velocity. If the value plotted is below the
curve, then shock pads are an adequate deceleration method. If it is
above the curve, hydraulic shock absorbers are required.
25
32
TRAVEL
in mm
1
25
50
2
3
75
1
25
2-1/2 60
4 100
1-1/2 38
3
75
5 125
50
2
4 100
6 150
75
3
6 150
STANDARD
MOVING WEIGHT
lb
N
0.34 1.5
0.44 2.0
0.53 2.4
0.85 3.8
1.1
4.9
1.3
5.8
1.7
7.6
2.0
8.9
2.4 10.7
3.5 15.6
4.4 19.6
5.1 22.7
5.6 24.9
7.4 32.9
EFFECTIVE
PISTON AREA
in2
mm2
0.12
75
0.27
172
0.47
302
1.17
756
1.87
1206
30.0
[133]
36.0
[160]
To determine the correct hydraulic shock absorber, complete
the calculations on the next page.
5C
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE KINETIC ENERGY
SIZE 08
30.0
[.76]
Shock Pad Units
Plain Units
25.0
[.63]
20.0
[.51]
15.0
[.38]
10.0
[.25]
5.0
[.13]
0
0
1.0
[4.4]
2.0
[8.9]
3.0
[13.3]
4.0
[17.8]
5.0
[22.2]
kg x 9.8 = N
SIZE 12
30.0
[.76]
25.0
[.63]
20.0
[.51]
15.0
[.28]
10.0
[.25]
5.0
[.13]
0
25.0
[.63]
20.0
[.51]
15.0
[.28]
10.0
[.25]
5.0
[.13]
0
4.0
[17.8]
0
8.0
[35.6]
12.0
[53.4]
16.0
[71.2]
30.0
[.76]
0
6.0
[26.7]
kg x 9.8 = N
12.0
[53.4]
SIZE 25
20.0
[.51]
15.0
[.28]
10.0
[.25]
5.0
[.13]
0
24.0
[107]
kg x 9.8 = N
SIZE 32
30.0
[.76]
25.0
[.63]
18.0
[80.1]
SIZE 16
30.0
[.76]
25.0
[.63]
20.0
[.51]
15.0
[.28]
10.0
[.25]
5.0
[.13]
0
0
10.0
[44.5]
20.0
[89.0]
30.0
[133]
40.0
[178]
50.0
[222]
60.0
[267]
0
kg x 9.8 = N
20.0
[89.0]
40.0
[178]
60.0
[267]
80.0
[356]
100.0
[445]
120.0
[534]
kg x 9.8 = N
5C-16
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SHOCK ABSORBER SELECTION GUIDE: SERIES SM SLIDES
PHD SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATIONS CHART
ET
TOTAL ENERGY
THREAD
PER CYCLE
STROKE
TYPE
in-lb
in
m
Nm
25
.210 .0053 M8 x 1
2.8
25
.230 .0058 M8 x 1
2.8
50
.240 .0061 M10 x 1
5.7
.448 .0114 M14 x 1.5 150
17.0
.720 .0183 M20 x 1.5 240
27.1
SYMBOLS DEFINITIONS
ETC
FG
TOTAL ENERGY MAX PROPELLING
PER HOUR
FORCE
in-lb
lb
Nm
N
50,000 5654
45
200
50,000 5654
45
200
110,000 12439
80
356
260,000 29400
200
890
400,000 45231
280
1245
D = Cylinder bore diameter inch [mm]
EK = Kinetic energy in-lb [Nm]
ET = Total energy per cycle, EK + EW in-lb [Nm]
ETC = Total energy per hour in-lb/hr [Nm/hr]
EW = Work or drive energy in-lb [Nm]
FD = Propelling force lb [N]
FG = Max Propelling force lb [N]
P = Operating pressure psi [bar]
S = Stroke of shock absorber inch [m]
V = Impact velocity in/sec [m/sec]
WTM = Total moving weight lb [N or kg]
A. The total moving weight (WTM ) to be stopped. (completed from
prior page)
B. The slide velocity (V) at impact with the shock absorber.
C. Number of cycles per hour.
D. Orientation of the application’s motion (i.e. horizontal or vertical
application). See page 5C-18.
E. Operating pressure
SIZE 08 & 12
60
[1.5]
EK (in-lb) = .5 x WTM x V2
386
9.8
or
Note: WTM in kg mass may
be substituted for WTM
9.8
50
[1.3]
-2
40
[1.0]
-3
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
10
[.25]
0
0
5
[.6]
10
[1.1]
15
[1.7]
20
[2.3]
25
[2.8]
SIZE 16
60
[1.5]
STEP 3: Calculate the propelling force (FD ) for both extend and
retract. Refer to previous page for Effective Piston Areas.
Horizontal application: FD = Effective Piston Area x P
Vertical application: FD = (Effective Piston Area x P) ± WTM
+ indicates working with gravity, - indicates working against gravity
Note: when using mm2 and bar units, it will be necessary to multiply
the Effective Piston Area x P by a factor of .1 to obtain the correct
unit of measure.
50
[1.3]
5C
PHD
SHOCK
ABSORBER
SIZE
NO.
08 68149-01-x
12 68149-02-x
16 68015-01-x
25 67127-01-x
32 71451-01-x
-2
40
[1.0]
-3
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
10
[.25]
0
0
10
[1.1]
20
[2.3]
30
[3.4]
40
[4.5]
50
[5.6]
SIZE 25
60
[1.5]
unit has an FG capacity greater than the value just calculated. If not,
Calculate the work energy input (EW = FD x S) using the travel of the
shock absorber selected.
unit has an ET capacity greater than the value just calculated. If not,
50
[1.3]
-1
40
[1.0]
-2
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
-3
10
[.25]
0
0
20
[2.3]
40
[4.5]
60
[6.8]
80
[9.0]
100
[11.3]
120
[13.6]
140
[15.8]
SIZE 32
energy (ET). The area (-1, -2 -3, or -4) that the point falls in is the
correct damping constant for the application.
60
[1.5]
STEP 5: Calculate the total energy that must be absorbed per hour
(ETC). ETC = ET x C
unit has an ETC capacity greater than the value just calculated. If not,
50
[1.3]
-3
40
[1.0]
-4
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
10
[.25]
0
0
50
[5.6]
100
[11.3]
150
[16.9]
200
[22.6]
250
[28.2]
300
[33.9]
350
[39.5]
400
[45.2]
450
[50.8]
5C-17
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
SLIDE SIZING EXAMPLE: SERIES SM SLIDES
5C
HORIZONTAL APPLICATION ON EDGE
STEP 1: Determine Application Data
STEP 4: Refer to page 5C-6 for thrust capacity calculation if needed.
Pick and place application as shown
Total Weight of vertical slide = 4.8 lb [21.4 N]
STEP 5: Refer to PHD's Selection Software for deflection
calculations if needed
Total Weight of gripper and tooling = .6 lb [2.7 N]
STEP 6: Calculate Stopping Capacity
Total Weight of gripped object = .1 lb [.4 N]
Using the total moving weight and the velocity, review the kinetic
energy graphs. Since the plotted value for shock pads falls outside the
curves, shock absorbers are required.
Operating Pressure = 87 psi [6 bar]
Required Travel = 5" [125 mm]
Bushings = Polymer
See Shock Absorber Selection Guide for detailed instructions.
Cycle/hours = 1800
WTM = Total weight of system + moving weight
WTM = 5.5 [24.5] + 2.4 [10.7] = 7.9 lb [35.2 N]
Velocity = 30 in/sec [.76 m/sec] Max
EK = .5 x WTM x V2 / 386 = 9.2 in-lb [1.04 Nm]
Offset from center of slide (CG) = 1.25 in [31.75 mm]
FD = Effective Piston Area x Operating Pressure
FD = .47 in2 [302 mm2] x 87 psi [6 bar] = 41 lb [181 N]
Selection is OK since FD < 80
Travel adjustment or shock absorbers required
STEP 2: Determine the Total Weight of the system
Total Weight = 4.8 + .6 +.1 = 5.5 lb [24.5 N]
EW = FD x S = 41 [181] x .24 [.0061] = 9.8 in-lb [1.1 Nm]
STEP 3: Determine the moment load of the system
ET = EK + EW = 9.2 [1.04] + 9.8 [1.1] = 19 in-lb [2.15 Nm]
Selection is OK since ET < 50 in-lb [5.7 Nm]
Refer to the Roll Load Calculations to determine minimum size of
actuator required.
ETC = ET x C = 19 [2.15] x 1800 = 34200 [3870]
Selection is OK since ETC < 110,000 [12439]
L = C / (D+B), where L = Load lb [N], D = CG Distance,
B, C = Constants obtained from Roll table
Refer to Shock Absorber graphs to select the appropriate damping
constant which would be -3.
Minimum Travel required is 5", first check for SMHx16
L = 13 [1468] / (1.25 [31.75] + .969 [24.6]) = 5.86 lb [26 N]
STEP 7: Generate Slide Model Number
SMH116 x 5 - NE3 - NR3 for Imperial
SMH516 x 125 - NE3 - NR3 for Metric
Since 5.86 lb [26 N] > applied load then SMHx16 would be
sufficient.
5C-18
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
5C
NOTES
5C-19
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sm
www.phdinc.com/c
SIZE
03 - 3/8" Shaft
04 - 1/2" Shaft
06 - 3/4" Shaft
OPTION
Q - Corrosion resistant guide shafts
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
04 *
16913-002
06 *
16913-003
DESIGN NO.
12 mm PROXIMITY SWITCH AND NUT (2 REQUIRED)
15561-001
DC 24 Volts - Sink - (NPN)
15561-002
DC 24 Volts - Source - (PNP)
15561-003
AC 117 VAC
DESCRIPTION
03
SHOCK & LOCK-NUT 11036-012
* Kit includes nylon shock button
SHOCK KITS
SHAFT DESIGNATION
U - Plain Shaft
03 - 1" to 16"
04 - 1" to 24"
06 - 1" to 36"
SLIDE TRAVEL
(in 1" increments)
CB U 04 1 x 24 - Q
MODEL
CA - Magnetic Slide with 110 psi to uncouple
CB - Magnetic Slide with 150 psi to uncouple
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Model, Shaft Designation, Size, Design No., and Slide Travel.
5C
ORDERING DATA: SERIES C SLIDES
5C-20
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES C SLIDES
F
A
C
B
D
E
WORKING PRINCIPLE
The Series C Slide consists of a saddle A driven
by a magnetically coupled rodless air cylinder B. The
saddle contains four ball bushings C riding on two
precision ground steel shafts D.
■
■
■
■
The cylinder design has no rod and no potential for dynamic
leaks to the atmosphere.
■
Built-in travel adjustments E are standard, making end
positions simple to adjust.
The magnetic cylinder has compliance to the moving saddle to
allow for shaft deflection and provides long life.
■
Optional shock absorbers F are available to dampen the
end-of-travel impact.
The slide is designed with linear ball bushings and precision
ground shafts for positive support of the load.
■
12 mm Proximity Switches are available to provide
end-of-travel signals.
The built-in rodless cylinder saves space by eliminating the
need for an externally mounted cylinder. The result is a
compact, low profile slide which is easily integrated into
your design.
SPECIFICATIONS
SERIES C
POWER SOURCE
Rodless Cylinder
STATIC UNCOUPLING
Model CA - 110 psi Min.
Model CB - 150 psi Min.
GUIDE SHAFTS
BEARINGS
Two Hardened, Precision Ground Steel Shafts
4 Linear Ball Bushings
SADDLE
END BLOCKS
CYLINDER BARREL
Stainless Steel
MAGNETS
STANDARD TRAVELS
Neodymium
1" to 36" in 1" increments
Max. travel may vary with unit size
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
OPTIONAL - KITS
up to .5" in each direction
Shock Absorbers, Proximity Switches
MINIMUM PRESSURE
40 psi
5C-21
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/c
5C
BENEFITS
5C-22
www.phdinc.com/c
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
S
3/8
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
O
G TO SHAFT CL
V
BOTH
ENDS
P
L
LETTER DIMENSION
Q
R
4X THRU DIA AND C'BORE FROM
OPPOSITE SIDE FOR U SHCS
T
BOTH
ENDS
CL
B
N
M
S
P AT END OF TRAVEL
T
U
4X R THREAD
2X X SHAFT DIA
V
W
.157 MIN
BOTH ENDS
X
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
+ .030 / - .500
BOTH ENDS
Z
O
Y
.905
MAX
W
Z
AA
BB
Cxx041
CC
Y THREAD ON OPPOSITE SIDE
THRU DIA AND C'BORE FOR Q
SHCS 2X EACH END
CL
K
BOTH ENDS
1-12
3/4-16
4.750 3.375 4.250 3.625 3.125 2.750 .500 1.688 .062 .500 1.656 1.750 2.875 .250 .688 #10 x .210 DP 10-24 x .37 DP .375 1.000 #8 x .199 DP 1.375 1.875 .375 1/4-20 x .50 DP 2.688 .594 10-32 1/2-20
A
H
J
D E M
A + TRAVEL
C + TRAVEL
3/4 6.375 4.750 5.750 5.000 4.500 4.000 .688 2.250 .125 .625 2.250 2.000 4.125 .312 .812 1/4 x .275 DP 1/4-20 x .50 DP .500 1.500 #10 x .215 DP 1.938 2.750 .500 5/16-18 x .75 DP 3.938 .875 1/8
Cxx061 1-1/8 7.875 6.000 7.125 6.250 5.750 5.250 .875 3.000 .125 .750 3.000 2.250 5.250 .375 .938 5/16 x .338 DP 5/16-18 x .75 DP .625 2.000 1/4 x .275 DP 2.625 3.500 .750 3/8-16 x 1.00 DP 5.188 1.000 1/8
Cxx031
SLIDE BORE
MODEL SIZE
MTG. HOLES: CENTERED ON DESIGNATED CENTERLINES OF UNIT
Cxx031: 10-32 BARB FITTINGS ARE SUPPLIED WITH UNIT
.50 DIA THRU FOR OPTIONAL
BOTH ENDS
F
BB PORT
BOTH
ENDS
AA
CC THREAD THRU FOR
OPTIONAL SHOCK ABSORBERS
BOTH ENDS
5C
DIMENSIONS: SERIES C MAGNETICALLY COUPLED SLIDES
SOLUTIONS FOR
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES C SLIDES
MAGNETIC CYLINDER
MAXIMUM LOAD STATIC
A rodless magnetic cylinder located between the guide shafts is
used to power the slide saddle. The piston is magnetically coupled
to the saddle through a series of magnets contained in the saddle.
There are two coupling strengths available on each size slide to best
fit each application.
The maximum load the bearings can support while the slide is
static. The actual load capability of the slide is primarily based upon
the deflection of the shafts (see page 5C-18).
Caution must be taken in using Series C Slides in areas
containing small metal chips or metal dust. The magnetic field may
attract ferrous particles and cause premature wear on the external
cylinder wall.
CBU03
17 lb Min.
CAU04
55 lb Min.
LUBRICATION
CBU04
78 lb Min.
CAU06
130 lb Min.
CBU06
180 lb Min.
PHD recommends the use of lubricated air on Series C
Magnetically Coupled Slides. Applications which require reduced
speeds and smooth motion will particularly benefit from the use of
lubricated air. The internal seals are compatible with standard
petroleum-based oil typically used for air cylinder lubrication.
MAGNETIC COUPLING
TRAVEL ATTITUDE
Values shown in the above chart indicate how much force can
be applied to the saddle under static conditions without uncoupling
it from the cylinder piston. These are actual tested values and
include no safety factor. Actual strength will vary slightly due to
manufacturing tolerances. Should the piston uncouple from the
saddle, it is easily recoupled by removing the travel adjustment
screw and shock absorber. Manually apply force to the saddle until
it recouples to the piston. It is recommended the air valves not be
reversed or closed during slide travel to avoid uncoupling due to
inertia of load.
Slides may be operated in any attitude from horizontal
to vertical.
MATERIALS
The end blocks and saddle are manufactured using anodized
aluminum. Series C Slides are constructed using two hardened
precision ground shafts and four linear ball bushings with elastomer
rod wipers.
TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT
TYPICAL LOADS
The amount of load the Series C Slide can carry is based
primarily on the deflection of the guide shafts. See page 5C-18 for
specific deflection information.
If needed, travel adjustment screws are located on each end of
the slide to decrease the nominal travel by up to .5 inch in both
directions. The adjustment screw contains a urethane pad to reduce
noise and shock.
MAXIMUM LOAD ROLLING
MAXIMUM VELOCITY
The maximum load the bearings can support while the slide is
traversing. The actual load capability of the slide is primarily based
upon the deflection of the shafts (see page 5C-18).
Consult PHD for maximum velocity. Shock absorbers are
recommended for speeds in excess of 6 inches per second.
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTHS
Tolerance on nominal travel lengths is + .125/- .030.
SLIDE
MODEL
CxU03
CxU04
CxU06
TYPICAL MAX. ROLLING MAX. STATIC
LOAD
LOAD (lb)
LOAD (lb)
5
10
20
14
36
94
70
180
470
UNIT WEIGHT
lb
EFFECTIVE
PISTON AREA (in2)
OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
2.14 + (.07 x Travel)
4.96 + (.12 x Travel)
11.69 + (.26 x Travel)
.110
.442
.995
- 20°
to
180°F
5C-23
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/c
5C
MODEL
CAU03
ENVIRONMENT
STATIC MAGNETIC
COUPLING STRENGTH
12 lb Min.
MAINTENANCE INFORMATION: SERIES C SLIDES
SERIES C SLIDE RECOUPLING
INSTRUCTIONS
2.
The Series C Slide saddle is magnetically coupled to the
cylinder piston.
Remove the travel adjusting screw on the end the piston is
hitting and force the saddle against the end plate. This will
recouple the piston to the saddle (Figure 2). This may take up
to 180 pounds of force on the larger units.
CAUTION:
The saddle may uncouple from the piston if it is manually
moved while air pressure is maintained on the cylinder. It is
recommended the air pressure and valves be disconnected if the
slide saddle must be manually moved during set up.
SADDLE
DO NOT DISMANTLE
This unit should not be dismantled, repaired, or lubricated in
the field due to possible contamination of the high force magnets on
the piston. It is recommended the unit be returned to PHD if repairs
become necessary.
PISTON
RECOUPLING
Should the saddle become uncoupled from the piston, it may
be easily recoupled using the following procedure.
Determine where the piston is in relationship to the saddle by
backing off all the travel adjustments, proximity switches, and
shock absorbers. The piston will be off of the center of the
saddle on one side or the other (Figure 1) and will hit the end
plate prior to the saddle reaching its end of travel position.
5C
1.
SADDLE
FIGURE 2
3.
Piston properly coupled
Replace the travel adjustment screw and readjust both
adjustment screws, proximity switches, and shock absorbers.
Symptoms of an uncoupled piston are:
• End-of-travel bounce
• Partially coupled pistons may prematurely uncouple
• Erratic saddle motion
• Internal noise of piston hitting the end plates prior to the
saddle reaching end of travel
4.
The causes of uncoupling are:
A. Traveling too fast and stopping abruptly at the end of
travel. (The inertia of piston exceeds the coupling strength.)
Shock absorbers and speed controls help this situation.
PISTON
B. Externally forcing the saddle to move but not letting the air
in the cylinder to vent can raise the internal air pressure
over the static uncoupling pressure. Allowing the air to vent
solves this situation.
FIGURE 1
Piston in uncoupled state
C. Shifting a closed center valve while the saddle is moving.
(Not stopped at ends.) The inertia of the saddle and tooling
can raise internal pressure over the advertised static
uncoupling pressure reducing speed. Mass of tooling or
not shifting value will solve this situation.
5C-24
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/c
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ACCESSORIES & OPTION: SERIES C SLIDES
PROXIMITY SWITCHES
MODEL NUMBER
15561-001
PHD offers three models of inductive proximity switches for
use with Magnetically Coupled Slides.
15561-002
15561-003
DESCRIPTION
DC Inductive Proximity Switch
(Current Sinking)
(Current Sourcing)
AC Inductive Proximity Switch
SHOCK ABSORBERS
It is recommended that hydraulic shock absorbers be used in
any high speed or high inertial load applications. These shocks are
ordered separately and are mounted in the end blocks. The plunger
on the shock contacts a urethane pad in the saddle to reduce noise.
SLIDE
MODEL
CxU03
CxU04
CxU06
SHOCK ABSORBER
IMPERIAL
METRIC
11036-012 17668-002
16913-002 17672-002
16913-003 17672-003
ACCESSORY DIMENSIONS
D SHOCK
TRAVEL
.20 DIA x 78.50 LONG CABLE
2.197
.150
A MAX
SLIDE
MODEL
CxU03
CxU04
CxU06
Q
C
D
A
DIM. THREAD TRAVEL
.798
.40
1/2-20
1.875 3/4-16
.50
1.215 1-12
1.00
.750
.415 DIA
M12 x 1 THREAD
CORROSION RESISTANT
GUIDE SHAFTS
Extremely hard corrosion resistant coating on the guide shafts
for use in applications where moisture may corrode hardened
ground shafts. End faces of the shafts will remain uncoated. Consult
PHD for fully coated shafts.
SOLUTIONS FOR
5C-25
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/c
5C
C THREAD
SELECTION GUIDE: SERIES C SLIDES
SEE EACH SLIDE SECTION FOR SIZING AND SELECTION OF OTHER SLIDE SERIES.
THERE ARE THREE MAJOR FACTORS TO CONSIDER WHEN SELECTING A SLIDE.
1
SHAFT DEFLECTION
3
AIR CYLINDER POWER
Use the equations shown in the applications where
deflection is a factor.
Use the effective piston area by working pressure (psi) to
determine if the slide has sufficient force for the load.
2
BEARING LIFE
Use the maximum load rolling (lb) and the maximum load
static (lb) to determine if the slide bearings can handle
the total payload (include part, tooling, and all hardware).
Bearing loads shown are for maximum life. Higher loads
may be applied, but will reduce life. See applications for
calculating higher loads.
SYMBOL DEFINITIONS
Distance between tool plate and bearing center (in)
Expected unit life (See Notes 1 & 2) (millions of cycles)
Distance between shaft centers (in)
Ball bearing factor
Bearing housing and bearings weight (lb)
Distance between load center and center of nearest shaft (in)
Load force equivalent (lb)
Deflection factor
5C
A C DGHL LF M-
P
R
S
T
X
Y
Z
-
Distance between bearing pivot centers (in)
Load location distance (in)
Travel of slide (in)
Tool plate weight (lb)
Shaft length factor (in)
Shaft deflection in direction that is maximum (in)
Weight of shaft (lb/in)
SLIDE DATA CHART
X
Z
EFFECTIVE
PISTON
AREA (in2)
MAX.
LOAD
ROLLING
EXTEND RETRACT
lb
MAX.
LOAD
STATIC
lb
SLIDE
MODEL
A
D
G
H
M
P
T
CxU03
—
1.875
70
1.13
5,581,000
2.250
—
3.500 .031
.110
.110
14
70
CxU04
—
2.750
180
2.37
17,640,000
3.250
—
4.875 .055
.442
.442
36
180
CxU06
—
3.500
470
4.50
89,302,000
4.125
—
6.125 .125
.995
.995
94
470
NOTES: 1. HOUSING - Load centered on housing and tool plates are stationary.
TOOL PLATE - Load centered on each tool plate and housing is stationary.
(Support plate is recommended when both tool plates are loaded.)
2. For max. travel life (S x C) = 1000
3. Do not use values higher than 1000 for (S x C)
4. Bearing loads shown are for maximum life. Higher loads may be applied, thus reducing life.
See applications for calculating higher loads.
5C-26
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/c
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
APPLICATION #5
2
Compare LF with bearing factor to ensure maximum
bearing life.
The slide is mounted horizontally and the load is centered on
the bearing housing.
SERIES C
W
3
G
≥ LF
SxC
If the equation does not yield the proper answer, either reduce
slide life or increase slide model size until the answer is correct.
1
Calculate the load force equivalent .
3
LF =W + H
2
Calculate the shaft deflection Y.
Y=
LF X + S
3
Y=
M
LF X + 2 x S
M
3
NOTE: For H, X, and M see Slide Data Chart.
APPLICATION #6
5C
The slide is mounted horizontally. The load is centered to the
length of the bearing housing and is offset on the bearing housing
width at a given distance from the center line of the nearest
guide shaft.
CONDITION B
CONDITION A
L
W
W
D
D
L
W
W
1
Calculate the load force equivalent.
CONDITION A
CONDITION B
2
LF = W L + 1 + H
D
2
2
LF =
W+H + WxL
2
D
2
bearing life.
3
3
SERIES C
SERIES C
G
≥ LF
SxC
Y=
LF X + S
3
M
5C-27
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/c
APPLICATION #7
The slide is mounted vertically and the load is located at a
given distance from the centerline of the nearest guide shaft.
CONDITION A
CONDITION B
R
L
W
1
W
3
W
CONDITION B
LF = W x L
P
5C
W
Calculate the load force equivalent.
CONDITION A
2
L
LF =
W
2
2
R +L
P
bearing life.
3
G
≥ LF
SxC
5C-28
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/c
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SLIDES
INDEX:
Ordering Data
Page 5D-2
SERIES SG
Benefits
Pages 5D-3 and 5D-4
Smooth Precision Linear Motion for High Load Applications
Dimensions
Page 5D-5
Engineering Data
Pages 5D-6 to 5D-13
Torsional Deflection
& TC Bushing Data
Page 5D-14
Options
Accessories
Pages 5D-23
NEW!
Shock Absorber
Selection Guide
SG Slide with
Rodless Cylinder
SERIES SG SLIDE WITH
RODLESS CYLINDER
5D-1
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
5D
Stopping Capacity
Page 5D-24
www.phdinc.com/sg
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
Standard ports, cushion controls, and port controls are located in positions 1 & 5.
Sizes 2 and 3 use 10-32 [M5] ports when combined with port controls on the
same surface.
DB - Cushion controls both direction (Standard in location 1 & 5)
DE - Cushion control extend only (Standard in location 1)
DR - Cushion control retract only (Standard in location 5)
H4 - Cylinder replacement only
H47- Rodlok
cylinder with
locking device adaptor (Not available on size 1)
WITH CYLINDER
OPTIONS
L9
DB - NPT ports (NPT-standard on imperial units BSPP-standard on metric units)
EDE - Hall Effect magnetic piston (Available on size 1 only)
M
DR - Magnetic piston for use with PHD Miniature Reed and Magnetoresistive
H4 Switches (Magnetoresistive switches not available on size 1)
PB
E - Port controls both directions (Standard locations are 1 & 5, not available on size 1)
PE
M - Port control extend only (Standard in location 1, not available on size 1)
PR
U6 - Port control retract only (Standard in location 5, not available on size 1)
UBxx
U7 - Optional port locations
DESIGN NO.
2 - Imperial
6 - Metric
SLIDE SLIDE TRAVEL
SIZE IMPERIAL UNITS
21 1" to 12"
22 1" to 12"
23 1" to 16"
24 1" to 20"
25 1" to 24"
26 1" to 36"
Available in 1/4" increments.
Total slide travel from
retract position 1 to
extend position 3.
!
pages for adders.
SLIDE OPTIONS
BB - Shock Pad both directions
BE - Shock Pad on extension
BR - Shock Pad on retraction
CB - Proximity Switch ready both ends*
GX - Saddle mounting in position number 4
GY - Saddle mounting in position number 1
(Not available on sizes 1, 2, 3 slides)
L4 - Lube fitting in saddle port position 2 and 4
L6 - Lube fitting in saddle port position 3
Q1 - Corrosion-resistant guide shafts (ends unplated)
Z1 - Electroless nickel plated ferrous metal parts
*Switches must be ordered separately.
SHOCK ABSORBER KITS
PHD SHOCK
SLIDE
ABSORBER NO.
MODEL
57858-07-x
SGxx1, SGxx2
57858-01-x
SGxx3
57858-02-x
SGxx4, SGxx5, SGxx6
SLIDE
SLIDE TRAVEL
SIZE
METRIC UNITS
61 - 25 mm to 305 mm
62 - 25 mm to 305 mm
63 - 25 mm to 405 mm
64 - 25 mm to 510 mm
65 - 25 mm to 610 mm
66 - 25 mm to 915 mm
Available in 5 mm increments.
Total slide travel from
retract position 1 to
extend position 3.
NOTES:
1) All units are shock ready as standard. Shock absorber kits
are ordered separately. See page 5D-25 for complete
2) Shock absorber on retraction is not available with UB2x
option (port position 2).
3) Shock absorbers are not plated with -Z1 option.
4) Options -BB and -BR are not available with
shock absorbers.
MODEL NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
51422-005-02
8 mm Threaded Current Sinking (NPN)
51422-006-02
8 mm Threaded Current Sourcing (PNP)
THREE POSITION UNIT
E - 3 position cylinder
2
MID-POSITION
(CYL. 2 TRAVEL)
1 RETRACT
3 POSITION DETAIL
WITHOUT CYLINDER OPTIONS
H11 - VDMA/ISO cylinder ready
32 and 40 mm bore
H12 - ISO 6432 cylinder ready
16, 20, and 25 mm bore
-H11 and -H12 are available on design
number 6 metric units only.
EXTEND 3
(CYL. 1 TRAVEL)
S G B E 2 3 x 6 x 3 – DB – M – PB – BB – Q1 – Z1
SERIES
G - Gantry
PRODUCT
S - Slide
TYPE
B - Standard linear ball bushing,
standard shaft
C - TC bushing, standard shaft
D - TC bushing, oversize shaft
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Type, Design No.,
Size, Travel, and Options.
SIZE
8 mm shaft standard,
10 mm shaft oversize
MID-POSITION TRAVEL
Travel from retract position 1
to mid-position 2.
5D
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SG SLIDES
5D-2
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS AND ADVANTAGES: SERIES SG SLIDES
BENEFITS
Series SG Slides are available in six sizes with travels to
36 inches or 900 mm to cover a wide range of saddle slide
applications.
■
The slide saddle contains four bushings which ride on two
hardened, precision ground shafts providing smooth, precise
linear motion.
■
Series SG Slides can be equipped with either linear ball
bushings or TC fluoropolymer composite bushings to provide
optimum performance with minimum slide deflection for all
types of applications.
■
Oversize guide shafts are available on units with TC bushings
for maximum rigidity and minimum deflection.
■
Both linear ball bushings and TC bushings have internal
lubrication for maximum life.
■
Linear ball bushings provide the lowest friction for low
breakaway and come standard with shaft seals for protection
from external contamination.
■
The anodized aluminum alloy saddle is supplied with
threaded and counterbored holes for easy mounting of tooling
and fixturing.
■
Series SG Slides are available in both metric and imperial
versions allowing flexibility in design for a world market.
■
Metric units can be specified as “ISO cylinder ready” providing a
slide with all hardware to mount other VDMA/ISO cylinders.
■
Options include shock absorbers, cushions, shock pads,
proximity switches, and corrosion-resistant shafts, allowing the
slide to be specified for a wide variety of application
requirements.
■
Built-in standard travel adjustments provide easy precise
positioning of the end-of-travel positions.
■
Units are powered by PHD’s rugged Series CV Cylinders (except
size 1).
■
When specified with the Hushcontrol® Advantage, superb speed
control, deceleration control, and environmentally friendly noise
levels are achieved.
■
Ports, cushion controls, and port controls
can be specified in any combination and in
several locations on the cylinder head and
cap for easy accessibility.
SHCS REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 1
CANTILEVER SLIDE
SEE TABLE 1 & 2
DOWEL PINS REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 1
DOWEL PINS
REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 2
CANTILEVER SLIDE
SEE TABLE 2
SHCS REQUIRED
SEE TABLE 2
NEW!
■
Optional NPT ports are available on metric units to meet specific
customer requirements.
■
Optional PHD Reed and Magnetoresistive Switches are available
for simple interfacing to electronic system controls.
■
Optional Rodlok® securely holds a static saddle in place at any
point of travel desired. Ideal for applications where rod drift due
to system leakage, air-line rupture, or electric power loss is
unacceptable. See page 5D-18.
GANTRY SLIDE
SEE TABLE 1
5D
■
Modular design of the SK/SL housing allows the unit to
bolt and dowel directly to the saddle of the metric Series
Each kit includes 4 SHCS and 2 dowel pins.
TABLE 1: SERIES SK/SL SLIDE TO SERIES SG SERIES SLIDE
MODULAR DESIGN
GANTRY
CANTILEVER
SGxx62
SK/SLxx71
SGxx63
SK/SLxx72
SGxx64
SK/SLxx73
SGxx65
SK/SLxx74
SGxx66
SK/SLxx75
HARDWARE KITS
STANDARD -Z1 OPTION
65578-01-1 65578-01-2
65578-02-1 65578-02-2
65578-03-1 65578-03-2
65578-04-1 65578-04-2
65578-05-1 65578-05-2
TABLE 2: SERIES SK/SL SLIDE TO SERIES SK/SL SERIES SLIDE
MODULAR DESIGN
CANTILEVER CANTILEVER
TOOL PLATE
HOUSING
SK/SLxx72
SK/SLxx71
SK/SLxx73
SK/SLxx72
SK/SLxx74
SK/SLxx73
SK/SLxx75
SK/SLxx74
SK/SLxx76
SK/SLxx75
HARDWARE KITS
STANDARD -Z1 OPTION
65547-01-1 65547-01-2
65547-02-1 65547-02-2
65547-03-1 65547-03-2
65547-04-1 65547-04-2
65547-05-1 65547-05-2
5D-3
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
BENEFITS AND ADVANTAGES: SERIES SG SLIDES
NEW!
The cylinder features...
The HUSHCONTROL® Advantage
Only PHD Series CV Cylinders are offered with the Hushcontrol®
Advantage. Hushcontrol® is achieved when optional cushions and
Port Controls® are ordered with the standard shock pads. This
PORT CONTROL®
PHD’s Port Control is a built-in flow
control valve for regulating the speed of
the cylinder through its entire stroke.
• Superior speed and deceleration control of piston rod and
attached loads.
CUSHION
Effective cushion up to 22 mm
for smooth deceleration at end
of stroke.
• Significantly lowers noise
levels even at high cycle
speeds.
5D
SHOCK PAD
Built-in shock pads are standard
on all sizes. Eliminates metal to
metal contact.
NEW!
(Option -PB,-DB)
Rodlok®
Optional Rodlok® securely holds a static piston rod in place at
any point of stroke desired. Ideal for applications where rod drift is
unacceptable due to system leakage, line rupture, or power loss.
■
PHD’s TC fluoropolymer composite bushing has a thin housing
allowing the use of larger diameter guide shafts than would be
possible with linear ball bushings.
■
■
Field applications and testing have proved slide static load and
shock load capability to be superior to that of units with
■
Together with cost benefits, slide performance with TC
bushings is enhanced by reduced deflection of the large
diameter shafts. (See pages 5D-8 through 5D-13 for TC
bushing performance data.)
TC BUSHING
BUSHING SLEEVE
SHAFT
SLIDE BODY
5D-4
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SG SLIDES
A + TRAVEL
C + TRAVEL
D
CC
N
Y
B* + TRAVEL
K BOTH ENDS
O
4
BB PORTS
E
1
V SQ
F
W
E
3
P M CL
R
1/2" [12.7 mm] OF
STROKE ADJUSTMENT
2X Ø Z +.001/-.000
[+.025/-.000] FOR
DOWEL PIN, AA DP
I
Ø X1 SHAFT FOR
SGB & SGC UNITS
Ø X2 SHAFT
FOR SGD UNIT
2X EE THREAD THRU
SHOCK MOUNTING HOLE
2
DD ADJUSTED ON RETRACT
ONLY (THIS END) SEE NOTE 2.
Ø R +.001/-.000 [+.025/-.000]
FOR DOWEL PIN, U DP
4X T THREAD THIS
SIDE, COUNTERBORE
FROM THE OPPOSITE
SIDE FOR Q SHCS
THRU DIA & COUNTERBORE
FOR S SHCS
3 POSITION DETAIL
FF* + SLIDE TOTAL
TRAVEL +
MID-POSITION
TRAVEL
L
J
H
G
IMPERIAL
[METRIC]
SGx21
[SGx61]
SGx22
[SGx62]
SGx23
[SGx63]
SGx24
[SGx64]
SGx25
[SGx65]
SGx26
[SGx66]
PHD BORE
[ISO BORE]
3/4
[19]
.787
[20]
.984
[25]
1.260
[32]
1.575
[40]
1.575
[40]
A
5.729
[145.5]
5.729
[145.5]
6.693
[170]
7.441
[189]
8.445
[214.5]
9.449
[240]
IMPERIAL
[METRIC]
SGx21
[SGx61]
SGx22
[SGx62]
SGx23
[SGx63]
SGx24
[SGx64]
SGx25
[SGx65]
SGx26
[SGx66]
PHD BORE
[ISO BORE]
3/4
[19]
.787
[20]
.984
[25]
1.260
[32]
1.575
[40]
1.575
[40]
R
S
T
.1879 1/4
10-24 x .63
[5]
[M5 x 0.8 x 16]
[M6]
.1879 1/4
10-24 x .63
[5]
[M5 x 0.8 x 16]
[M6]
.3129 1/4
1/4-20 x .63
[8]
[M6 x 1.0 x 16]
[M6]
.3129 5/16
5/16-18 x 1
[8]
[M8] [M8 x 1.25 x 25]
.3129 3/8
3/8-16 x 1
[8] [M10] [M10 x 1.5 x 25]
.3129 3/8
1/2-13 x 1
[8] [M10] [M12 x 1.75 x 25]
B*
3.622
[92]
3.366
[85.5]
3.720
[94.5]
4.843
[123]
5.217
[132.5]
5.217
[132.5]
C
4.981
[126.5]
4.981
[126.5]
5.709
[145]
6.457
[164]
7.461
[189.5]
8.465
[215]
D
3.543
[90]
3.543
[90]
3.996
[101.5]
4.744
[120.5]
5.748
[146]
6.752
[171.5]
E
1.2106
[30.75]
1.4960
[38]
1.5945
[40.5]
1.9095
[48.5]
2.0960
[53.25]
2.3030
[58.5]
F
3.661
[93]
4.331
[110]
4.960
[126]
5.787
[147]
6.536
[166]
7.046
[179]
LETTER DIMENSION
I
G
H
.688 1.259 3.543
[17.5] [32]
[90]
.866 1.615 4.213
[22]
[41] [107]
.965 1.811 4.803
[24.5] [46] [122]
1.063 2.046 5.630
[27]
[52] [143]
1.220 2.323 6.338
[31]
[59] [161]
1.299 2.480 6.811
[33]
[63] [173]
LETTER DIMENSION
V
W
X2
X1
U
Z
Y
.199 1.000 2.421 .315 .394 .672 .1879
[5] [25.5] [61.5] [8] [10] [17]
[5]
.199 1.457 2.992 .394 .472 .672 .1879
[37]
[76] [10] [12] [17]
[5]
[5]
.236 1.575 3.189 .472 .630 .354 .3129
[40]
[81] [12] [16] [9]
[6]
[8]
.236 1.949 3.819 .630 .787 .354 .3129
[6] [49.5] [97] [16] [20] [9]
[8]
.236 2.205 4.192 .787 .984 .354 .3129
[56] [106.5] [20] [25] [9]
[6]
[8]
.236 2.205 4.606 .984 1.181 .354 .3129
[56] [117] [25] [30] [9]
[6]
[8]
J
.039
[1]
.039
[1]
.039
[1]
.039
[1]
.039
[1]
.039
[1]
5D
NOTES:
1) *ADD .500 [12.7 mm] TO DIMENSION “B” & “FF” FOR EACH CUSHION ON THE SGx21, 61 ONLY
2) DUE TO TRAVEL TOLERANCE ALLOWANCES, DIMENSION “DD” WILL NOT BE THE SAME ON BOTH ENDS OF UNIT.
3) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CENTERED ON THE CENTERLINE OF THE SLIDE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
K
.748
[19]
.748
[19]
.984
[25]
.984
[25]
.984
[25]
.984
[25]
AA
.45
[11.5]
.45
[11.5]
.49
[12.5]
.49
[12.5]
.49
[12.5]
.49
[12.5]
L
1.220
[31]
1.575
[40]
1.772
[45]
2.008
[51]
2.283
[58]
2.441
[62]
M
1.358
[34.5]
1.358
[34.5]
1.378
[35]
1.535
[39]
1.417
[36]
1.594
[40.5]
BB
1/8 NPT
[1/8 BSP]
1/8 NPT
[G 1/8 BSPP]
1/8 NPT
[G 1/8 BSPP]
1/8 NPT
[G 1/8 BSPP]
1/4 NPT
[G 1/4 BSPP]
1/4 NPT
[G 1/4 BSPP]
N
1.516
[38.5]
1.516
[38.5]
1.968
[50]
1.870
[47.5]
2.284
[58]
2.559
[65]
CC
2.598
[66]
2.598
[66]
3.012
[76.5]
3.956
[100.5]
4.488
[114]
5.492
[139.5]
DD
.335
[8.5]
.335
[8.5]
.335
[8.5]
.335
[8.5]
.335
[8.5]
.335
[8.5]
O
.374
[9.5]
.374
[9.5]
.492
[12.5]
.492
[12.5]
.492
[12.5]
.492
[12.5]
P
3.130
[79.5]
3.780
[96]
4.252
[108]
4.960
[126]
5.790
[147]
6.300
[160]
EE
M14 x 1.5
M14 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
Q
#6
[M4]
#6
[M4]
#10
[M5]
1/4
[M6]
5/16
[M8]
3/8
[M10]
FF*
5.653
[144.5]
6.870
[174.5]
7.343
[186.5]
9.213
[234]
10.000
[254]
10.000
[254]
SOLUTIONS FOR
5D-5
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SG SLIDES
EFFECTIVE PISTON
SHAFT DIAMETER
AREA FOR PHD
SGB & SGC
CYLINDERS
UNIT (BALL BUSHING SGD
SIZE
in2
OR TC)
mm2
(TC) DIRECTION
1
.315
0.44
.394
EXTEND
285
[8]
0.37
[10] RETRACT
236
2
0.49
.394
.472
EXTEND
314
[10]
0.41
[12] RETRACT
264
3
.472
0.76
.630
EXTEND
491
0.64
[12]
[16] RETRACT
412
4
.630
1.25
.787
EXTEND
804
1.07
[16]
[20] RETRACT
691
5
.787
1.95
.984
EXTEND
1257
[20]
1.64
[25] RETRACT
1056
.984
1.95
6
1.181 EXTEND
1257
1.64
[25]
[30] RETRACT
1056
ISO CYLINDER SPECIFICATIONS
(OPTION -H11 OR -H12)
ISO CYLINDER NOTES FOR H11 OR H12 OPTION:
1) ISO Cylinder per above chart is to be supplied by customer.
2) Cylinder rod extensions are not required. Slide units have an
alignment coupler and spacer standard for each specific unit.
PRESSURE RATINGS
All Series SG Slides with PHD Cylinders have a maximum
working pressure rating of 150 psi [10 bar] air and are for
pneumatic use only. Unit will breakaway at 20 psi [1.38 bar]
with no load on saddle. See 5D-14 for TC breakaway values
under loads.
Maximum velocity for Series SG Slides with PHD CV Cylinders
is approximately 80 in/sec [2 m/s] on all sizes without port controls.
(For specific speeds, consult PHD’s Series CV Cylinder catalog.) The
above figures are based on optimum operating conditions and no
load with 87 psi [6 bar] working pressure. For units with -H11 and
-H12 options, consult ISO cylinder suppliers.
5D
SLIDE
MODEL
SGx61
SGx62
SGx63
SGx64
SGx65
SGx66
Standard Series SG Slides are recommended for use in
temperatures from –20° to +180°F [–29° to +82°C]. Consult PHD
for temperatures beyond this range.
LUBRICATION
All slides are permanently lubricated at the factory for
service under normal conditions. PHD Cylinders can be run using
unlubricated air. Use of lubricated air with the cylinders will extend
life. Optimum life can be obtained on Series SG Slides by periodic
lubrication (every 25 million inches of travel) of the shafts. PHD
suggests a lightweight oil. Silicon-based lubricants should NOT be
used on units with PHD’s TC bushings.
*See energy and shock absorber charts for specific velocities.
REPEATABILITY
The Series SG Slides have positive mechanical stops and are
repeatable within ± .001 [0.025 mm] at ends of travel.
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH
Tolerance on nominal travel lengths is +.090/-.000 [+2.3/-.000].
Tolerance on 3 position mid-travel lengths is ±.039 [±1 mm].
The slide saddle and end blocks are anodized alloy aluminum.
The guide shafts are hardened and ground steel. Bushings are either
5D-6
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SLIDE SELECTION
UNIT WEIGHTS
Use the maximum rolling load values from the graphs for the
relevant bushing (pages 5D-8 through 5D-13). Linear ball
bushing loads shown below are based on a service life of
1000 million inches [25.4 million meters] of slide travel. See
charts for TC bushing service life.
2
SHAFT DEFLECTION
Use the Deflection Graphs (pages 5D-8 through 5D-13) to
determine if the slide has acceptable deflection for the
application.
3
AIR CYLINDER THRUST
Use the effective piston area (see chart on page 5D-6) of the
slide’s cylinder to determine if thrust is sufficient for the
applied load.
lb
3.08 + (.09 x T)
3.07 + (.09 x T)
3.19 + (.10 x T)
4.96 + (.14 x T)
4.95 + (.14 x T)
5.13 + (.15 x T)
6.47 + (.210 x T)
6.41 + (.210 x T)
6.76 + (.287 x T)
11.15 + (.381 x T)
10.96 + (.381 x T)
11.47 + (.481 x T)
15.58 + (.481 x T)
15.33 + (.481 x T)
16.30 + (.636 x T)
21.38 + (.655 x T)
20.91 + (.655 x T)
22.18 + (.844 x T)
kg
1.40 + (1.61 x T)
1.39 + (1.61 x T)
1.45 + (1.79 x T)
2.25 + (2.50 x T)
2.24 + (2.50 x T)
2.33 + (2.68 x T)
2.94 + (3.75 x T)
2.91 + (3.75 x T)
3.07 + (5.13 x T)
5.06 + (6.80 x T)
4.97 + (6.80 x T)
5.20 + (8.59 x T)
7.07 + (8.59 x T)
6.95 + (8.59 x T)
7.39 + (11.36 x T)
9.70 + (11.70 x T)
9.48 + (11.70 x T)
10.06 + (15.07 x T)
Slide weights shown are calculated using a PHD Cylinder as the
power source. Weight of unit with ISO cylinder unit would be similiar.
T = Travel inch (m)
The graphs on pages 5D-8 through 5D-13 provide complete
sizing information.
See page 5D-14 for radial deflection formulas.
MAXIMUM LOADS
SLIDE
MODEL
SGBx1
HORIZONTAL LOAD
MAXIMUM STATIC OR
MAXIMUM
SHOCK LOAD
DYNAMIC LOAD
lb
N
N
lb
77.0
342.5
218.0
49
TORQUE LOAD
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
STATIC TORQUE
DYNAMIC TORQUE
Nm
in-lb
in-lb
Nm
6.7
93.2
10.5
59.3
SGCx1
505
(T/2 + .570)
57.3
(T/2 + .014)
**
**
611
(T/2 + .570)
1.8
(T/2 + .014)
torque*
1.210
torque*
.031
SGDx1
986
(T/2 + .570)
110.6
(T/2 + .014)
**
**
1194
(T/2 + .570)
3.4
(T/2 + .014)
torque*
1.210
torque*
.031
SGBx2
110.0
489.3
56
249.0
164.6
18.6
83.8
9.5
SGCx2
986
(T/2 + .610)
110.6
(T/2 + .015)
**
**
1475
(T/2 + .610)
4.2
(T/2 + .015)
torque*
1.496
torque*
.038
SGBx3
1700
(T/2 + .610)
230
191.6
(T/2 + .015)
1025
**
72
**
320.3
2543.2
(T/2 + .610)
366.7
7.3
(T/2 + .015)
41.4
torque*
1.496
115
torque*
.038
13
SGCx3
2834
(T/2 + .613)
319.9
(T/2 + .0156)
**
**
4520
(T/2 + .613)
13
(T/2 + .0156)
torque*
1.595
torque*
.0405
SGDx3
6739
(T/2 + .613)
760.4
(T/2 + .0156)
**
**
10749
(T/2 + .613)
30.9
(T/2 + .0156)
torque*
1.595
torque*
.0405
SGBx4
1250
5560
186
827.3
2387
269.7
355
40.1
SGCx4
6739
(T/2 + .830)
760.4
(T/2 + .0211)
**
**
12868
(T/2 + .830)
36.9
(T/2 + .0211)
torque*
1.909
torque*
.0485
SGDx4
13138
(T/2 + .830)
1481
(T/2 + .0211)
**
**
25087
(T/2 + .830)
72
(T/2 + .0211)
torque*
1.909
torque*
.0485
SGBx5
2200
9785.6
340
1512.3
4611
521
713
80.6
SGCx5
13138
(T/2 + .978)
1481
(T/2 + .0248)
**
**
27537
(T/2 + .978)
79
(T/2 + .0248)
torque*
2.096
torque*
.0532
SGDx5
25679
(T/2 + .978)
2903
(T/2 + .0248)
**
**
53823
(T/2 + .978)
154
(T/2 + .0248)
torque*
2.096
torque*
.0532
SGBx6
2900
12899.2
565
2513.1
6679
754.7
1301
147
SGCx6
25679
(T/2 + .967)
2903
(T/2 + .0246)
**
**
59139
(T/2 + .967)
170
(T/2 + .0246)
torque*
2.303
torque*
.0585
SGDx6
44396
(T/2 + .967)
5006
(T/2 + .0246)
**
**
102244
(T/2 + .967)
294
(T/2 + .0246)
torque*
2.303
torque*
.0585
SGDx2
5D
1
SLIDE MODEL
SGBx1
SGCx1
SGDx1
SGBx2
SGCx2
SGDx2
SGBx3
SGCx3
SGDx3
SGBx4
SGCx4
SGDx4
SGBx5
SGCx5
SGDx5
SGBx6
SGCx6
SGDx6
*This formula yields equivalent horizontal load value. See appropriate Load vs. Life graph on pages 5D-8 through 5D-13. T = Travel inch [m]
**See appropriate TC Load vs. Life Graph for maximum loads on pages 5D-8 through 5D-13.
5D-7
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
The following graphs are designed to provide a quick and easy
method of sizing and comparing each Series SG Slide. Maximum
load versus travel is shown with various deflection curves for
determining shaft deflection for the application. The linear ball
bushing load ratings shown are derated by a factor of 1.2 from the
bearing manufacturer's ratings to provide a design safety factor.
Consult PHD for applications which exceed maximum load ranges
shown. Maximum loads for linear ball bushings are based on a
service life of 1000 million inches [25.4 million meters] of linear
travel. See graphs for TC bushing service life.
alignment will affect the accuracy of the saddle location. For
torsional deflection calculations, see page 5D-14.
Consult PHD for applications requiring high precision saddle
location.
NOTE: Weight scales change from graph to graph for
maximum clarity. Deflections shown are theoretical and reflect the
performance of the unit at mid-travel. Deflections at ends of travel
will be greatly reduced.
SGBx1 WITH LINEAR BALL BUSHINGS
LOAD CAPACITY AND DEFLECTION
50
[22.7]
LOAD lb [kg]
40
[18.1]
30
[13.6]
.0
15
.0
"[
1
.0
0"
.0
.0
38
05
[.0
02
1]
"
25
5"
[.0
.0
4]
[.0
01
12
0
"[
7]
64
.0
]
02
5]
20
[9.1]
10
[4.5]
MAXIMUM LOAD
lb [kg]
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
[25.4]
[50.8]
[76.2]
[101.6]
[127]
[152.4]
[177.8]
[203.2]
[228.6]
[254]
[279.4]
[304.8]
SADDLE TRAVEL inch [mm]
SGCx1 WITH PHD TC BUSHINGS
[27.2] 60
DEFLECTION
5D
LOAD lb [kg]
60
[27.2]
TRAVEL
inch [mm]
50
[22.7]
40
[18.1]
A-100 Million Inches of Travel
[2.5 Million Meters]
B-200 Million Inches of Travel
[5 Million Meters]
[18.1] 40
[13.6] 30
[9.1] 20
A
[4.5] 10
1]
38
.0
"[
15
.0
LOAD lb [kg]
Horizontal load values are based on the
load centered on the saddle as shown.
LOAD VS. LIFE
[22.7] 50
0
.0
10
"[
.
.0
00
.0
25
5"
02
4]
[.0
5"
[.0
12
.00
7
0
]
64
1"
]
[.0
02
5]
30
[13.6]
20
[9.1]
10
[4.5]
B
6
12 18 24 30 36 42
48
54
[.15] [.30] [.46] [.61] [.76] [.91] [1.07] [1.22] [1.37]
V VELOCITY in/sec [m/sec]
0
1
2
3
4
[25.4]
[50.8]
[76.2]
[101.6]
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
[127.0]
[152.4]
[177.8]
[203.2]
[228.6]
[254.0]
[279.4]
[304.8]
SGDx1 WITH PHD TC BUSHINGS AND OVERSIZE SHAFTS
LOAD VS. LIFE
[31.8] 70
60
[27.2]
[27.2] 60
50
[22.7]
[22.7] 50
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
DEFLECTION
70
[31.8]
.01
5"
.01
[.0
0"
38
.00
.00
[.0
1]
5"
25
25
[.0
4]
.00
"[
.00
12
1"
7]
64
[.0
]
02
5]
40
[18.1]
30
[13.6]
20
[9.1]
10
[4.5]
[5 Million Meters]
[18.1] 40
[13.6] 30
A
[9.1] 20
B
[4.5] 10
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[25.4]
[50.8]
[76.2]
[101.6]
[127.0]
[152.4]
[177.8]
[203.2]
[228.6]
[254.0]
[279.4]
[304.8]
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-8
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
MAXIMUM ROLLING LOAD
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
60
[27.2]
LOAD lb [kg]
50
[22.7]
40
[18.1]
.01
5"
.01
[.0
0"
38
.00
[
1]
.02
.00
5"
54
[.0
25
]
.00
" [.
12
00
7]
1"
64
[.0
]
02
5]
30
[13.6]
20
[9.1]
10
[4.5]
0
1
2
3
4
[25.4]
[50.8]
[76.2]
[101.6]
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
[127.0]
[152.4]
[177.8]
[203.2]
[228.6]
[254.0]
[279.4]
[304.8]
LOAD VS. LIFE
[36.3] 80
[5 Million Meters]
[31.8] 70
70
[31.8]
[27.2] 60
LOAD lb [kg]
[22.7] 50
50
[22.7]
.01
5"
.01
[.0
0"
38
.00
.00
[.0
1]
25
5"
2
54
" [.
[.0
]
00
12
64
7]
]
40
[18.1]
30
[13.6]
.00
1"
[.0
02
5]
20
[9.1]
10
[4.5]
[18.1] 40
[13.6] 30
A
[9.1] 20
B
[25.4] 10
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
[25.4]
[50.8]
[76.2]
[101.6]
[127.0]
[152.4]
[177.8]
[203.2]
[228.6]
[254.0]
[279.4]
[304.8]
6
[.15]
12
[.30]
18
[.46]
24
[.61]
30
[.76]
36
[.91]
42
[1.07]
48
[1.22]
54
[1.37]
[45.4] 100
LOAD VS. LIFE
DEFLECTION
90
[40.8]
80
[36.3]
70
[31.8]
60
[27.2]
50
[22.7]
40
[18.1]
30
[13.6]
20
[9.1]
10
[4.5]
0
[5 Million Meters]
[36.3] 80
[27.2] 60
1]
38
.0
"[
15
.0
.0
10
.0
"[
05
.0
25
.0
"
[
02
4]
.0
12
5"
7]
[.0
06
4]
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
60
[27.2]
5D
DEFLECTION
80
[36.3]
[18.1] 40
5]
02
.0
"[
01
.0
A
[9.1] 20
B
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[25.4]
[50.8]
[76.2]
[101.6]
[127.0]
[152.4]
[177.8]
[203.2]
[228.6]
[254.0]
[279.4]
[304.8]
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-9
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
80
[36.3]
70
[31.8]
LOAD lb [kg]
60
[27.2]
50
[22.7]
40
[18.1]
.00
5"
[.0
12
7]
.00
25
" [.
.00
00
64
1"
]
[.0
02
5]
30
[13.6]
20
[9.1]
10
[4.5]
.01
5"
[.0
.01
38
0"
1]
[.0
25
4]
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
[25.4] [50.8] [76.2] [101.6][127.0][152.4][177.8][203.2][228.6][254.0][279.4][304.8][330.2][355.6][381.0][406.4]
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
[54.4] 120
120
[54.4]
[45.4] 100
100
[45.4]
80
[36.3]
60
[27.2]
.00
5"
.00
[.0
25
12
"
.00
[.0
7]
06
1"
4]
[.0
02
5]
40
[18.1]
20
[9.1]
[36.3] 80
.01
5"
[.0
.01
38
0"
1]
[.0
25
4]
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
5D
[5 Million Meters]
[27.2] 60
[18.1] 40
A
[9.1] 20
B
0
0
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
16
[25.4] [50.8] [76.2] [101.6][127.0][152.4][177.8][203.2][228.6][254.0][279.4][304.8][330.2][355.6][381.0][406.4]
LOAD VS. LIFE
DEFLECTION
[72.6] 160
140
[63.5]
LOAD lb [kg]
120
[54.4]
100
[45.4]
.00
25
" [.
00
.00
64
1"
]
[.0
02
5]
80
[36.3]
60
[27.2]
40
[18.1]
.00
5"
[.0
12
7]
.01
5"
[.0
38
.01
1]
0"
[.0
25
4]
[5 Million Meters]
[63.5] 140
[54.4] 120
LOAD lb [kg]
160
[72.6]
[45.4] 100
[36.3] 80
[27.2] 60
A
[18.1] 40
B
[9.1] 20
20
[9.1]
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
[25.4] [50.8] [76.2] [101.6][127.0][152.4][177.8][203.2][228.6][254.0][279.4][304.8][330.2][355.6][381.0][406.4]
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-10
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
LOAD lb [kg]
200
[90.7]
180
[81.7]
160
[72.6]
140
[63.5]
120
[54.4]
100
[45.4]
80
[36.3]
60
[27.2]
40
[18.1]
20
[9.1]
0
.00
5"
.00
[.0
25
12
" [.
.00
7]
00
1"
64
[.0
]
02
5]
.02
0"
.01
[.0
5"
50
.01
[.0
8]
0"
38
[.0
1]
25
4]
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
[50.8]
[101.6]
[152.4]
[203.2]
[254.0]
[304.8]
[355.6]
[406.4]
[457.2]
[508.0]
LOAD VS. LIFE
[81.7] 180
[63.5] 140
.00
5"
.00
[.0
25
12
"
[.0
7]
.00
06
1"
4
[.0
]
02
5]
5D
[5 Million Meters]
[72.6] 160
.02
0"
[.0
.01
50
5"
8]
[
.03
.01
81
0"
]
[.0
25
4]
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
DEFLECTION
180
[81.7]
160
[72.6]
140
[63.5]
120
[54.4]
100
[45.4]
80
[36.3]
60
[27.2]
40
[18.1]
20
[9.1]
0
[54.4] 120
[45.4] 100
[36.3] 80
[27.2] 60
A
[18.1] 40
B
[9.1] 20
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[50.8]
[101.6]
[152.4]
[203.2]
[254.0]
[304.8]
[355.6]
[406.4]
[457.2]
[508.0]
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
[113.4] 250
225
[102.1]
LOAD lb [kg]
150
[68.0]
LOAD lb [kg]
.02
0"
[.0
.01
50
5"
8]
[
.03
.01
81
0"
]
[.0
25
4]
200
[90.7]
.00
5"
.00
[.0
25
12
" [.
7]
.00
00
64
1"
]
[.0
02
5]
100
[45.4]
50
[22.7]
[5 Million Meters]
[90.7] 200
[68.0] 150
[45.4] 100
A
[22.7] 50
B
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[50.8]
[101.6]
[152.4]
[203.2]
[254.0]
[304.8]
[355.6]
[406.4]
[457.2]
[508.0]
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-11
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
350
[158.8]
LOAD lb [kg]
300
[136.1]
250
[113.4]
200
[90.7]
.0
10
"[
.0
05
.0
25
"[
.0
4]
12
7]
150
[68.0]
.0
01
"[
.0
02
5]
100
[45.4]
50
[22.7]
.0
30
"[
.0
.0
20
76
"[
2]
.0
50
8]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
[50.8]
[101.6]
[152.4]
[203.2]
[254]
[304.8]
[355.6]
[406.4]
[457.2]
[508]
[558.3]
[609.6]
DEFLECTION
[5 Million Meters]
[113.4] 250
250
[113.4]
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD VS. LIFE
[136.1] 300
200
[90.7]
.01
0"
[.0
.00
25
5"
4]
[.0
12
7]
150
[68.0]
100
[45.4]
.00
1"
[.0
02
5]
50
[22.7]
.03
0"
.02
[.0
76
0"
2]
[.0
50
8]
[90.7] 200
LOAD lb [kg]
5D
300
[136.1]
[68.0] 150
[45.4] 100
A
[22.7] 50
B
0
0
2
[50.8]
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
[101.6] [152.4] [203.2] [254.0] [304.8] [355.6] [406.4] [457.2]
[508]
22
24
[558.8] [609.6]
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
DEFLECTION
150
[68.0]
.00
5"
[.0
12
7]
.00
1"
[.0
02
5]
100
[45.4]
50
[22.7]
[113.4] 250
.01
0"
[.0
25
4]
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
250
[113.4]
[5 Million Meters]
[136.1] 300
.02
0"
[.0
50
8]
300
[136.1]
200
[90.7]
LOAD VS. LIFE
[158.8] 350
350
[158.8]
[90.7] 200
[68.0] 150
[45.4] 100
A
[22.7] 50
0
B
0
2
[50.8]
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
[101.6] [152.4] [203.2] [254.0] [304.8] [355.6] [406.4] [457.2]
20
[508]
22
24
[558.8] [609.6]
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-12
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
SGBx6 LOAD DEFLECTION
600
[272.2]
LOAD lb [kg]
500
[226.8]
.0
40
.0
"[
3
.1
0"
.0
01
20
[
.
07
6]
"[
.0
.0
62
10
5
.0
]
08
"[
05
]
.0
"[
25
.0
4]
12
7]
400
[181.4]
300
[136.1]
200
[90.7]
100
[45.4]
.0
01
"[
.0
02
5]
0
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
[76.2]
[152.4]
[228.6]
[304.8]
[381]
[457.2]
[533.4]
[609.6]
[685.8]
[762]
[838.2]
[914.4]
SGCx6 WITH TC BUSHINGS
LOAD VS. LIFE
[204.1] 450
[158.8] 350
.00
1"
[.0
02
5]
.0
40
"[
.03
.1
0
01
" [.
.02
6]
07
0"
6
[.0
2]
.01
50
0
"[
8]
.00
.02
5"
54
[.0
]
12
7]
5D
[5 Million Meters]
[181.4] 400
[136.1] 300
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
DEFLECTION
450
[204.1]
400
[181.4]
350
[158.8]
300
[136.1]
250
[113.4]
200
[90.7]
150
[68.0]
100
[45.4]
50
[22.7]
0
[113.4] 250
[90.7] 200
[68.0] 150
A
[45.4] 100
B
[22.7] 50
0
3
[76.2]
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
36
[152.4] [228.6] [304.8] [381.0] [457.2] [533.4] [609.6] [685.8] [762.0] [838.2] [914.4]
DEFLECTION
600
[272.2]
.0
40
"[
.03
.1
01
0"
[
6]
.07
.02
6
0"
2]
[.0
50
8]
400
[181.4]
200
[90.7]
100
[45.4]
[181.4] 400
.01
0"
[.0
.00
25
5"
4]
[.0
12
7]
.00
1"
[.0
02
5]
[5 Million Meters]
[226.8] 500
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
500
[226.8]
300
[136.1]
LOAD VS. LIFE
[272.2] 600
[136.1] 300
[90.7] 200
A
[45.4] 100
B
0
0
3
[76.2]
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
[152.4] [228.6] [304.8] [381.0] [457.2] [533.4] [609.6] [685.8] [762.0] [838.2] [914.4]
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-13
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
TORSIONAL DEFLECTION & TC BUSHING: SERIES SG
TORSIONAL DEFLECTION
CALCULATIONS
SGB11, SGC11
SGD11
SGB12, SGC12
SGD12
SGB13, SGC13
SGD13
SGB14, SGC14
SGD14
SGB15, SGC15
SGD15
SGB16, SGC16
SGD16
FORCE
L
TQ = Torque in-lb [Nm]
(L x Force)
T = Saddle travel inch [mm]
Angle = Degrees
ANGLE
IMPERIAL UNIT
TQ x (T + 3.543) x 1.65 x 10-4 = Angle
TQ x (T + 3.543) x 6.76 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 3.543) x 6.76 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 3.543) x 3.261 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 3.996) x 3.261 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 3.996) x 1.033 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 4.744) x 1.033 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 4.744) x 4.225 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 5.750) x 4.225 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 5.750) x 1.731 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 6.750) x 1.731 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 6.750) x 8.342 x 10-7 = Angle
SGB51, SGC51
SGD51
SGB52, SGC52
SGD52
SGB53, SGC53
SGD53
SGB54, SGC54
SGD54
SGB55, SGC55
SGD55
SGB56, SGC56
SGD56
FORCE
METRIC UNIT
TQ x (T + 90.0) x 5.75 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 90.0) x 2.35 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 90.0) x 2.35 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 90.0) x 1.136 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 101.5) x 1.136 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 101.5) x 3.600 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 120.5) x 3.600 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 120.5) x 1.472 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 146.0) x 1.472 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 146.0) x 6.031 x 10-7 = Angle
TQ x (T + 171.5) x 6.031 x 10-7 = Angle
TQ x (T + 171.5) x 2.906 x 10-7 = Angle
L
ANGLE
5D
SGB11, SGC11
SGD11
SGB12, SGC12
SGD12
SGB13, SGC13
SGD13
SGB14, SGC14
SGD14
SGB15, SGC15
SGD15
SGB16, SGC16
SGD16
IMPERIAL UNIT
TQ x (T + 3.543)3 x 2.22 x 10-6 = Tangent of Angle
PHD’S TC BUSHING
PHD offers the unique TC bushings as an alternative to traditional
linear ball bushings. The TC bushings offer the following advantages.
■
■
The thin bushing design permits oversize shafts to be used in
the slide body, saving space and decreasing shaft deflection.
■
The ability to carry static loads up to 2 times greater than
traditional linear bushings.
■
particles, and metal cutting liquids destroy other bushings.
TC BUSHING
BUSHING SLEEVE
SHAFT
SGB51, SGC51
SGD51
SGB52, SGC52
SGD52
SGB53, SGC53
SGD53
SGB54, SGC54
SGD54
SGB55, SGC55
SGD55
SGB56, SGC56
SGD56
METRIC UNIT
■
TC bushings are almost impervious to static shock loads because
there are no ball bushings to damage or to brinell the shafts.
■
FRICTION
In horizontal applications, a slide with TC bushing requires a
higher breakaway pressure than a linear ball bushing.
Breakaway pressure for linear ball bushing = 20 psi [1.38 bar] at
zero load.
Approximate breakaway pressure for TC bushings is calculated
as follows:
psi = [(L x .15)/A] + 20
Bar = [(L x .15)/A] + 1.38
L = Load on saddle lb [kg]
A = (SGC21, SGD21, SGC61, SGD61)= .370 [2.36]
A = (SGC22, SGD22, SGC62, SGD62)= .410 [2.64]
A = (SGC23, SGD23, SGC63, SGD63) = .640 [4.12]
A = (SGC24, SGD24, SGC64, SGD64) = 1.07 [6.91]
A = (SGC25, SGD25, SGC65, SGD65) = 1.64 [10.56]
A = (SGC26, SGD26, SGC66, SGD66) = 1.64 [10.56]
SLIDE BODY
5D-14
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
CYLINDER OPTIONS: SERIES SG SLIDES
DB
CUSHION CONTROL
IN BOTH DIRECTIONS
DE
CUSHION CONTROL
ON EXTEND ONLY
Unit shown is -DB17, cushion in
location 1 (standard) on extend end
and cushion in location 7 on retract
end. (Ports shown in locations 3 & 5.)
EXTEND END
DR
CUSHION CONTROL
ON RETRACT ONLY
1
2
RETRACT
END
5
6
4
8
PHD cushions are designed for smooth deceleration at the
ends of cylinder stroke. When the cushion is activated, the
remaining volume in the cylinder must exhaust past an adjustable
needle valve which controls the amount of deceleration. The
effective cushion length for each bore size is shown in the table
below. To specify alternative cushion control locations on the head
or cap, see the option code at right.
Note: Cushions add .500 in [12.7 mm] to the cylinder length
for each direction ordered on size 1 slide only.
3
7
-D x x x
Retract Location
(5, 6, 7, 8)
Omit if -DEx
B - Both ends
E - Extend end only
Extend Location
(1, 2, 3, 4)
Omit if -DRx
5D
A
DE
DE
VA
DC
DC
DH HEX
ACROSS
FLATS
SOME PORT CONTROL &
CUSHION OPTION COMBINATIONS
WILL MOVE CUSHION CONTROLS
TO THIS LOCATION
LETTER
DIMENSION
A
DC
DE
DH
VA
SGxx1
.642
[16.3]
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.787
[20.0]
SGxx2
0.650
[16.5]
0.189
[4.8]
0.583
[14.8]
0.098
[2.5]
0.079
[2.0]
0.441
[11.2]
MODEL NUMBER
SGxx3 SGxx4 SGxx5
0.878 0.984 0.906
[22.3] [25.0] [23.0]
0.205 0.276 0.374
[5.2] [7.0] [9.5]
0.559 0.965 1.083
[14.2] [24.5] [27.5]
0.098 0.098 0.098
[2.5] [2.5] [2.5]
0.079 0.157 0.157
[2.0] [4.0] [4.0]
0.469 0.598 0.807
[11.9] [15.2] [20.5]
EFFECTIVE
CUSHION LENGTH
SGxx6
0.906
[23.0]
0.374
[9.5]
1.043
[26.5]
0.098
[2.5]
0.157
[4.0]
0.870
[22.1]
SOLUTIONS FOR
5D-15
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
FOR SIZES 2 TO 6
PB
control in location 7 on retract end.
(Ports shown in locations 3 & 5.)
PORT CONTROLS® ON BOTH ENDS
EXTEND END
PE
1
®
PORT CONTROLS ON EXTEND ONLY
2
PR
5
PORT CONTROLS® ON
6
4
3
RETRACT
END
7
8
-P x x x
Retract Location
(5, 6, 7, 8)
Omit if -PEx
B - Both ends
E - Extend end only
Extend Location
(1, 2, 3, 4)
Omit if -PRx
5D
installation for external flow control valves. Refer to option code at
right to specify port control locations.
A
PLS*
DP
PLS*
PCS*
EE PORT
PCS*
PH ACROSS HEX
FLAT
VA
WITH PORT CONTROLS ON SAME SIDE, COMPLY WITH
DIN 3852 PART 2 FOR LARGE SEALING SURFACES.)
SR2 (UNITS WITH PORT CONTROLS AND PORT ON
SAME SIDE. ALL BSPP PORTS COMPLY WITH DIN
3852 PART 2 FOR SMALL SEALING SURFACES.)
MODEL NUMBER
SGxx2
SGxx3
SGxx4
SGxx5
SGxx6
LETTER
in
in
in
in
mm
mm
mm
mm
in
mm
DIM.
.906
.906
.984
.878
22.3
23.0
23.0
25.0
.650
16.5
A
1/4 NPT G 1/4 1/4 NPT G 1/4
10-32
M5 1/8 NPT G1/8
10-32
M5
EE*
.236
.236
.197
.276
7.0
6.0
6.0
5.0
.276
7.0
PCS*
.098
.098
.098
.098
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
.098
2.5
PH
.925
.925
.866
.571
14.5
23.5
23.5
22.0
.571
14.5
PLS*
.984
.984
.748
.319
8.1
25.0
25.0
19.0
.319
8.1
SR1
.827
.827
.657
—
—
21.0
21.0
16.7
—
—
SR2
.122
.201
.130
.055
1.4
3.1
5.1
3.3
.067
1.7
DP
*Dimensions shown are for units with port and port control in the same location. For units with other
port and port control combinations, standard port location dimensions apply. Ports may be located on
either side of the slide centerline depending on port control and cushion option combinations.
5D-16
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
FOR SIZE 1 ONLY
MAGNET FOR PHD HALL
EFFECT SWITCHES
E
piston for use with PHD Hall Effect Switches.
MAGNET FOR PHD REED
SWITCHES
M
Cylinder-mounted switches are an easy and convenient way of
interfacing the slide to various programmable controllers or logic
systems. See Switches and Sensors section for specific Hall Effect
and Reed Switches information.
SERIES 1750 COMPACT PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET
-E
HALL
-M
REED
PART NO.
17503-2-06
17504-2-06
17523-2
17524-2
17502-2-06
17509-3-06
17522-2
17529-3
DESCRIPTION
Sink Type 10-30 VDC
with Current Limit
1.0 [25]
.472 [12]
5D
OPTION
Unit SGx1 uses switch bracket part no. 17000-31-5.
FOR SIZES 2 TO 6
M MINIATURE REED AND
MAGNETORESISTIVE SWITCHES
Connector Detail
.236 [6]
.200 [5.1]
.170 [4.3]
using “T” slots in the body. See Switches and Sensors section for
complete switch information.
DESCRIPTION
COLOR
Silver
Silver
LETTER
DIM.
B
D
F
F
D
B
.870
[22.1]
CABLE
COLOR
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
62505-1-02 NPN (Sink) DC Magnetoresistive, 2 m cable Brown
62506-1-02 PNP (Source) DC Magnetoresistive, 2 m cable Tan
Brown
62515-1 NPN (Sink) DC Magnetoresistive,
Quick Connect
Tan
62516-1 PNP (Source) DC Magnetoresistive,
Quick Connect
PART NO.
62507-1-02
62517-1
.525 [13.3]
SGxx2
.236
[6.0]
.228
[5.8]
.374
[9.5]
MODEL NUMBER
SGxx3
SGxx5
SGxx4
.236
.276
.236
[6.0]
[7.0]
[6.0]
.228
.228
.228
[5.8]
[5.8]
[5.8]
.374
.374
.374
[9.5]
[9.5]
[9.5]
SOLUTIONS FOR
SGxx6
.197
[5.0]
.228
[5.8]
.374
[9.5]
5D-17
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
FOR SIZES 2 TO 6
H47
RODLOK® KITS
PHD’s Rodlok® is ideal for locking the housing while in a static/
stationary position. When the pressuere is removed from the port of
the Rodlok, the mechanism will grip the piston rod fo the cylinder
and prevent it from moving. The loads are held indefinitely without
power. The Rodlok may also be used in intermittent dynamic use as
a pressure off piston rod deceleration device. Rodlok performance
(accuracy and stopping distance) is application and environment
sensitive (cleanliness of rod or Rodlok will also affect performance).
THE RODLOK IS NOT DESIGNED TO BE USED AS A PERSONNEL
SAFETY DEVICE.
SIZE
2
3
4
5
6
ADAPTOR
LOCKING
KIT
DEVICE KIT
SIZE
63460-07-1
2
63459-07-1
63460-08-1
3
63459-08-1
63460-01-1
4
63459-01-1
63460-02-1
5
63459-02-1
63460-02-1
6
63459-02-1
NOTES:
2) Part numbers listed above are intended for
replacement purposes only and are to be used
specifically on slides with the -H47 option.
DYNAMIC
LOCKING FORCE
in
mm
79
350
Actual dynamic locking
90
400
forces are application sensitive.
135
600
Environmental conditions, load
225
1000
weights, attitude,pressure, and
337
1500
speed influence performance.
SIZE
lb
kg
lb
kg
lb
kg
2
0.06
0.14
0.06
0.31
0.14
0.14
3
0.06
0.16
0.07
0.36
0.16
0.14
4
0.09
0.28
0.13
0.57
0.26
0.20
5
0.14
0.44
0.20
0.93
0.42
0.30
6
0.24
0.84
0.38
1.76
0.80
0.54
5D
NOTE: *Locking force given in table above is the actual locking force
OPERATING PRESSURE
range of 60 psi minimum to 150 psi maximum [4 to 10 bar]. The
Series SG Slide with a Rodlok attached has an operating pressure
range of 45 psi minimum to 150 psi maximum [3 to 10 bar].
separately as kits. See Rodlok kits chart. The locking device and
adaptor are not available with a corrosion resistant (-Z1 option)
finish.
B + TRAVEL
L5
SEE DIM NOTE
L6
G3 PORT
COMPLETE
RODLOK*
63461-07-1
63461-08-1
63461-01-1
63461-02-1
63461-02-1
PLUMBING SCHEMATIC
The pneumatic schematic
above shows typical valving for
cylinder and Rodlok for both
horizontal and vertical
2
2
2
operation. The schematic
shows three
1 3
1 3
1 3
3/2 way valves, one for each
port on the cylinder and one for
the Rodlok port. The use of two
valves on the cylinder allows for
both ports to be pressurized
OPTIONAL PRESSURE
SENSOR/SWITCH
when valves are de-energized. The
E SQ
LETTER
DIM
PHD BORE
H
B
E
G3
FF + TRAVEL
H
L5
L6
FF
3 POSITION DETAIL
SGx22
0.787
[20]
4.941
[125.5]
0.807
[20.5]
10-32
[M5]
1.555
[39.5]
1.575
[40]
1.083
[27.5]
8.445
[214.5]
MODEL NUMBER
SGx23
SGx24
SGx25
0.984
1.260
1.575
[25]
[32]
[40]
5.453
6.732
7.382
[138.5]
[171]
[187.5]
0.807
0.894
1.091
[20.5]
[22.7]
[27.7]
10-32
10-32
1/8
[M5]
[M5]
[G 1/8]
1.457
1.791
1.811
[37]
[45.5]
[46]
1.732
1.890
2.165
[44]
[48]
[55]
1.398
1.614
1.673
[35.5]
[41]
[42.5]
9.075
11.102
12.165
[230.5]
[282]
[309]
SGx26
1.575
[40]
7.382
[187.5]
1.091
[27.7]
1/8
[G 1/8]
1.732
[44]
2.165
[55]
1.673
[42.5]
12.165
[309]
NOTES:
1) L5 Dim is the amount added to the standard unit for the H47 option
2) Numbers in [ ] are for metric units and are in mm.
5D-18
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
L9
METRIC
SIZES
1
2, 3
4
5
6
NPT PORTS
This option provides NPT ports on metric units instead of the
standard BSPP ports. The NPT ports are located in the same
location as the BSPP ports.
NOTE: NPT ports are standard on imperial units.
OPTIONAL
NPT PORT
1/8
1/8*
1/8
1/4
1/4
STANDARD
BSPP PORT
G 1/8
G 1/8*
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/4
a 10-32 port.
UB
providing increased flexibility and customer convenience. See option
EXTEND END
1
RETRACT
END
-UB x x
6
4
Retract Location
(Cap)
(5,6,7,8)
3
8
7
H11
Unit shown is -UB17, port in location 1
on extend end and port in location 7 on
retract end.
*Do not use ports in position 2 with
shock absorber options.
64, 65, AND 66 SLIDE SIZES ONLY
SLIDE FOR VDMA/ISO CYLINDERS 32 mm AND
40 mm BORES
H12
61, 62, AND 63 SLIDE SIZES ONLY
SLIDE FOR ISO/VDMA 6432 CYLINDER
16, 20, AND 25 mm BORES
These options provide the slide mechanism only without a
cylinder. Included with options -H11 and -H12 is all the hardware
required for mounting standard VDMA/ISO cylinders to the slide. A
self-aligning rod coupling is also provided, making it easy to attach
the appropriate VDMA/ISO cylinder. (No extra rod extension required.)
NOTE: See page 5D-6 for cylinder sizes.
-H12 ONLY
-H11 ONLY
5D-19
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
5D
Extend Location
(Head)
(1,2,3,4)
2*
5
SLIDE OPTIONS: SERIES SG SLIDES
.335 [8.5] AT BOTH ENDS AT EXTEND OR RETRACT
BB
SHOCK PAD BOTH DIRECTIONS
BE
SHOCK PAD ON EXTENSION
LOCK
SCREW
B
SHOCK PAD
B
LOCK SCREW
TRAVEL ADJ
STUD
BR
A + TRAVEL
TRAVEL ADJ STUD
SHOCK PAD ON RETRACTION
LOCK
SCREW
5D
This option provides urethane pads for absorption of shock
and noise reduction on the slide saddle. Reducing shock permits
higher slide velocities or higher kinetic shock loads. This option
actually eliminates metal-to-metal contact at the end of slide travel.
Shock pads do not affect the overall slide length. See page 5D-24
for kinetic energy ratings.
NOTE: Lock screw torque is 30 in-lb [3.39 Nm].
IMPERIAL
A
[METRIC]
B
5.729
SGx21
.217
[145.5]
[SGx61]
[5.5]
5.729
SGx22
.217
[145.5]
[SGx62]
[5.5]
SGx23
6.693
.217
[170]
[SGx63]
[5.5]
7.441
SGx24
.118
[SGx64]
[189.5]
[3]
8.445
SGx25
.118
[214.5]
[SGx65]
[3]
SGx26
9.449
.118
[240]
[SGx66]
[3]
Numbers in [ ] are for metric units or in mm.
CB
C
.672
[17]
.672
[17]
.354
[9]
.354
[9]
.354
[9]
.354
[9]
B
OPTION
-BB
C
SHOCK PAD
OPTION
-BE
A + TRAVEL
TRAVEL ADJ STUD
LOCK
SCREW
SHOCK PAD
B
LOCK SCREW
TRAVEL ADJ.
STUD
A + TRAVEL
TRAVEL ADJ STUD
PROXIMITY SWITCH READY
BOTH ENDS
B MAX
A MAX
OPTION
-BR
C
This option provides targets in the slide saddle for use with
8 mm inductive proximity switches. The end plates of the slide come
standard with provisions for mounting the 8 mm proximity switches
on both ends. Proximity switches must be ordered separately. See
page 5D-23 for switch information.
IMPERIAL
C
B
[METRIC]
A
.906
1.34
SGx21
.81
[23]
[34]
[SGx61]
[20.5]
1.083
1.34
SGx22
.81
[27.5]
[34]
[SGx62]
[20.5]
1.260
1.10
SGx23
.57
[32]
[28]
[SGx63]
[14.5]
1.476
1.10
SGx24
.57
[37.5]
[28]
[SGx64]
[14.5]
1.693
1.10
SGx25
.57
[43]
[28]
[SGx65]
[14.5]
2.008
1.10
SGx26
.57
[51]
[28]
[SGx66]
[14.5]
CL
C
A MAX
D
.967
[24.5]
.295
[7.5]
.354
[9]
.354
[9]
.315
[8]
.315
[8]
B MAX
CL
D
5D-20
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
GX
SADDLE MOUNTING IN
POSITION 4
This option provides an additional mounting pattern on one
side (position 4) of the slide saddle. These four threaded holes can
be used for mounting a variety of fixturing or tooling.
NOTE: Mounting holes are centered on centerline of saddle.
B
3
4X C THREAD
1
CL
IMPERIAL
A
C
[METRIC]
B
2.913
M5 x 0.8 x 6
SGx21
.689
[74]
[M5 x 0.8 x 6]
[SGx61]
[17.5]
2.913
M5 x 0.8 x 6
SGx22
.689
[74]
[M5 x 0.8 x 6]
[SGx62]
[17.5]
2.756
M6 x 1.0 x 9
SGx23
1.161
[70]
[M6 x 1.0 x 9]
[SGx63]
[29.5]
1.988
M6 x 1.0 x 9
SGx24
1.339
[50.5]
[M6 x 1.0 x 9]
[SGx64]
[34]
2.992
M6 x 1.0 x 9
SGx25
1.437
[76]
[M6 x 1.0 x 9]
[SGx65]
[36.5]
3.996
M6 x 1.0 x 9
SGx26
1.437
[101.5]
[M6 x 1.0 x 9]
[SGx66]
[36.5]
View from position 4
SADDLE MOUNTING IN
POSITION 1
A
CL
5D
GY
A
CL
This option provides an additional wide spread mounting
pattern on the top surface (position 1) of the slide saddle. These
four threaded holes are wider than the standard pattern for added
mounting stability. (Not available on sizes 1, 2, and 3 slides.)
B
CL
NOTE: Mounting holes are centered on centerline of saddle.
IMPERIAL
[METRIC]
A
B
C
SGx24
3.956
2.658
1/4-20 x .50
[SGx64] [100.5 mm] [67.5 mm] [M6 x 1.0 x 12 mm]
SGx25
4.488
2.795
5/16-18 x .50
[SGx65] [114 mm] [71 mm] [M8 x 1.25 x 12 mm]
SGx26
5.492
2.834
3/8-16 x .59
[SGx66] [139.5 mm] [72 mm] [M10 x 1.50 x 15 mm]
4X C THREAD
5D-21
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
L4
L6
LUBE FITTING IN SADDLE PORT
POSITION 2 AND 4
-L4 ONLY
LUB FITTING
Ø .328 [8.33]
POSITION 3
-L6 ONLY
LUB FITTING
Ø .328 [8.33]
Lube fittings provide an easy efficient method for lubricating
the bearings and shafts for extended life beyond the normal catalog
specifications. Periodic lubrication (every 25 million inches of travel
[.6 million meters]) is recommended for applications where heat,
dust, or other conditions will tend to dry out the bearings and shafts.
PHD suggests a lightweight oil. Silicon-based lubricants should NOT
be used on units with PHD’s TC bushings.
* D/2
* D/2
-L4 ONLY
LUB FITTING
Ø .328 [8.33]
* NOTE: See catalog dimension page 5D-5 for dimension “D”.
5D
Q1
CORROSION RESISTANT
GUIDE SHAFTS
hardened ground shafts. End faces of the shafts remain uncoated.
Consult PHD for fully coated shafts.
Z1
This optional plating can be used for protecting the slide from
severe or corrosive environments. The guide shafts can be made
corrosion-resistant by specifing the -Q1 shaft option.
NOTE: Shock absorbers are not plated with -Z1 option.
5D-22
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ACCESSORIES: SERIES SG SLIDES
SHOCK ABSORBERS
LOCK
SCREWS
Shock absorbers provide the optimum means for decelerating
loads at the end of travel and absorbing the kinetic energy
associated with decelerating the load. PHD offers nine different
shock absorbers to cover a wide range of applications. See page
5D-25 for complete shock absorber selection guide.
NOTE: Lock screw torque is 30 in-lb [3.39 Nm]. Do not allow
shock absorber to bottom out. Take care to properly adjust
dimension B.
SERIES
SC SHOCK
B MIN
SERIES
SC SHOCK
A MAX
SHOCK ABSORBER KIT SPECIFICATIONS
SGxx1
SGxx2
SGxx3
SGxx4
SGxx5
SGxx6
TRAVEL
in
mm
THREAD
TYPE
SHOCK
ABSORBER
WEIGHT
lb
kg
DIMENSION A
SC SHOCK
MS SHOCK
in
mm
in
mm
DIMENSION B
in
mm
.63
16
M14 x 1.5
.18
.08
3.07
78
—
—
.079
2
.75
19
M20 x 1.5
.25
.11
2.34
59.5
—
—
.079
2
1.00
25
M25 x 1.5
.67
.30
2.99
76
—
—
.079
2
1.58
40
M25 x 1.5
.87
.39
—
—
4.23
107.5
.079
2
5D
SLIDE
MODEL
PHD
SHOCK
ABSORBER
NUMBER
-1
57858-07-2
-3
-1
57858-01-2
-3
-1
57858-02-2
-3
-5
57858-02-6
-7
use with PHD Series SG Slides (with option -CB). See Switches
section for switch details.
MODEL NUMBER
51422-005-05
51422-006-02
DESCRIPTION
5D-23
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
STOPPING CAPACITY: SERIES SG SLIDES
To determine stopping capacity:
Calculate total moving weight.
From Table 1, determine saddle weight (WM).
Multiply the travel by the travel adder + saddle weight
where the center of gravity of the payload is off the slide centerline
more than 2 inches [50 mm] travelling at speeds greater than
10 in/sec [.25 m/sec].
Example for SGB23 x 10 [SGB63 x 100]:
TABLE 1
WM = [10 x .034] + 3.50 = 3.84 lb
[WM = (100 x 6.1 x 10-4) + 1.59 = 1.65 kg]
SADDLE
TRAVEL
CYL. BORE CYL. BORE
ADDER
(PHD)
(H11/H12)
SLIDE WEIGHT
in mm
mm
MODEL lb kg lb/in kg/mm
16
SGxx1 1.39 .63 .022 3.9 x 10-4 .75 19
20
SGxx2 2.16 .98 .022 3.9 x 10-4 .787 20
25
SGxx3 3.50 1.59 .034 6.1 x 10-4 .984 25
32
SGxx4 5.40 2.45 .063 1.1 x 10-3 1.260 32
40
SGxx5 8.50 3.86 .087 1.6 x 10-3 1.575 40
40
SGxx6 11.0 4.99 .087 1.6 x 10-3 1.575 40
Moving weight adder for slide kinetic energy calculation includes
cylinder rod.
Add WM to attached load (payload) = Total Moving Weight [WTM ]
3.84 + 5.0 = 8.84 lb [1.65 + 2.27 = 3.92 kg]
shock pad, or travel adjustment curves, that type of deceleration is
MAXIMUM KINETIC ENERGY GRAPHS
30
[.76]
C
60
[1.5]
SGxx1
6
[.15]
5D
0
A
0
60
[1.5]
B
12
[.30]
5
[2.27]
10
[4.54]
15
[6.80]
SGxx3
40
[1.0]
B
A
0
10
[4.5]
20
[9.1]
30
40
50
[13]
[18]
[23]
60
[27]
0
10
[4.5]
20
30
40
[9.1]
[13]
[18]
C
50
[23]
60
[27]
SGxx4
50
[1.3]
40
[1.0]
B
30
[.76]
20
[.51]
A
0
70
[32]
0
60
[1.5]
25
[11]
50
75
[23]
[34]
100
[45]
125
[57]
60
[1.5]
SGxx5
40
[1.0]
30
[.76]
B
20
[.51]
A
SGxx6
C
50
[1.3]
C
50
[1.3]
A
10
[.25]
10
[.25]
0
B
20
[.51]
60
[1.5]
50
[1.3]
20
[.51]
30
[.76]
0
40
20
25
30
35
45
50
[9.07] [11.34] [13.61] [15.88] [18.14] [20.41] [22.68]
C
30
[.76]
40
[1.0]
10
[.25]
18
[.46]
SGxx2
C
50
[1.3]
24
[.61]
40
[1.0]
30
[.76]
B
20
[.51]
A
10
[.25]
10
[.25]
0
0
0
25
[11]
50
[23]
75
[34]
100
[45]
125
[57]
150
[68]
175
[79]
0
200
[91]
25
[11]
50
[23]
75
[34]
100
[45]
125
[57]
150
[68]
175
[79]
200
[91]
A = slide with cylinder, B = slide with cylinder with shock pad; C = attached load and saddle weight
5D-24
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SHOCK ABSORBER SELECTION GUIDE: SERIES SG
SYMBOLS DEFINITIONS
SHOCK ABSORBER PERFORMANCE GRAPHS
STEP 1: Identify the following parameters. These must be known
for all energy absorption calculations. Variations or additional
A. The total moving weight (WTM ) to be stopped in lb [kg].
B. The slide velocity (V) at impact with the shock absorber in ft/sec
[m/sec].
C. External propelling force (FD ) in lb [N].
D. Number of cycles per hour in in-lb/hr [Nm/hr].
application). See pages 5D-26 and 5D-27.
EK in-lb = V 2 x W TM x .2
W TM 2
EK Nm =
xV
2
Use Shock Absorber Specification Chart to select a shock absorber
with total energy (ET) capacity greater than the value just calculated.
Horizontal application: FD = .785 x d2 x P [FD = .0785 x d2 x P]
[FD = (.0785 x d2 x P) + (9.8 x WTM)]
unit has an FD capacity greater then the value just calculated. If not,
selected. See page 5D-18.
E W = FD x S
STEP 4: Calculate the total energy. E T = EK + EW
hour (ETC).
ETC = E T x C
[
]
PHD SHOCK ABSORBER KIT #57858-07-x (1, 2, 3)
4.5 [1.37]
4 [1.22]
3.5 [1.07]
57858-07-1
3 [.91]
2.5 [.76]
2 [.61]
57858-07-2
1.5 [.46]
1 [.30]
57858-07-3
0.5 [.15]
0
0
10
[1.13]
20
[2.26]
30
[3.39]
40
[4.52]
50
[5.65]
70
[7.91]
60
[6.78]
80
[9.04]
ET TOTAL ENERGY in-lb [Nm]
4.5 [1.37]
4 [1.22]
5D
V IMPACT VELOCITY ft/sec [m/sec]
SGxx6
SGxx5
57858-01-1
3.5 [1.07]
3 [.91]
57858-01-2
2.5 [.76]
2 [.61]
1.5 [.46]
1 [.30]
57858-01-3
0.5 [.15]
0
0
25
[2.82]
50
[5.65]
75
[8.47]
100
[11.30]
125
[14.12]
150
[16.95]
175
[19.77]
200
[22.60]
SGxx4
4.5 [1.37]
4 [1.22]
57858-02-1
3.5 [1.07]
3 [.91]
57858-02-2
2.5 [.76]
2 [.61]
1.5 [.46]
57858-02-3
1 [.30]
0.5 [.15]
0
0
50
[5.65]
100
[11.30]
150
[16.95]
200
[22.60]
250
[28.25]
300
[33.90]
350
[39.55]
400
[45.20]
4.5 [1.37]
SLIDE
MODEL
SGxx1
SGxx2
SGxx3
d = Cylinder bore diameter inch [mm]
V = Impact velocity ft/sec [m/sec]
WTM = Total moving weight lb [kg]
PHD SHOCK
ET TOTAL
ETC TOTAL
FD PROPELLING
ABSORBER
ENERGY/CYCLE ENERGY/HOUR
FORCE
N
NUMBER
in-lb
Nm
in-lb
Nm
lb
57858-07-x (1,2,3)
65
7.3 300000 33900
120 530
80
120 530
57858-07-x (1,2,3)
9.0 300000 33900
57858-01-x
198
22
400000 45000
200 890
57858-02-x (1,2,3)
600000 67800
350 1550
300
34
57858-02-x (5,6,7)
800000 90400
500 2220
57858-02-x (1,2,3)
600000 67800
350 1550
350
40
57858-02-x (5,6,7)
500 2220
800000 90400
57858-02-x (1,2,3)
600000 67800
350 1550
380
43
57858-02-x (5,6,7)
800000 90400
500 2220
4 [1.22]
57858-02-5
3.5 [1.07]
3 [.91]
2.5 [.76]
57858-02-6
2 [.61]
1.5 [.46]
1 [.30]
0.5 [.15]
57858-02-7
0
0
50
[5.65]
100
[11.30]
150
[16.95]
200
[22.60]
250
[28.25]
300
[33.90]
350
[39.55]
400
[45.20]
5D-25
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
SIZING EXAMPLE:
(IMPERIAL ONLY)
LOAD
S
Example: SGB25 x 18 inch travel and 22 lb payload
(WTM) Weight = 32 lb (Total Moving Weight)
5D
(V) Velocity = 3 ft/sec (Speed of Travel)
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = 1.574
WM = 8.50 + (.087 x 18 in)
WM = 10.0 lb
WTM = 10.0 + 22.0
WTM = 32.0 lb
EK = V2 x WTM x .2
EK = 362 x 32 x .2
EK = 57.6 in-lb
Select Shock Absorber #57858-02-x, because 57.6 < ET in shock
absorber chart.
FD = Effective Piston Area x P (See page 5D-6)
FD = 1.95 x 80
FD = 156 in-lb
Since 156 is less than FD in shock absorber chart, proceed.
EW = FD x S
EW = 156 x 1.00
EW = 156 in-lb
ET = EK + EW
ET = 57.6 + 156
ET = 213.6 in-lb
ETC = ET x C
ETC = 213.6 x 800
absorber on Shock Absorber Performance Graphs, page 5D-25.
5D-26
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sg
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SIZING EXAMPLE:
(IMPERIAL ONLY)
S
Example: SGB23 x 8 inch travel with an 8 lb payload
LOAD
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = .984
(P) Operating Pressure = 80 psig
EK = V2 x WTM x .2
EK = 32 x 11.77 x .2
EK = 21.2 in-lb
absorber chart.
STEP 3: Calculate work energy. (RETRACT)
FD = 51.2 + 11.77
FD = 62.97 in-lb
Since 62.97 is less than FD in shock absorber chart, proceed.
EW = F D x S
EW = 62.97 x .75
EW = 47.2 in-lb
ET = EK + EW
ET = 21.2 + 47.2
ET = 68.4 in-lb
ETC = ET x C
ETC = 68.4 x 600
5D
FD = (Effective piston area x P) + WTM (See page 5D-6)
STEP 3: Calculate work energy. (EXTEND)
FD = (Effective piston area x P) - WTM (See page 5D-6)
FD = 60.8 - 11.77
FD = 49.03 in-lb
EW = F D x S
EW = 49.03 x .75
EW = 36.8 in-lb
ET = EK + EW
ET = 21.2 + 36.8
ET = 58 in-lb
Since 58 is less than ET in shock absorber chart, proceed.
ETC = ET x C
ETC = 58 x 600
5D-27
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sg
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
CYLINDER OPTION
M - Rodless cylinder mounted
NOTES:
1) All units are shock absorber ready as standard. Shock absorber
kits are ordered separately. See Slides section of PHD’s main
catalog for complete ordering information.
2) Shock absorbers are not plated with -Z1 option.
3) SGxM cylinder section comes standard with cushions and
magnetic piston on both ends.
4) Option -CB provides targets for use with 8 mm barrel
proximity switches.
5) See page 14 for directions nominated extension and retraction
when ordering -BE or -BR options.
6) Option -BB and -BR are not available together with shock
absorbers.
7) See pages 5D-42 and 5D-43 for switch information.
SERIES
G - Gantry
TYPE
B - Standard linear
ball bushing,
standard shaft
C - TC bushing,
standard shaft
D - TC bushing,
oversize shaft
DESIGN NO.
3 - Imperial
7 - Metric
TRAVEL (in)
IMPERIAL UNITS
1 to 16
1 to 20
1 to 24
1 to 36
Available in
1/4" increments.
SLIDE
SIZE
33
34
35
36
TRAVEL [mm]
METRIC UNITS
25 to 405
25 to 510
25 to 610
25 to 915
Available in
5 mm increments.
SLIDE
SIZE
73
74
65
66
SHOCK ABSORBER KITS (See Note 1)
SLIDE MODEL
SHOCK ABS. NO.
SGxMx3
57858-01-x
SGxMx4, SGxMx5, SGxMx6 57858-02-x
SIZE
3 - 25 mm rodless cylinder with 12 mm
shaft standard, 16 mm shaft oversize
SLIDE OPTIONS
- Shock Pad both directions
- Shock Pad on extension
- Shock Pad on retraction
- Proximity Switch ready both ends (See Note 4)
- Saddle mounting in position 1
(Not available on size 3 slide)
L6 - Lube fitting in saddle in position 3
Q1 - Corrosion-resistant guide shafts (ends unplated)
Z1 - Electroless nickel plated ferrous metal parts
BB
BE
BR
CB
GY
S G B M 3 3 x 6 – BB – Q1 – Z1 – H39
PRODUCT
S - Slide
TO ORDER SPECIFY:
Product, Series, Type, Cylinder Option,
Design No., Size, Travel, and Options.
5D
ORDERING DATA: SERIES SG SLIDES WITH RODLESS CYLINDER
5D-28
SOLUTIONS FOR
BENEFITS: SERIES SG SLIDES WITH RODLESS CYLINDER
BENEFITS
Series SG Slide with the rodless cylinder option combine high
load carrying capability with up to 50% space savings compared
with the use of a conventional drive cylinder.
■
Series SG Slides with rodless cylinders are available in four sizes
with travels to 36 inches [915 mm] to suit a wide range of
saddle slide applications.
■
Standard magnetic piston used with Reed or Hall Effect switches
allow easy interface to electronic controls.
■
Built-in adjustable cushions on the cylinder are standard for
reduction of end-of-travel impact.
■
Options include shock absorbers, shock pads, proximity
switches, and corrosion-resistant shafts, allowing the slide to be
specified for a wide variety of application requirements.
■
Lubrication at the factory allows maintenance-free operation
over the life of the unit.
■
All bushings, seals, shafts, and cylinder components are easily
replaced for extended unit life.
5D
■
APPLICATION EXAMPLES
The following are examples of how PHD’s modular actuators can
create automated parts handling solutions. Space saving is a
common requirement within the work performance area of
special purpose machines. In all examples, the Series SG
Slide with rodless cylinder provides the foundation
for the automation device. This slide offers
exceptional rigidity and load carrying capacity in a
space saving design achieved by using a rodless
cylinder as the power source.
A part is off-loaded from one machine,
rotated and placed in another machine
for further processing.
The Series SK/SL Slide bolts
directly to the Series SG Slide
saddle. See page 5D-31.
Parts are shuttled left or right off
of the central conveyor for further
processing.
Different parts are off-loaded to
two different machines.
5D-29
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SG SLIDES WITH RODLESS CYLINDER
MM
A + TRAVEL
H
4X T THREAD THIS SIDE,
COUNTERBORE FROM THE
OPPOSITE SIDE FOR
Q SHCS
EXTENSION END
NN
MM
RETRACTION END
6X BB PORTS
GG
II
C
OO L
2X CUSHION
NEEDLE THIS
SIDE ONLY
4
EE
R
I
F
5D
E*
W
M CL
2X Ø Z +.001/-.000
[+.025/-.000] FOR
DOWEL PIN, AA DP
3
1
FF
P
E*
2X KK THD THRU
SHOCK MOUNTING HOLE
N
O
Y
CC
D
2X Ø X1 SHAFT FOR
SGB & SGC UNITS
2X Ø X2 SHAFT FOR
SGD UNIT
O
DD
2
4X THRU Ø & COUNTERBORE
FOR S SHCS
K BOTH ENDS
C + TRAVEL
HH
Ø R +.001/-.000
[+.025/-.000] FOR
DOWEL PIN, U DP
LL + TRAVEL
B + TRAVEL
1 [25.4] MAX
TRAVEL
ADJUSTMENT
L
J
1/2 [12.7] MAX TRAVEL
ADJUSTMENT
JJ
G
*DIMENSION E IS FROM CENTERLINE OF GUIDE SHAFT.
5D-30
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
DIMENSIONS: SERIES SG SLIDES WITH RODLESS CYLINDER
SLIDE SIZE
SGxMx3
in
8.766
7.546
5.709
3.996
1.5945
4.960
.965
.965
4.803
.039
.984
1.772
1.378
1.968
.492
4.252
#10
.3129
1/4
1/4-20 x .63
.236
3.189
.472
.630
.354
.3129
.49
1/8 NPT
3.012
.335
7.742
4.643
1.776
1.850
.155
1.811
M20 x 1.5
6.693
.33
.71
.26
SGxMx4
mm
222.7
191.7
145
101.5
40.5
126
24.5
24.5
122
1
25
45
35
50
12.5
108
M5
8
M6
M6 x 1.0 x 16
6
81
12
16
9
8
12.5
1/8 BSP
76.5
8.5
196.6
117.9
45.1
47
4.0
46
M20 x 1.5
170
8.4
18
6.6
SGxMx5
in
mm
10.964
278.5
9.576
243.2
7.461
189.5
5.748
146
2.0960
53.25
6.536
166
1.220
31
1.219
31
6.338
161
.039
1
.984
25
2.283
58
1.417
36
2.284
58
.492
12.5
5.790
147
5/16
M8
.3129
8
3/8
M10
3/8-16 x 1
M10 x 1.5 x 25
.236
6
4.192
106.5
.787
20
.984
25
.354
9
.3129
8
.49
12.5
1/4 NPT
1/4 BSP
4.488
114
.335
8.5
10.123
257.1
6.569
166.9
2.264
57.5
2.362
60
0.174
4.4
2.323
59
M25 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
8.445
214.5
.41
10.4
.83
21.6
.35
8.9
mm
222.7
218.7
164
120.5
48.5
147
27
27
143
1
25
51
39
47.5
12.5
126
M6
8
M8
M8 x 1.25 x 25
6
97
16
20
9
8
12.5
1/8 BSP
100.5
8.5
217.6
144.1
47.6
53
6.5
52
M25 x 1.5
189
8.4
18
6.6
SGxMx6
in
mm
12.917
328.1
10.736
272.7
8.465
215
6.752
171.5
2.3030
58.5
7.046
179
1.299
33
1.299
33
6.811
173
.039
1
.984
25
2.441
62
1.594
40.5
2.559
65
.492
12.5
6.300
160
3/8
M10
.3129
8
3/8
M10
1/2-13 x 1 M12 x 1.75 x 25
.236
6
4.606
117
.984
25
1.181
30
.354
9
.3129
8
.49
12.5
1/4 NPT
1/4 BSP
5.492
139.5
.335
8.5
11.061
280.9
6.925
175.9
2.539
64.5
2.519
64
.059
1.5
2.480
63
M25 x 1.5
M25 x 1.5
9.449
240
.41
13.0
.71
18
.51
13.0
The modular design of the SK/SL housing allows the unit
to bolt and dowel directly to the saddle of the metric Series
Each kit includes 4 SHCS and 2 dowel pins. PHD
recommends ordering a -J3 option.
SHCS REQUIRED
SEE TABLE
CANTILEVER SLIDE
SEE TABLE
in
8.766
8.609
6.457
4.744
1.9095
5.787
1.063
1.064
5.630
.039
.984
2.008
1.535
1.870
.492
4.960
1/4
.3129
5/16
5/16-18 x 1
.236
3.819
.630
.787
.354
.3129
.49
1/8 NPT
3.956
.335
8.568
5.675
1.874
2.086
.254
2.046
M25 x 1.5
7.441
.33
.71
.26
5D
LETTER
DIM.
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
W
X1
X2
Y
Z
AA
BB
CC
DD
EE
FF
GG
HH
II
JJ
KK
LL
MM
NN
OO
DOWEL PINS
REQUIRED
SEE TABLE
SERIES SK/SL SLIDE TO SERIES SG WITH RODLESS CYLINDER SLIDE
HARDWARE
MODULAR DESIGN
SHCS
CANTILEVER GANTRY DOWEL PINS
SGxx73 Ø 8mm x 20 M6 x 45mm
SK/SLxx72
SK/SLxx73
SK/SLxx74
SK/SLxx75
HARDWARE KITS
STANDARD -Z1 OPTION
65578-02-1 65578-02-2
65578-03-1 65578-03-2
65578-04-1 65578-04-2
65578-05-1 65578-05-2
5D-31
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES SG SLIDES WITH RODLESS CYLINDER
SHAFT DIAMETER [mm]
SGB & SGC
SGD
UNIT (BALL BUSHING (TC)
SIZE
OR TC)
3
12
16
4
16
20
5
20
25
6
25
30
EFFECTIVE PISTON AREA
FOR PHD RODLESS
CYLINDERS
BORE [mm]
in2
mm2
25
.761
490.8
25
.761
490.8
32
1.247 804.2
40
1.948 1256.6
is 60 in/sec [1.5 m/sec]. The figure is based on optimum operating
conditions and no load with 87 psi [6 bar] working pressure. Many
factors affect slide velocity such as air line size, valve port size, and
variations of slide manufacturing tolerances. Contact PHD Customer
Service for advice on with extremely low (below 4 in/sec) or high
(above 60 in/sec) velocity applications.
*See energy and shock absorber charts for specific velocities.
PRESSURE RATINGS
REPEATABILITY
All Series SG Slides have a maximum working pressure of
120 psi [8.27 bar] and are for pneumatic use only.
Series SG Slides have positive mechanical stops at each end of
travel resulting in positioning repeatability better than ± .001"
[0.025 mm]. The stops should be adjusted to eliminate play at the
floating bracket. If these stops are adjusted beyond the workable
length of the rodless cylinder cushion, the shock pad option is
recommended.
BREAKAWAY
Minimum breakaway pressures for Series SG Slides are listed
in the chart below. In horizontal applications, a slide with TC
bushings requires a higher breakaway pressure than a linear ball
bushing. See chart below.
MINIMUM BREAKAWAY PRESSURE
SLIDE MODEL
SGBMx
SGCMx/SGDMx
UNIT WEIGHT
psi
bar
20
1.38
[(L x .15)/A] + 20 [(L x .15)/A] + 1.38
ENVIRONMENTAL
For operation in adverse environmental conditions,
consult PHD.
SLIDE SELECTION
There are four major factors to consider when selecting a slide:
1
5D
L = Load on saddle - lb [kg]
A = Effective piston area (see chart above)
AIR CYLINDER THRUST
Use the effective piston area of the PHD Rodless Cylinder to
determine whether thrust is sufficient for the applied load
(see chart top left). Breakaway pressure should be allowed
for when establishing thrust for SGC and SGD units.
Standard PHD Rodless Cylinders are recommended for use in
ambient temperatures from 15° to 175°F [-9.4° to 80°C]. Consult
PHD for temperatures beyond this range.
2
3
SHAFT DEFLECTION
LUBRICATION
PHD Rodless Cylinders are permanently lubricated at the
factory for service under normal conditions. They can be operated
with unlubricated air; however, use with lubricated air will extend
life. Optimum life for Series SG Slides can be achieved by periodic
lubrication of the shafts, (every 25 million inches [635,000 meters]
of travel). Use of lightweight oil is recommended. Silicon-based
lubricants should NOT be used on units with PHD’s TC bushings.
Maximum rolling load values for each bearing type can be
established from the graphs on pages 5D-34 through 5D-37.
Refer to the Deflection Graphs on pages 5D-34 through
5D-37 to determine whether a slide has acceptable deflection
for a specific application.
4
STOPPING CAPACITY
Use the Stopping Capacity Graphs on page 5D-38, or the
Shock Absorber Sizing on page 5D-39 to determine whether
a slide has acceptable stopping capacity for a specific
application.
UNIT WEIGHT
The slide saddle and end blocks are anodized aluminum alloy.
The guide shafts are hardened and ground steel. Bushings are either
The rodless cylinder carriage and end caps are clear anodized
aluminum alloy, and the tube is hardcoated aluminum alloy.
SLIDE MODEL
SGBMx3
SGCMx3
SGDMx3
SGBMx4
SGCMx4
SGDMx4
SGBMx5
SGCMx5
SGDMx5
SGBMx6
SGCMx6
SGDMx6
TOTAL TRAVEL LENGTH
Tolerance on nominal travel lengths is +.090/-.000
[+2.3/-0.0 mm].
SLIDE VELOCITY
Minimum velocity for Series SG Slides with rodless cylinder is
4 in/sec [100 mm/sec] for all sizes.
Maximum velocity for Series SG Slides with rodless cylinders
BASE WEIGHT
lb
kg
7.60 3.45
7.60 3.45
6.43 2.92
10.32 4.68
10.32 4.68
8.85 4.01
16.91 7.67
16.91 7.67
14.57 6.61
22.45 10.18
22.45 10.18
20.17 9.15
TRAVEL ADDER
lb/in
kg/25mm
0.09
.21
.21
0.09
.19
0.09
.19
0.09
0.09
.19
.23
0.11
.32
0.15
.32
0.15
.40
0.18
.49
0.22
0.22
.49
.57
0.26
SADDLE WEIGHT
lb
kg
1.59
3.50
3.50
1.59
3.50
1.59
5.40
2.45
2.45
5.40
5.40
2.45
8.50
3.86
8.50
3.86
8.50
3.86
11.00 4.99
11.00 4.99
11.00 4.99
Slide weights shown are calculated using a rodless cylinder as the power source.
T = Travel inch (m)
5D-32
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
MAXIMUM LOADS
TORQUE LOAD
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
STATIC TORQUE
DYNAMIC TORQUE
in-lb
Nm
in-lb
Nm
115
366.7
41.4
13
SGCMx3
2834
(T/2 + .613)
319.9
(T/2 + .0156)
**
**
4520
(T/2 + .613)
13
(T/2 + .0156)
torque*
1.595
torque*
.0405
SGDMx3
6739
(T/2 + .613)
760.4
(T/2 + .0156)
**
**
10749
(T/2 + .613)
30.9
(T/2 + .0156)
torque*
1.595
torque*
.0405
SGBMx4
1250
5560
186
827.3
2387
269.7
355
40.1
SGCMx4
6739
(T/2 + .830)
760.4
(T/2 + .0211)
**
**
12868
(T/2 + .830)
36.9
(T/2 + .0211)
torque*
1.909
torque*
.0485
SGDMx4
13138
(T/2 + .830)
1481
(T/2 + .0211)
**
**
25087
(T/2 + .830)
72
(T/2 + .0211)
torque*
1.909
torque*
.0485
SGBMx5
2200
9785.6
340
1512.3
4611
521
713
80.6
SGCMx5
13138
(T/2 + .978)
1481
(T/2 + .0248)
**
**
27537
(T/2 + .978)
79
(T/2 + .0248)
torque*
2.096
torque*
.0532
SGDMx5
25679
(T/2 + .978)
2903
(T/2 + .0248)
**
**
53823
(T/2 + .978)
154
(T/2 + .0248)
torque*
2.096
torque*
.0532
SGBMx6
2900
12899.2
565
2513.1
6679
754.7
1301
147
SGCMx6
25679
(T/2 + .967)
2903
(T/2 + .0246)
**
**
59139
(T/2 + .967)
170
(T/2 + .0246)
torque*
2.303
torque*
.0585
SGDMx6
44396
(T/2 + .967)
5006
(T/2 + .0246)
**
**
102244
(T/2 + .967)
294
(T/2 + .0246)
torque*
2.303
torque*
.0585
*This formula yields equivalent horizontal load value. See appropriate Load vs. Life graph on pages 5D-34 to 5D-37. T = Travel inch [m]
**See appropriate TC Load vs. Life Graph for maximum loads on pages 5D-34 to 5D-37.
TORSIONAL DEFLECTION
CALCULATIONS
FORCE
L
TQ = Torque in-lb [Nm]
(L x Force)
T = Saddle travel inch [mm]
Angle = Degrees
ANGLE
SGBM33, SGCM33
SGDM33
SGBM34, SGCM34
SGDM34
SGBM35, SGCM35
SGDM35
SGBM36, SGCM36
SGDM36
IMPERIAL UNIT
TQ x (T + 3.996) x 3.261 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 3.996) x 1.033 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 4.744) x 1.033 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 4.744) x 4.225 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 5.750) x 4.225 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 5.750) x 1.731 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 6.750) x 1.731 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 6.750) x 8.342 x 10-7 = Angle
SGBM73, SGCM73
SGDM73
SGBM74, SGCM74
SGDM74
SGBM75, SGCM75
SGDM75
SGBM76, SGCM76
SGDM76
FORCE
METRIC UNIT
TQ x (T + 101.5) x 1.136 x 10-5 = Angle
TQ x (T + 101.5) x 3.600 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 120.5) x 3.600 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 120.5) x 1.472 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 146.0) x 1.472 x 10-6 = Angle
TQ x (T + 146.0) x 6.031 x 10-7 = Angle
TQ x (T + 171.5) x 6.031 x 10-7 = Angle
TQ x (T + 171.5) x 2.906 x 10-7 = Angle
L
ANGLE
SGBM33, SGCM33
SGDM33
SGBM34, SGCM34
SGDM34
SGBM35, SGCM35
SGDM35
SGBM36, SGCM36
SGDM36
IMPERIAL UNIT
SGBM73, SGCM73
SGDM73
SGBM74, SGCM74
SGDM74
SGBM75, SGCM75
SGDM75
SGBM76, SGCM66
SGDM76
METRIC UNIT
5D-33
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
5D
SLIDE
MODEL
SGBMx3
HORIZONTAL LOAD
MAXIMUM STATIC OR
MAXIMUM
SHOCK LOAD
DYNAMIC LOAD
N
lb
N
lb
230
1025
320.3
72
The following graphs provide a quick and easy method of
sizing and comparing Series SG Slides. Maximum load versus travel
is shown for specific deflection curves enabling shaft deflection to
be determined for a particular application. In these graphs, linear
ball bushing load ratings have been derated by a factor of 1.2 from
the bearing manufacturer’s ratings to provide a design safety factor.
Consult PHD for advice on applications which exceed maximum
load ranges shown. Maximum loads for linear ball bushings are
based on a service life of 100 million inches [2.54 million meters] of
linear travel. See graphs for TC bushing service life.
alignment will affect the accuracy of the saddle location. For
torsional deflection calculations, see previous page.
Consult PHD for applications requiring high precision saddle
location.
MAXIMUM LOAD
lb [kg]
TRAVEL
inch [mm]
Horizontal load values are based on the
load centered on the saddle as shown.
80
[36.3]
70
[31.8]
.0
15
"[
.0
.0
10
38
"[
1]
.0
25
4]
LOAD lb [kg]
60
[27.2]
maximum clarity. Deflections shown are theoretical and reflect
the performance of the unit at mid-travel. Deflections at ends of
travel will be greatly reduced.
50
[22.7]
.0
05
.0
"[
02
.0
5"
12
[.0
.0
7]
01
06
"[
4]
.0
02
5]
40
[18.1]
30
[13.6]
20
[9.1]
10
[4.5]
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
[2.54] [5.08] [7.62] [10.16][12.70][15.24][17.78][20.32][22.86][25.40][27.94][30.48][33.02][35.56][38.10][40.64]
SADDLE TRAVEL inch [cm]
5D
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
[54.4] 120
120
[54.4]
[45.4] 100
100
[45.4]
80
[36.3]
60
[27.2]
[36.3] 80
.0
15
"[
.0
.0
10
38
"[
1]
.0
25
4]
.0
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
[5 Million Meters]
05
.0
"[
02
.0
5
12
"[
.0
7]
.0
01
06
"[
4]
.0
02
5]
40
[18.1]
20
[9.1]
[27.2] 60
[18.1] 40
A
[9.1] 20
B
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
16
[25.4] [50.8] [76.2] [101.6][127.0][152.4][177.8][203.2][228.6][254.0][279.4][304.8][330.2][355.6][381.0][406.4]
LOAD VS. LIFE
DEFLECTION
[72.6] 160
160
[72.6]
.0
15
"[
.0
38
.0
10
1]
"[
.0
25
4]
LOAD lb [kg]
120
[54.4]
100
[45.4]
.0
02
5"
[.0
.0
06
01
4]
"[
.0
02
5]
80
[36.3]
60
[27.2]
40
[18.1]
20
[9.1]
.0
05
"[
[63.5] 140
[54.4] 120
LOAD lb [kg]
140
[63.5]
[5 Million Meters]
.0
12
7]
[45.4] 100
[36.3] 80
[27.2] 60
A
[18.1] 40
B
[9.1] 20
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
[25.4] [50.8] [76.2] [101.6][127.0][152.4][177.8][203.2][228.6][254.0][279.4][304.8][330.2][355.6][381.0][406.4]
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-34
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
LOAD lb [kg]
200
[90.7]
180
[81.7]
160
[72.6]
140
[63.5]
120
[54.4]
100
[45.4]
80
[36.3]
60
[27.2]
40
[18.1]
20
[9.1]
0
.0
05
.0
"[
02
.0
5"
12
.0
[
.
7]
00
01
64
"[
]
.0
02
5]
2
4
6
[5.08]
[10.16]
[15.24]
.0
20
.0
"[
15
.0
"[
50
.0
.0
10
8]
38
"[
1]
.0
25
4]
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
[20.32]
[25.40]
[30.48]
[35.56]
[40.64]
[45.72]
[50.80]
SADDLE TRAVEL inch [cm]
LOAD VS. LIFE
[81.7] 180
.0
[63.5] 140
05
.0
"[
02
.0
5"
12
.0
[
7]
.
00
01
64
"[
.0
]
02
5]
5D
[5 Million Meters]
[72.6] 160
.0
20
"[
.0
.0
15
50
"[
8]
.0
.
0
10
38
"[
1
]
.0
25
4]
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
DEFLECTION
180
[81.7]
160
[72.6]
140
[63.5]
120
[54.4]
100
[45.4]
80
[36.3]
60
[27.2]
40
[18.1]
20
[9.1]
0
[54.4] 120
[45.4] 100
[36.3] 80
[27.2] 60
A
[18.1] 40
B
[9.1] 20
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[50.8]
[101.6]
[152.4]
[203.2]
[254.0]
[304.8]
[355.6]
[406.4]
[457.2]
[508.0]
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
DEFLECTION
LOAD VS. LIFE
[113.4] 250
225
[102.1]
LOAD lb [kg]
150
[68.0]
.0
.0
02
5"
[.0
.0
06
01
4]
"[
.0
02
5]
100
[45.4]
50
[22.7]
05
"[
.0
LOAD lb [kg]
.0
20
"[
.0
.0
15
50
"[
8]
.0
.
03
10
81
"[
]
.0
25
4]
200
[90.7]
[5 Million Meters]
[90.7] 200
[68.0] 150
[45.4] 100
12
7]
A
[22.7] 50
B
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[50.8]
[101.6]
[152.4]
[203.2]
[254.0]
[304.8]
[355.6]
[406.4]
[457.2]
[508.0]
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-35
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
350
[158.8]
LOAD lb [kg]
300
[136.1]
250
[113.4]
200
[90.7]
.0
10
"[
.0
05
.0
25
"[
.0
4]
12
7]
150
[68.0]
.0
01
"[
.0
02
5]
100
[45.4]
50
[22.7]
.0
30
"[
.0
.0
20
76
"[
2]
.0
50
8]
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
[50.8]
[101.6]
[152.4]
[203.2]
[254]
[304.8]
[355.6]
[406.4]
[457.2]
[508]
[558.3]
[609.6]
DEFLECTION
[5 Million Meters]
[113.4] 250
250
[113.4]
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD VS. LIFE
[136.1] 300
200
[90.7]
.0
10
"[
.0
.0
05
25
"[
4]
.0
12
7]
150
[68.0]
100
[45.4]
.0
01
"[
.0
02
5]
50
[22.7]
.0
30
"[
.0
.0
20
76
"[
2]
.0
50
8]
[90.7] 200
LOAD lb [kg]
5D
300
[136.1]
[68.0] 150
[45.4] 100
A
[22.7] 50
B
0
0
2
[50.8]
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
[101.6] [152.4] [203.2] [254.0] [304.8] [355.6] [406.4] [457.2]
[508]
22
24
[558.8] [609.6]
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
DEFLECTION
.0
10
150
[68.0]
.0
01
"[
.0
02
5]
100
[45.4]
50
[22.7]
"[
.0
05
"[
.0
12
7]
[113.4] 250
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
250
[113.4]
[5 Million Meters]
[136.1] 300
.0
20
"[
.0
50
8]
300
[136.1]
200
[90.7]
LOAD VS. LIFE
[158.8] 350
350
[158.8]
.0
25
4]
[90.7] 200
[68.0] 150
[45.4] 100
A
[22.7] 50
0
B
0
2
[50.8]
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
[101.6] [152.4] [203.2] [254.0] [304.8] [355.6] [406.4] [457.2]
20
[508]
22
24
[558.8] [609.6]
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-36
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
& DEFLECTION GRAPHS
SGBx6 LOAD DEFLECTION
600
[272.2]
LOAD lb [kg]
500
[226.8]
400
[181.4]
300
[136.1]
200
[90.7]
.0
01
"[
.0
02
5]
100
[45.4]
.0
40
.0
"[
3
.1
0"
.0
01
20
[
.
07
6]
"[
.0
.
6
0
10
2
5
.0
]
08
"[
05
]
.0
"[
25
.0
4]
12
7]
0
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
[76.2]
[152.4]
[228.6]
[304.8]
[381]
[457.2]
[533.4]
[609.6]
[685.8]
[762]
[838.2]
[914.4]
SGCx6 WITH TC BUSHINGS
LOAD VS. LIFE
[204.1] 450
[158.8] 350
.0
40
[136.1] 300
.0
"[
30
.1
"[
01
.0
.0
20
6]
76
"[
2]
.0
50
8]
.0
01
"[
.0
02
5]
5D
[5 Million Meters]
[181.4] 400
LOAD lb [kg]
LOAD lb [kg]
DEFLECTION
450
[204.1]
400
[181.4]
350
[158.8]
300
[136.1]
250
[113.4]
200
[90.7]
150
[68.0]
100
[45.4]
50
[22.7]
0
.0
10
"[
.0
.0
05
25
"[
4]
.0
12
7]
[113.4] 250
[90.7] 200
[68.0] 150
A
[45.4] 100
B
[22.7] 50
0
3
[76.2]
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
[152.4] [228.6] [304.8] [381.0] [457.2] [533.4] [609.6] [685.8] [762.0] [838.2] [914.4]
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
DEFLECTION
.0
40
"[
.0
.1
30
01
"[
6]
.0
.0
20
76
"[
2
]
.0
.0
50
10
8]
"[
.0
.
02
05
54
"[
.0
]
12
7]
LOAD lb [kg]
500
[226.8]
400
[181.4]
300
[136.1]
200
[90.7]
.0
01
"[
.0
02
5]
100
[45.4]
LOAD VS. LIFE
[272.2] 600
[5 Million Meters]
[226.8] 500
[181.4] 400
LOAD lb [kg]
600
[272.2]
[136.1] 300
[90.7] 200
A
[45.4] 100
B
0
0
3
[76.2]
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
[152.4] [228.6] [304.8] [381.0] [457.2] [533.4] [609.6] [685.8] [762.0] [838.2] [914.4]
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
[.15]
[.30]
[.46]
[.61]
[.76]
[.91]
[1.07]
[1.22]
[1.37]
5D-37
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
STOPPING CAPACITY: SERIES SG SLIDES
To determine stopping capacity:
Calculate total moving weight.
From Table 1, determine saddle weight (WM).
Multiply the travel by the travel adder + saddle weight
where the center of gravity of the payload is off the slide centerline
more than 2 inches [50 mm] travelling at speeds greater than
10 in/sec [.25 m/sec].
Example for SGB23 x 10 [SGB53 x 100]:
WM = [10 x .031] + 3.50 = 3.81 lb
[WM = (100 x 5.5 x 10-4) + 1.59 = 1.65 kg]
TABLE 1
SADDLE
TRAVEL
CYL. BORE CYL. BORE
ADDER
(PHD)
(H11/H12)
SLIDE WEIGHT
in mm
mm
MODEL lb kg lb/in kg/mm
25
SGxx3 3.50 1.59 .031 5.5 x 10-4 1-1/8 29
32
SGxx4 5.40 2.45 .087 1.6 x 10-3 1-1/2 38
40
SGxx5 8.50 3.86 .087 1.6 x 10-3 1-1/2 38
2
51
40
SGxx6 11.0 4.99 .087 1.6 x 10-3
Moving weight adder for slide kinetic energy calculation includes
cylinder rod.
Add WM to attached load (payload) = Total Moving Weight [WTM ]
3.81 + 5.0 = 8.81 lb [1.65 + 2.27 = 3.92 kg]
shock pad, or travel adjustment curves, that type of deceleration is
MAXIMUM KINETIC ENERGY GRAPHS
SGxM3
4
[1.22]
3
[.91]
3.5
[1.07]
C
2.5
[.76]
2
[.61]
B
1.5
[.46]
1
[.30]
A
0.5
[.15]
3
[.91]
C
2.5
[.76]
2
[.61]
B
1.5
[.46]
1
[.30]
0.5
[.15]
0
A
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
[4.54]
[9.07]
[13.61]
[18.14]
[22.70]
[27.24]
[31.78]
[36.29]
[40.82]
[45.36]
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
[4.54]
[9.07]
[13.61]
[18.14]
[22.70]
[27.24]
[31.78]
[36.29]
[40.82]
[45.36]
TOTAL MOVING WEIGHT lb [kg]
SGxM5
4
[1.22]
3
[.91]
C
2.5
[.76]
2
[.61]
1.5
[.46]
B
1
[.30]
0.5
[.15]
SGxM6
5
[1.53]
3.5
[1.07]
5D
SGxM4
4
[1.22]
3.5
[1.07]
4
[1.22]
C
3
[.91]
2
[.61]
B
1
[.30]
A
A
0
0
0
10
20
[4.54]
[9.07]
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
110
120
[49.90]
[54.43]
100
[13.61] [18.14] [22.70] [27.24] [31.78] [36.29] [40.82] [45.36]
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
[4.54] [9.07] [13.61] [18.14] [22.70] [27.24] [31.78] [36.29] [40.82] [45.36] [49.90] [54.43] [58.96] [63.5] [68.04]
A = Slide with cylinder (cushions not activated)
B = Shock pad option on slide only
C = Cylinder cushions only (cushions fully activated)
NOTE: Built-in adjustable cushions are standard on the
cylinder. Shock pads and hydraulic shock absorbers
are optional.
5D-38
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SHOCK ABSORBER SIZING: SERIES SG SLIDES
SYMBOLS DEFINITIONS
SHOCK ABSORBER PERFORMANCE GRAPHS
STEP 1: Identify the following parameters. These must be known
for all energy absorption calculations. Variations or additional
A. The total moving weight (WTM ) to be stopped in lb [kg].
B. The slide velocity (V) at impact with the shock absorber in ft/sec
[m/sec].
C. External propelling force (FD ) in lb [N].
D. Number of cycles per hour in in-lb/hr [Nm/hr].
application). See pages 5D-44 and 5D-45.
EK in-lb = V 2 x W TM x .2
W TM 2
EK Nm =
xV
2
Use Shock Absorber Specification Chart to select a shock absorber
with total energy (ET) capacity greater than the value just calculated.
Horizontal application: FD = .785 x d2 x P [FD = .0785 x d2 x P]
[FD = (.0785 x d2 x P) + (9.8 x WTM)]
unit has an FD capacity greater then the value just calculated. If not,
selected.
E W = FD x S
STEP 4: Calculate the total energy. E T = EK + EW
hour (ETC).
ETC = E T x C
[
]
4.5 [1.37]
4 [1.22]
3.5 [1.07]
57858-07-1
3 [.91]
2.5 [.76]
2 [.61]
57858-07-2
1.5 [.46]
1 [.30]
57858-07-3
0.5 [.15]
0
0
10
[1.13]
20
[2.26]
30
[3.39]
40
[4.52]
50
[5.65]
70
[7.91]
60
[6.78]
80
[9.04]
4.5 [1.37]
4 [1.22]
5D
SGxx6
SGxx5
57858-01-1
3.5 [1.07]
3 [.91]
57858-01-2
2.5 [.76]
2 [.61]
1.5 [.46]
1 [.30]
57858-01-3
0.5 [.15]
0
0
25
[2.82]
50
[5.65]
75
[8.47]
100
[11.30]
125
[14.12]
150
[16.95]
175
[19.77]
200
[22.60]
SGxx4
PHD SHOCK
ET TOTAL
ETC TOTAL
FD PROPELLING
ABSORBER
ENERGY/CYCLE ENERGY/HOUR
FORCE
in-lb
Nm
in-lb
Nm
lb
N
NUMBER
57858-01-x
198
22
400000 45000
200 890
57858-02-x (1,2,3)
600000 67800
350 1550
300
34
800000 90400
500 2220
57858-02-x (5,6,7)
57858-02-x (1,2,3)
600000 67800
350 1550
350
40
57858-02-x (5,6,7)
800000 90400
500 2220
57858-02-x (1,2,3)
600000 67800
350 1550
380
43
57858-02-x (5,6,7)
800000 90400
500 2220
4.5 [1.37]
4 [1.22]
57858-02-1
3.5 [1.07]
3 [.91]
57858-02-2
2.5 [.76]
2 [.61]
1.5 [.46]
57858-02-3
1 [.30]
0.5 [.15]
0
0
50
[5.65]
100
[11.30]
150
[16.95]
200
[22.60]
250
[28.25]
300
[33.90]
350
[39.55]
400
[45.20]
4.5 [1.37]
SLIDE
MODEL
SGxx3
d = Cylinder bore diameter inch [mm]
V = Impact velocity ft/sec [m/sec]
WTM = Total moving weight lb [kg]
4 [1.22]
57858-02-5
3.5 [1.07]
3 [.91]
2.5 [.76]
57858-02-6
2 [.61]
1.5 [.46]
1 [.30]
0.5 [.15]
57858-02-7
0
0
50
[5.65]
100
[11.30]
150
[16.95]
200
[22.60]
250
[28.25]
300
[33.90]
350
[39.55]
400
[45.20]
5D-39
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
OPTIONS: SERIES SG SLIDES WITH RODLESS CYLINDER
.335 [8.5] AT BOTH ENDS AT EXTEND OR RETRACT
BB
SHOCK PAD BOTH DIRECTIONS
BE
SHOCK PAD ON EXTENSION
SET
SCREW
B
SHOCK PAD
B
SET SCREW
TRAVEL ADJ
STUD
BR
A + TRAVEL
TRAVEL ADJ STUD
SHOCK PAD ON RETRACTION
SET
SCREW
5D
This option provides polyurethane pads for absorption of
shock at the ends of slide travel. An additional benefit is the
reduction of noise through the elimination of metal to metal contact
at the ends of travel. Reducing shock permits higher slide velocities
and higher kinetic energy absorbtion. The inclusion of shock pads
does not affect the overall slide length. See page 5D-38 for kinetic
energy ratings.
IMPERIAL
[METRIC]
A
B
SGx33
6.693
.217
[SGx73]
[170]
[5.5]
SGx34
7.441
.118
[SGx74]
[189.5]
[3]
SGx35
8.445
.118
[SGx75]
[214.5]
[3]
SGx36
9.449
.118
[SGx76]
[240]
[3]
B
C
SHOCK PAD
OPTION
-BE
A + TRAVEL
TRAVEL ADJ STUD
C
.354
[9]
.354
[9]
.354
[9]
.354
[9]
SET
SCREW
SHOCK PAD
B
SET SCREW
TRAVEL ADJ.
STUD
A + TRAVEL
TRAVEL ADJ STUD
CB
OPTION
-BB
PROXIMITY SWITCH READY
BOTH ENDS
B MAX
A MAX
OPTION
-BR
C
This option equips the slide saddle with targets for use with
8 mm inductive proximity switches. As standard, the end plates of
the slide have provision for mounting the 8 mm proximity switches
on both ends. Proximity switches must be ordered separately.
IMPERIAL
[METRIC]
SGx33
[SGx73]
SGx34
[SGx74]
SGx35
[SGx75]
SGx36
[SGx76]
CL
C
A
.57
[14.5]
.57
[14.5]
.57
[14.5]
.57
[14.5]
B
1.10
[28]
1.10
[28]
1.10
[28]
1.10
[28]
C
1.260
[32]
1.476
[37.5]
1.693
[43]
2.008
[51]
A MAX
D
.354
[9]
.354
[9]
.315
[8]
.315
[8]
B MAX
CL
D
5D-40
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
OPTIONS: SERIES SG SLIDES WITH RODLESS CYLINDER
GY
SADDLE MOUNTING IN
POSITION 1
A
CL
This option provides a wider mounting pattern on the top
surface (position 1) of the slide saddle. These four threaded holes
provide added mounting stability. (Not available on size 3 slides.)
B
NOTE: Mounting holes are centered on the saddle.
CL
IMPERIAL
[METRIC]
A
B
C
SGx34
3.956
2.658
1/4-20 x .50
[SGx74] [100.5 mm] [67.5 mm] [M6 x 1.0 x 12 mm]
SGx35
4.488
2.795
5/16-18 x .50
[SGx75] [114 mm] [71 mm] [M8 x 1.25 x 12 mm]
SGx36
5.492
2.834
3/8-16 x .59
[SGx76] [139.5 mm] [72 mm] [M10 x 1.25 x 15 mm]
L6
4X C THREAD
POSITION 3
-L6 ONLY
LUB FITTING
Ø .328 [8.33]
5D
Lube fittings provide a simple method of lubricating the
bearings and shafts for extending the life beyond the normal catalog
specifications. Periodic lubrication (every 25 million inches of travel
[.6 million meters]) is recommended for applications where heat,
dust, or other adverse conditions will cause degradation of the
lubricant. It is recommended that a lightweight oil is used. Siliconbased lubricants should NOT be used on units with PHD's TC
bushings.
* D/2
* NOTE: See catalog dimension pages 5D-30 and 5D-31 for
dimension “D.”
Q1
CORROSION RESISTANT
GUIDE SHAFTS
hardened ground shafts. End faces of the shafts remain uncoated.
Consult PHD for fully coated shafts.
Z1
This option includes electroless nickel plating of all externally
This optional plating protects external components of the slide from
severe or corrosive environments. The guide shafts are treated for
corrosion-resistance by specifying the -Q1 shaft option.
NOTE: The -Z1 option does not include plating of shock aborbers.
5D-41
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
ACCESSORIES: SERIES SG SLIDES WITH RODLESS CYLINDER
SHOCK ABSORBERS
SET SCREW
SERIES MS OR
SC SHOCK
Shock absorbers provide the optimum means for decelerating
loads at the end of travel and absorbing the kinetic energy
associated with decelerating the load. PHD offers nine different
shock absorbers to cover a wide range of applications. See page
5D-39 for shock absorber sizing.
NOTE: Set screw torque is 10 in-lb [1.13 Nm]. Do not allow
shock absorber to bottom out. Take care to properly adjust
dimension B.
B MIN
SERIES MS OR
SC SHOCK
A MAX
SHOCK ABSORBER KIT SPECIFICATIONS
SLIDE
MODEL
SGxx3
TRAVEL
mm
in
THREAD
TYPE
SHOCK
ABSORBER
WEIGHT
lb
kg
.75
19
M20 x 1.5
.25
.11
2.34
59.5
—
—
.079
2
1.00
25
M25 x 1.5
.67
.30
2.99
76
—
—
.079
2
1.58
40
M25 x 1.5
.87
.39
—
—
4.23
107.5
.079
2
DIMENSION A
SC SHOCK
MS SHOCK
in
mm
in
mm
DIMENSION B
mm
in
5D
SGxx4
SGxx5
SGxx6
PHD
SHOCK
ABSORBER
NUMBER
57858-01-1
-2
-3
57858-02-1
-2
-3
-5
-6
-7
8mm THREADED INDUCTIVE
PROXIMITY SWITCHES
use with PHD Series SG Slides (with option -CB).
MODEL NUMBER
51422-005-02
51422-006-02
DESCRIPTION
5D-42
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
ACCESSORIES: SERIES SG SLIDES WITH RODLESS CYLINDER
HALL EFFECT SWITCH KITS (includes mounting hardware)
CYLINDER BORE
SIZE
PART NO.
72304-01
72304-04
72304-02
72304-05
72304-03
72304-06
25
32
40
REED SWITCH KITS (includes mounting hardware)
CYLINDER BORE
SIZE
25
32
40
DESCRIPTION
Hall PNP (with LED) 5m cable
Hall NPN (with LED) 5m cable
DESCRIPTION
Reed (with LED) 5m cable
SPECIFICATIONS
72304-07 THROUGH 72304-09
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
Magnetic Reed
SWITCH CONFIGURATION
Normally Open
MAXIMUM CONTACT RATING
35 Watts
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE
250 Volts AC/DC
MAXIMUM STARTING CURRENT
1.5 Amps
HYSTERESIS
Approximately .8 mm
OPERATING TEMP.
-20° to 175°F
ENVIRONMENTAL
IP65
HOUSING MATERIAL
Anodized Aluminum
5D
SPECIFICATIONS
72304-01 THROUGH 72304-06
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
Hall Effect
SWITCH CONFIGURATION
Normally Open
OUTPUT TYPE
PNP/NPN
MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS CURRENT
200mA
MAXIMUM VOLTAGE
10-30 Volt VDC
SWITCH INDICATOR
LED
MAXIMUM CLOSING FREQUENCY
Approximately 1kHz
MAXIMUM STARTING CURRENT
1.5 Amps
HYSTERESIS
Approximately .8mm
OPERATING TEMP.
-20° to 175°F
ENVIRONMENTAL
IP67
HOUSING MATERIAL
Anodized Aluminum
CONNECTION CABLE
3 x .25mm2
PART NO.
72304-07
72304-08
72304-09
25mm - 40mm (mounting hardware included)
RB
RD
RC
RM
RD
BORE SIZE RB RC
25
.374 .984 1.063
32
.374 1.220 1.338
40
.374 1.417 1.535
RM
1.181
1.181
1.181
HALL WIRING SCHEMATICS
MODEL 72304-07, 72304-08,72304-09
PNP MODELS
NPN MODELS
MODEL 72304-01, 72304-02, 72304-03
MODEL 72304-04, 72304-05,72304-06
NORMALLY OPEN
BROWN
1
4
3
BROWN
BLACK
DC
1
4
LOAD
BLUE
3
DC
BROWN
BLACK
DC
WHITE
LOAD
BLUE
DC
LED
5D-43
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
SIZING EXAMPLE:
(IMPERIAL ONLY)
LOAD
S
Example: SGBM35 x 18 inch travel and 22 lb payload
(WTM) Weight = 32 lb (Total Moving Weight)
5D
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = 1-1/2"
WM = 8.50 + (.087 x 18 in)
WM = 10.0 lb
WTM = 10.0 + 22.0
WTM = 32.0 lb
EK = V2 x WTM x .2
EK = 32 x 32 x .2
EK = 57.6 in-lb
absorber chart.
FD = .785 x d2 x P
FD = .785 x 1.502 x 80
FD = 141.4 in-lb
EW = FD x S
EW = 141.4 x 1.00
EW = 141.4 in-lb
ET = EK + EW
ET = 57.6 + 141.4
ET = 199 in-lb
Since 199 is less than ET in shock absorber chart, proceed.
ETC = ET x C
ETC = 199 x 800
5D-44
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR
SIZING EXAMPLE:
(IMPERIAL ONLY)
S
Example: SGBM33 x 8 inch travel with an 8 lb payload
LOAD
(d) Cylinder Bore Diameter = 1-1/8"
(P) Operating Pressure = 80 psig
EK = V2 x WTM x .2
EK = 32 x 11.75 x .2
EK = 21.2 in-lb
5D
absorber chart.
STEP 3: Calculate work energy. (RETRACT)
STEP 3: Calculate work energy. (EXTEND)
FD = (.785 x d2 x P) + WTM
FD = (.785 x d2 x P) - WTM
FD = 70.8 + 11.75
FD = 79.5 - 11.75
FD = 82.55 in-lb
FD = 67.75 in-lb
EW = F D x S
EW = F D x S
EW = 82.55 x .75
EW = 67.75 x .75
EW = 61.9 in-lb
EW = 50.8 in-lb
ET = EK + EW
ET = EK + EW
ET = 21.2 + 61.9
ET = 21.2 + 50.8
ET = 83.1 in-lb
ET = 72.0 in-lb
ETC = ET x C
ETC = ET x C
ETC = 83.1 x 600
ETC = 72.0 x 600
5D-45
SOLUTIONS FOR
(800) 624-8511
CAT-03
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
5D
NOTES
5D-46
(800) 624-8511
www.phdinc.com/sgxm
CAT-03
SOLUTIONS FOR

Powered Slides

Transcription

Similar documents

Mineral Shock®

No Drill Modern Gas Shock Installation on a 1931 Ford

Sell Sheet - Zeitgeist Films

Service and Repair of Rear Shock Absorbers

10437 Free Shock RPad Frt.ai

Ohlins Shock Install and Rear Suspension Linkage Mod

Shock testing facilities

20 Inch Deep Rolling Series iSheet

Laboratory for Hypersonic and Shock wave Research, IISc